Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2014

Registration No. 333-196281

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware
  8082
  65-1309110
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

313 Congress Street, 6th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

(617) 790-4800

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Linda De Renzo

Chief Legal Officer

313 Congress Street, 6th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

(617) 790-4800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

James S. Rowe
Elisabeth M. Martin
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 N. LaSalle
Chicago, Illinois 60654
(312) 862-2000
 

Marc D. Jaffe
Ian D. Schuman
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 906-1200

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

  ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer

  x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  $250,000,000   $32,200 (3)

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the offering price of any additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(3) Previously paid.

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated August 27, 2014

PROSPECTUS

 

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Civitas Solutions, Inc. We are offering              shares of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our stock.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CIVI.” Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as defined in the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Price to the public

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)

   $         $     

 

(1) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 143 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to             additional shares from them at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2014.

 

 

 

Barclays   BofA Merrill Lynch   UBS Investment Bank

 

 

 

Raymond James

 

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

   Avondale Partners

Prospectus dated                     , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     17   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     38   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     40   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     41   

CAPITALIZATION

     42   

DILUTION

     44   

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     46   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     48   

BUSINESS

     77   

MANAGEMENT

     94   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     102   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     124   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     127   

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     132   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     135   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     139   

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     141   

UNDERWRITING

     144   

LEGAL MATTERS

     152   

EXPERTS

     152   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     152   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

We have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

The data included in this prospectus regarding markets and ranking, including the size of certain markets and our position and the position of our competitors within these markets, are based on (1) published and unpublished industry sources and (2) our estimates based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. Unless otherwise stated, all statistical information in this prospectus relating to I/DD has been obtained from reports prepared by Dr. David Braddock, including annual and/or biennial data collected for inclusion in “The State of the States in Developmental Disabilities,” a research report prepared by Dr. Braddock, and data that was publicly presented by Dr. Braddock in 2013. Dr. Braddock is Associate Vice President of the University of Colorado (CU) System and Executive Director of the Coleman Institute for Cognitive Disabilities. We have provided the most recent market data available to us, including the data that was publicly presented by Dr. Braddock in February 2013. Our estimates have been based on these sources as well as information obtained from our customers, the federal government, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. We are responsible for all of the disclosure in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully. In particular, you should read the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes relating to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

In this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Civitas” refer to Civitas Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NMH Holdings, Inc.), the issuer of the common stock offered hereby, and references to the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” refer to Civitas and its consolidated subsidiaries. Throughout this prospectus we use the term “must serve” to describe the people we serve. We consider “must-serve individuals” to be those that public policy has recognized a responsibility to care for because they are highly vulnerable by virtue of a condition acquired at birth or after birth or their status as minors or as elders and have special needs and/or disabilities such that they need to be supported or cared for in the daily activities of living.

Company Overview

We are the leading national provider of home- and community-based health and human services to must-serve individuals with intellectual, developmental, physical or behavioral disabilities and other special needs. These populations are large, growing and increasingly being served in home- and community-based settings such as those we provide. Our clinicians and caregivers develop customized service plans, delivered in non-institutional settings, designed to address a broad range of often life-long conditions and to enable those we serve to thrive in less restrictive settings.

We believe we offer a powerful value proposition to government and non-public payors, referral sources, and individuals and families by providing a continuum of high quality, cost-effective residential, day and vocational programs, and periodic services. We currently offer our services through a variety of models, including (i) neighborhood group homes, most of which are residences for six or fewer individuals, (ii) host homes, or the “Mentor” model, in which a client lives in the private home of a licensed caregiver, (iii) in-home settings, within which we support clients’ independent living or provide therapeutic services, (iv) specialized community facilities to support individuals with more complex medical, physical and behavioral challenges, and (v) non-residential care, consisting primarily of day and vocational programs and periodic services that are provided outside the client’s home.

During our nearly 35-year history, we have evolved from a single residential program serving at-risk youth to a diversified national network providing an array of high-quality services and care in large, growing and highly-fragmented markets. As of June 30, 2014, we operated in 36 states, serving more than 12,500 clients in residential settings and more than 15,700 clients in non-residential settings. We have a diverse group of hundreds of public payors that fund our services with a combination of federal, state and local funding, as well as an increasing number of non-public payors in our newest service lines. Our services are provided by over 20,000 full-time equivalent employees, as well as approximately 5,500 independently-contracted host home caregivers.

For fiscal 2013, we generated net revenue of $1,119 million and a net loss of $(18.3) million, and for the nine months ended June 30, 2014, we generated net revenue of $938.9 million and a net loss of $(16.9) million. Over the last three fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, we grew our annual revenue 19%, or $195 million, 54% of which was from organic growth and 46% of which was attributable to businesses acquired during this period or in the preceding year. We believe that our new start investments and our substantial acquisition pipeline, coupled with new opportunities to expand our services in new and existing markets, position us for continued strong growth.

 

1


Table of Contents

Our Industry

While we have the capabilities to serve individuals with a wide variety of special needs and disabilities, the current principal focus of our business is on the provision of services to individuals with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities (“I/DD”), youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges, or at-risk youth (“ARY”), and individuals with catastrophic injuries and illnesses, particularly acquired brain injury (“ABI”).

 

   

I/DD. The largest portion of our client base consists of adults and children with I/DD. Public spending on I/DD services was estimated to be $56.6 billion in 2011, of which approximately 80% was spent to provide services in community settings of six or fewer beds, our target market, and for other non-institutional services, including supported living, supported employment and family assistance. In 2012, there were approximately 4.9 million individuals with an intellectual or developmental disability across the nation.

 

   

ARY. We provide services to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges, or at-risk youth. According to reports published by the organization Child Trends, an estimated $29.4 billion was spent in 2010 on child welfare, including spending on the support services we offer. Approximately 3.3 million referrals for abuse or neglect were investigated or assessed in the United States in 2010. Of that, approximately 663,000 were served by the foster care system. According to the Federal Department of Health and Human Services AFCARS data, there were nearly 400,000 children and adolescents in foster care as of September 30, 2012. Of those individuals, approximately 200,000 are living in non-relative foster family homes, which includes the therapeutic foster care market, the primary market for our residential ARY services.

 

   

ABI. We provide services to individuals with ABI and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses through our post-acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services (“SRS”) segment. The market for post-acute care and rehabilitation for individuals with ABI, the largest of these populations, is approximately $10 billion annually, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (the “CDC”). According to the Brain Injury Association of America (“BIAA”), there are more than 2.6 million new brain injuries each year, many of which result in complex, life-long medical and/or behavioral issues that require specialized care. Approximately 5.3 million individuals in the United States are living with permanent disability as a result of an ABI.

Industry Trends

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from a number of favorable trends in our industry:

There are large and growing must-serve populations for our services .

The markets we serve are growing as a result of changing demographics, shifts in public policy, consumer awareness and increased focus on cost-effectiveness.

There is an expanding population of individuals with I/DD eligible for residential and other support services. This growth has been driven by a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

Longer lifespan. Increasingly, individuals with I/DD are living longer lives, with life expectancy climbing from 59 years in the 1970s to 66 years in 1993, the most recent year for which data is available. As these individuals increasingly live longer lives, they require additional care and in many cases outlive the ability to live independently or with family caregivers.

 

   

Aging caregivers. In 2011, approximately 72% of individuals with I/DD, or 3.5 million, lived with family caregivers, including more than 850,000 with family caregivers aged 60 years or older. As these family caregivers age and become less capable of providing continuous care, we expect they will

 

2


Table of Contents
 

increasingly seek out-of-home or supported living arrangements, such as those we provide, for their relatives with disabilities.

 

   

Waiting lists. There is a significant unmet need for residential services for individuals with I/DD. Many states maintain waiting lists for individuals seeking placements for these services. Nationwide, as of 2010, there were an estimated 115,000 individuals with I/DD waiting for residential services, including 88,000 on formal waiting lists in 35 states. There are legislative, advocacy and litigation efforts currently under way in many states to reduce waiting lists and provide additional access to residential services, which we believe will continue to drive additional demand for services such as those we provide.

 

   

De-institutionalization. As of 2011, there were approximately 84,000 individuals with I/DD residing in institutions with 16 or more beds, including nearly 30,000 in public institutions. At the federal and state levels, policy changes, legal decisions and cost containment efforts are driving a continuing trend of de-institutionalization for the treatment of individuals with disabilities and special needs. Several states are currently in the process of downsizing or closing I/DD institutions, including California, New Jersey and Georgia.

We believe the ARY population is growing, along with the demand for many of the services we offer. Specific trends impacting the ARY population include:

 

   

Shifting demographics of children. An increasing number of children are living in poverty in the United States. According to the Children’s Defense Fund, the number of children living below the poverty line increased by more than 4.5 million from 2000 to 2012, and 2.75 million more children were categorized as poor in 2012 than before the economic downturn began in 2007. In addition, the number of children in single-parent families increased from 22.7 million in 2008 to 24.7 million in 2012, or an increase of approximately 9%. We believe these children are more likely to require the residential and periodic services offered through our ARY segment as their caregivers face greater demands.

 

   

Stabilization of the foster care population. The number of children in foster care reached a peak of 567,000 in 1999 and declined to nearly 400,000 as of September 30, 2012. The decline in the population was driven by several factors causing a shift in care delivery, but we believe the full impact of those factors has already been experienced. The population has stabilized, evidenced by the fact the number of children in foster care has been approximately 400,000 for each of 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 

   

Growing demand for periodic services. In an effort to prevent children and adolescents from requiring an out-of-home placement, public child welfare agencies have for several years been emphasizing periodic support services to strengthen families at-risk. Consistent with this trend, we have been expanding our ARY periodic services in existing and new markets to meet this demand and help more children and families in need of support.

The market for ABI services is growing due to several factors, including:

 

   

Advances in medical care. Advances in emergency care and medical technology are increasing the survival rate and extending the life span of those who suffer a catastrophic injury. This has served to both expand the overall population of these individuals and to place increased responsibility on payors and government agencies to seek cost-effective care.

 

   

Increasing public awareness. Increases in public awareness of the causes and potential complications of brain injury are driving an increased focus on the diagnosis and proper treatment of these injuries. In particular, the conflicts in Afghanistan and Iraq, where traumatic brain injury has been one of the signature wounds for our military, as well as significant research and media coverage related to the incidence of brain injury in contact sports, especially professional football, have contributed to this

 

3


Table of Contents
 

increased awareness. As a result, emergency room visits for traumatic brain injury increased by approximately 30% from 2006 to 2010, an eight times increase compared with the growth in emergency room visits generally.

 

   

Increasing demand for specialized care. Patients, families and payors are increasingly seeking specialized care provided in ABI-specific community-based settings such as those that we offer. There are tens of thousands of individuals with brain injuries currently in nursing facilities. We believe many of these patients, particularly younger individuals, would be better served in community-based rehabilitative programs, as evidenced and supported by growing advocacy, changes in public policy and legal precedents supporting their transition to specialized care settings.

 

   

Increasing funding for community-based settings. Both the public and private sectors finance post-acute services for individuals with ABI. We believe that payors are increasingly seeking to serve patients in more cost-effective and appropriate community-based settings. For example, in recent years the increase in state ABI waiver programs that provide easier access to Medicaid funds has expanded the number of individuals who can afford ABI services. According to the Kaiser Family Foundation, there were 17,193 individuals served through state waiver programs for brain injury in 2010, up from 11,214 in 2006, representing a compound annual growth rate of 11.3%.

Clients, caregivers and payors are increasingly recognizing the value of home- and community-based services.

We believe home- and community-based services are strongly preferred by clients and their caregivers. The less restrictive settings provide greater control over care delivery, support patient quality of life and independence, and facilitate stronger bonds between those we serve and their caregivers. Additionally, consumers are becoming increasingly aware of the full spectrum of services available in the market, and we believe they will continue to demand the type of tailored and cost-effective community-based care we offer.

Furthermore, we believe that in our target markets, both public and non-public payors will increasingly emphasize and fund community-based services that offer comprehensive care across the continuum at a better relative value. We believe tailored solutions and ongoing support, such as the services we provide, offer better overall outcomes for the populations we serve. For most of our patient populations, our customized service plans cost less than care plans in large-scale institutional settings. Home- and community-based services are also preferred as a clinically appropriate and less expensive “step-down” alternative for individuals who no longer require care in more expensive acute care settings.

Funding for home- and community-based services is expanding.

We believe funding for home- and community-based services is expanding for a variety of reasons, including the must-serve nature of our population, and legislation, legal precedents and advocacy efforts supporting the individuals we serve. Human services, including services for the I/DD and ARY populations, are generally funded by government programs, predominantly Medicaid, while ABI services are funded by a mix of government programs and private insurance. These programs are often administered on a state-wide level and, in selected states, decisions regarding funding for individual clients and programs occur at the county level, resulting in a large and diverse payor base. State governments are financially incentivized to continue funding services in our core markets because states receive matching federal funds for state expenditures. As a result of these factors, our rates have remained stable, with some rate contraction in 2009 through 2011 following the economic downturn and modest expansion starting in 2012. We believe improving state budgets resulting from a recovering economic environment will further drive growth in funding.

 

4


Table of Contents

The health and human services markets we serve are highly fragmented, and we expect continued consolidation of the numerous local and regional providers who lack our scale and resources.

The markets we serve are highly fragmented, with only a limited number of national providers of significant scale. We believe payors are demanding more sophisticated reporting, quality, billing and clinical outcomes data, which require complex and robust administrative and IT systems. Small providers often lack the resources to implement and the scale to leverage these systems. We also believe payors are seeking to contract with larger providers that can offer more comprehensive services across a continuum of care, deliver consistent quality and act quickly to establish new programs for populations in need of service.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are uniquely positioned to be the preferred provider of home- and community-based health and human services in the markets we serve. In particular, our strengths include:

The Leading Provider of Home- and Community-Based Health and Human Services in the United States . As of June 30, 2014, we provided services to more than 12,500 clients in residential settings and more than 15,700 clients in non-residential settings across 36 states, which are home to approximately 85% of the U.S. population. Our national scale and breadth of service offerings provide us with significant competitive advantages:

 

   

Responsiveness . Our scale enables us to deliver a broad range of highly customized services across a continuum of care with a greater level of responsiveness than many of our regional or local service competitors. We have the knowledge, financial resources and relationships to anticipate and rapidly respond to customer needs and market opportunities, positioning us well to capture new business.

 

   

Clinical expertise . Given our extensive national network of clinicians and the wide variety of service models we use, we have developed a broad range of clinical expertise to address a range of disabilities and special needs. We leverage clinical best practices from across our network to expand into new markets and initiate new service lines and programs to address the needs of our payors, our clients and their caregivers. We believe our ability to serve individuals with the most complex physical and behavioral challenges distinguishes us from many of our competitors.

 

   

Infrastructure . Unlike smaller competitors that lack our scale and resources, we have developed a robust infrastructure, including functions such as quality assurance, compliance, risk management, information technology, human resources, billing and financial management, that we leverage across our care-delivery network. This infrastructure enables our operations to focus on efficiently delivering consistent, high-quality care and enables us to respond to the increasing compliance, regulatory and fiscal requirements of payors.

Powerful Value Proposition . We believe we offer a powerful value proposition to our payors, our clients and their caregivers through our ability to design customized service plans to meet the unique needs of our clients in cost-effective settings. We specialize in adapting our service offerings to a wide range of intensities of care and other client requirements.

Proven Ability to Make Acquisitions at Attractive Valuations. We believe our scale, in-depth industry knowledge, payor relationships, reputation for quality and operational expertise strategically position us as a preferred acquirer, with an ability to efficiently and opportunistically deploy capital. We are the only company with a national platform dedicated to serving each of the I/DD, ARY and ABI populations. This positions us as a prime exit option for small providers in these highly-fragmented markets. We have completed 36 acquisitions and deployed approximately $125 million of capital for acquisitions from the beginning of fiscal 2009 through June 30, 2014.

 

5


Table of Contents

Unique First Mover Advantage in SRS. Through our history of acquisitions and new starts, we now serve over 1,300 individuals in 26 states in our SRS segment. We are the only provider with a national platform dedicated to providing post-acute care for individuals with brain injuries or other catastrophic injuries and illnesses, and thus we believe we are the leader serving this market. Through our NeuroRestorative and CareMeridian business units, we offer solutions to SRS clients across the continuum of care, from post-acute care and neurorehabilitation to day treatment and supportive living services, that help individuals in their recovery and, in many cases, to regain independence. Our experience in SRS enables us to deliver high-quality specialized care and offer significant cost savings for payors, leading to an expanding pipeline of referrals. Our quality of care and outcomes, along with limited competition of scale in the underserved SRS market, position us to capitalize on this opportunity and benefit from its rapid growth.

Stable Cash Flows Fund Growth Opportunities. Our highly-diverse group of payors and the must-serve populations we support have insulated our revenue streams from significant and widespread rate reductions. This, coupled with our historically consistent annual capital expenditures of only 2% to 3% of net revenue and low working capital needs, has helped us achieve stable cash flows through periods of economic recession and prosperity. We have been able to utilize our stable cash flows to invest in new growth opportunities and fuel the expansion of our services.

Proven Management Team with a Track Record of Performance. Our management team, having served previously as policy makers, fiscal managers and service providers, has extensive public and private sector experience in health and human services. Our executive officers have been with us for an average of 13 years and average approximately 20 years in the human services industry. Our management team has demonstrated the ability and experience to ensure the delivery of high quality services to clients, pursue and integrate numerous acquisitions, manage critical human resources, develop and maintain robust IT and financial systems, mitigate risk in the business and oversee our significant growth and expansion.

Our Business Strategy

We intend to continue leveraging our strengths to capitalize on the market opportunity for home- and community-based health and human services. The primary aspects of our strategy include:

Leverage our Core Competencies to Drive Organic Growth. We expect to capture the embedded growth opportunities resulting from our recent initiatives and leverage our core competencies to further expand our presence in markets we already serve and to further expand our geographic footprint in our existing service lines. During our nearly 35-year history, we have developed and refined a core set of competencies through our experience developing customized service plans for complex cases and supporting our operations with expertise in areas such as risk management, compliance and quality assurance.

Continue to Invest in our New Start Programs. A key driver of growth has been our new start programs that have historically generated attractive returns on our investments. Our investment of approximately $8 million in new starts between fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2010 generated net revenues and new start operating income of approximately $70 million and $14 million, respectively, in fiscal 2013. We intend to continue to aggressively pursue new start opportunities with attractive rates of return on investment.

Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions. We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions that are consistent with our mission and can be readily integrated into our existing operations. We have invested in a team dedicated to mergers and acquisitions, as well as the infrastructure and formalized processes to enable us to pursue acquisition opportunities and to integrate them into our business. We monitor the market nationally for businesses that we can acquire at attractive prices and efficiently integrate with our existing operations. From the beginning of fiscal 2009 through June 30, 2014, we have successfully acquired 36 companies, at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $125 million.

 

6


Table of Contents

Expand our SRS Platform. We intend to leverage our unique scale and leadership position to continue to expand our SRS platform through continued organic growth in new and existing markets, as well as through opportunistic acquisitions. We are the only provider with a national platform dedicated to providing post-acute care for individuals with brain injuries or other catastrophic injuries and illnesses, and thus we believe we are the leader serving this market. We have more than doubled the size and contribution of our SRS segment since 2009, achieving a 21% compound annual growth rate in net revenue over that period. Furthermore, our SRS business is funded by a highly attractive payor mix, with 56% of net revenues in 2013 derived from commercial insurers and other private entities.

Pursue Opportunities in Adjacent Markets and Complementary Service Lines that Diversify our Service Offerings. We have a proven track record of expanding into adjacent markets, as evidenced by the growth of our SRS segment, and we intend to leverage our core competencies and relationships with state agencies to pursue opportunities in adjacent markets, including potentially those serving elders, youth with autism and individuals with mental health issues. We believe our periodic, day and residential services can be leveraged to address a portion of the estimated $75 billion spent in 2010 on residential and personal healthcare services and home healthcare services for individuals 64 years of age or older, based on data from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. More specifically, we initially intend to pursue the adult day services portion of this market, an estimated $6 billion market based on IBISWorld estimates for spending on adult day care in 2010, and we have recently agreed to acquire a company in this market, subject to customary closing conditions. See “—Recent Developments.”

Recent Developments

Pending Acquisition of Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance

On June 30, 2014, Adult Day Health, Inc., a newly formed subsidiary of the Company, agreed to acquire Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance for an aggregate purchase price of up to $38.3 million in cash. Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance operates adult day health facilities in the Boston area. Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance provides outpatient, center-based services that provide health, therapeutic and social support to adults in a group environment. The facilities are typically open 362 days a year between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. The size of the centers range from 94 clients to 200 clients. Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance provides a structured six-hour day for clients, as well as round-trip transportation to and from the facility. In 2013, Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance generated approximately $17 million in revenue, which was almost entirely funded through Medicaid. The acquisition of Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance is subject to customary closing conditions. The acquisition is expected to be completed by September 30, 2014. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risk Related to the Pending Acquisition of Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance.”

The acquisition will be our first entry into adult day services, but it is a natural extension of our core competencies especially in regard to our high-quality day programs for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities as well as those who have suffered brain injuries. We believe that there will be a growing demand for adult day services for several reasons, including that the population of adults 65 and older is a growing demographic. Moreover, states are increasingly looking for alternatives to more expensive models of home-based, residential and institutional care. The adult day services market, like other markets in which we operate, is highly fragmented with opportunities for consolidation.

 

7


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the factors set forth under “Risk Factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Among these important risks are the following:

 

   

we rely on Medicaid funding as we derive approximately 90% of our revenue from contracts with state and local governments and a substantial portion of this revenue is state funded with federal matching Medicaid dollars; accordingly, reductions or changes in Medicaid funding or changes in budgetary priorities by the federal, state and local governments that pay for our services could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and profitability;

 

   

the nature of our operations subjects us to substantial claims, litigation and governmental proceedings;

 

   

an increase in labor costs or labor-related liability;

 

   

reductions in reimbursement rates, a failure to obtain increases in reimbursement rates or subsequent negative audit adjustments could adversely affect our revenue, cash flows and profitability;

 

   

our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our liquidity and ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, and it could limit our ability to invest in our growth initiatives or react to changes in the economy or our industry; and

 

   

we have a history of losses, and we might not be profitable in the future.

Our Corporate Information

Civitas Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NMH Holdings, Inc.) is a Delaware corporation incorporated on June 15, 2007. Our business was originally formed in 1980. We were acquired in 2006 pursuant to the merger and contribution (the “Merger”) by affiliates of Vestar Capital Partners (“Vestar”). Our principal executive office is located at 313 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, and our telephone number is (617) 790-4800. The address of our main website is www.civitas-solutions.com . You should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

Civitas’ direct parent company, NMH Investment, LLC (“NMH Investment”) is controlled by investment funds managed by Vestar Capital Partners. The equity interests of NMH Investment are owned by Vestar and certain of our executive officers and directors and other members of management.

Civitas is the indirect parent of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. (“NMHI”), which is the issuer of 12.50% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “senior notes”) and the borrower under the Company’s senior secured credit facilities. NMHI is required by the terms of the indenture governing the senior notes to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and under SEC rules, is currently a voluntary filer. We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to redeem all of the senior notes. Upon completion of that redemption, NMHI will cease to be a voluntary filer and will cease filing reports with the SEC.

 

8


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The chart below sets forth our current corporate structure and gives effect to the issuance of the shares in this offering. The ownership percentages are calculated as of the date of this prospectus (i) assuming an offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), (ii) assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                  additional shares from the selling stockholder, (iii) assuming the Class H Common Units of NMH Investment issued to management vest and (iv) excluding the issuance of the options and restricted stock units that we intend to grant in connection with this offering. Because NMH Investment will not distribute its shares of our common stock in connection with this offering, management’s ownership of     % of the equity of NMH Investment represented by the Class H Common Units will remain unvested upon completion of this offering.

 

LOGO

 

9


Table of Contents

Equity Sponsor

Founded in 1988, Vestar Capital Partners is a leading U.S. middle market private equity firm specializing in management buyouts and growth capital investments. Vestar invests and collaborates with incumbent management teams and private owners in a creative, flexible and entrepreneurial way to build long-term enterprise value. Since Vestar’s founding, Vestar funds have completed more than 70 investments in companies with a total value of more than $40 billion.

Vestar has extensive experience investing across a wide variety of industries, including healthcare, financial services, information services, consumer, digital media and diversified industries. Vestar Capital Partners has been making successful investments in the healthcare sector since the late 1990s, when the firm helped the physician managers of Sheridan Healthcare take the company private and build it from a local operation into a nationwide provider of outsourced medical services.

Since then, Vestar’s healthcare investments have spanned the healthcare spectrum, including, in addition to the Company, Essent Healthcare, a hospital management company, and more recently, healthcare information and measurement technologies investments, which include HealthGrades, Press Ganey and MediMedia.

Vestar currently manages funds with approximately $5 billion of assets and has offices in New York, Denver and Boston. Vestar’s investment in NMH Investment was funded by Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P., a $3.7 billion fund which closed in 2005, and affiliates.

 

10


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional             shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering

            shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering and cash on hand to (i) redeem all of the $212 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes issued by our subsidiary, NMHI, at a redemption price of 106.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption, (ii) pay a transaction advisory fee of $8.0 million to Vestar under the management agreement with Vestar, which agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering and (iii) make a $5.4 million cash payment to certain of our non-executive officer employees who participate in the CareMeridian, LLC Management Cash Incentive Plan (the “CareMeridian Plan”), which will be terminated in connection with this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The actual payment in respect of the CareMeridian Plan will depend on the price at which our shares of common stock are sold in this offering. We intend to use any remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

 

Dividend policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries and us to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to compliance with covenants in our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

 

Symbol

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CIVI.”

 

11


Table of Contents

Risk factors

For a discussion of risks relating to us, our business and an investment in our common stock, see “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering:

 

   

assumes the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which we will adopt prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

gives effect to a             -for-             stock split, which we effected on September     , 2014 in anticipation of this offering;

 

   

excludes an aggregate of 3,325,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Incentive Plan (as defined herein) that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering, including shares of common stock reserved for issuance under options that we intend to grant in connection with this offering with an expected aggregate value of approximately $4.4 million (or an aggregate of              shares subject to stock options, based on an assumed public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and shares of common stock reserved for issuance under restricted stock units that we intend to grant in connection with this offering with an expected aggregate value of approximately $10.0 million (or an aggregate of              shares subject to restricted stock units, based on an assumed public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus); and

 

   

assumes (1) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to              additional shares from the selling stockholder and (2) an initial public offering price of $              per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial data as of and for the dates indicated. The consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2012 and 2013 and for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the nine months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire fiscal year ending September 30, 2014.

Our results included below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. The following summary consolidated financial data are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the information under “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our financial statements and notes thereto and other financial information included in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended June 30,  
    2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)                              

Statements of Operations Data:

         

Net revenue

  $ 1,062,773      $ 1,123,118      $ 1,198,653      $ 893,541      $ 938,861   

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation expense shown separately below)

    823,009        874,778        935,143        700,401        734,887   

General and administrative expenses

    144,011        140,221        146,040        110,879        108,811   

Depreciation and amortization

    61,330        60,534        64,146        47,970        50,987   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    34,423        47,585        53,324        34,291        44,176   

Management fee of related party

    (1,271     (1,325     (1,359     (985     (1,041

Other income (expense), net

    (142     2        929        628        499   

Extinguishment of debt

    (23,684     —         —         —         (14,699

Interest income

    22        332        137        109        163   

Interest expense

    (67,511     (79,445     (78,075     (58,482     (53,204
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

    (58,163     (32,851     (25,044     (24,439     (24,106

Benefit for income taxes

    (19,287     (19,283     (9,472     (8,437     (7,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (38,876     (13,568     (15,572     (16,002     (16,894

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (1)

    (4,625     (701     (2,724     (2,678     19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (43,501   $ (14,269   $ (18,296   $ (18,680   $ (16,875
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

         

Net loss per common share:

         

Basic

  $        $        $        $        $     

Diluted

  $        $        $        $        $     

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

         

Diluted

         

Pro Forma Per Share Data: (2)

         

Pro forma net loss per common share:

         

Basic

      $          $     

Diluted

      $          $     

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

         

Diluted

         

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

         

Cash and cash equivalents (3)

  $ 387      $ 125      $ 19,440      $ 16,211      $ 47,526   

Working capital (4)

    12,634        26,192        59,262        65,711        66,085   

Total assets

    1,011,360        1,045,880        1,021,269        1,034,817        1,031,494   

Total debt (5)

    784,124        799,895        803,464        806,447        817,128   

Shareholder’s equity (deficit)

    (16,917     (29,931     (46,515     (47,361     (62,047

 

13


Table of Contents
     Year Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
(dollars in thousands)                               

Other Financial Data:

          

Cash flows provided by (used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ 30,790      $ 29,251      $ 55,738      $ 32,654      $ 66,667   

Investing activities

     (82,542     (42,662     (39,377     (21,033     (39,711

Financing activities

     25,505        13,148        2,954        4,465        1,130   

Capital expenditures

     20,878        29,995        31,901        22,334        24,271   

Program rent expense (6)

     31,856        32,779        38,994        28,541        31,377   

EBITDA (7)

     70,656        106,796        117,040        81,904        79,922   

Adjusted EBITDA (7)

     110,624        108,793        117,888        82,358          95,765   

Operating losses from new starts (8)

     1,812        7,460        8,802        7,852        4,491   

 

(1) During fiscal 2011 and 2013, we sold our home health business, closed certain Human Services operations in the States of Maryland, Colorado, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New York and Virginia, sold our Rhode Island ARY business and closed our Rhode Island I/DD business. All fiscal years presented reflect the classification of these businesses as discontinued operations.
(2) Pro forma per share data gives effect to: (i) the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities in January 2014; (ii) the redemption of the senior notes using the net proceeds from this offering, as described in “Use of Proceeds”; (iii) the reduction of the interest rate payable under our senior secured credit facilities by 0.50% per annum as a result of the reduction in our consolidated leverage ratio following the completion of the redemption of the senior notes using the net proceeds from this offering; (iv) the elimination of the annual management fee to Vestar as a result of the termination of the management agreement with Vestar; and (v) the issuance of              shares of our common stock by us in this offering at an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, as if each of these events occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. Pro forma basic net loss per share consists of pro forma net loss divided by the pro forma basic weighted average common shares outstanding. Pro forma diluted net loss per share consists of pro forma net loss divided by the pro forma diluted weighted average common stock outstanding.

Pro forma per share data does not give effect to the write-off of deferred financing costs of $5.3 million in connection with the redemption of the senior notes using the net proceeds from this offering.

The following is a reconciliation of historical net loss to pro forma net income (loss) for the year ended September 30, 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014:

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)    Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2013
    Nine Months Ended
June 30, 2014
 

Net loss

   $ (18,296 )   $ (16,875 )

Decrease in interest expense (a)

     41,151        26,623   

Management fees and expenses (b)

     1,359        1,041   

Decrease in benefit from income taxes (c)

     (16,407     (8,636
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss)

   $ 7,807     $ 2,153   

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share:

    

Basic

   $       $    

Diluted

   $       $    

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding: (d)

    

Basic

    

Diluted

    

 

  (a) Reflects the net adjustment to interest expense resulting from (i) the reduction of the interest rate as a result of the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities in January 2014, partially offset by the increase in the principal amount of our term loan in that refinancing, and the reduction of our interest expense as a result of the redemption of $38 million in principal amount of our senior notes in February 2014, (ii) the redemption of the senior notes using the net proceeds from this offering, as described in “Use of Proceeds” and (iii) the reduction of the interest rate payable under our senior secured credit facilities by 0.50% per annum as a result of the reduction in our consolidated leverage ratio following the redemption of the senior notes using the net proceeds from this offering.
  (b) Reflects the elimination of management fees to Vestar for the periods presented as a result of the termination of the management agreement. In connection with the Merger, NMHI entered into a management agreement with Vestar, pursuant to which NMHI agreed to pay Vestar an annual management fee equal to the greater of (i) $850,000 and (ii) an amount per annum equal to 1.00% of NMHI’s consolidated earnings before depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes for each fiscal year before deduction of Vestar’s fee, determined as set forth in NMHI’s senior credit agreement. In connection with the consummation of this offering, we intend to pay Vestar a one-time transaction advisory fee under the management agreement in an amount not yet determined. The management agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

 

14


Table of Contents
  (c) Reflects adjustments to historical benefit from income taxes, assuming a pro forma effective tax rate of 40% for each period presented.
  (d) Reflects             shares of common stock to be issued by us in this offering.
(3) Excludes restricted cash.
(4) Calculated as current assets minus current liabilities.
(5) Includes obligations under capital leases.
(6) Program rent expense is defined as lease expenses related to buildings directly utilized in providing services to clients.
(7) We define “EBITDA” as income before interest expense and interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as EBITDA further adjusted to add back (i) items that are expected to terminate in connection with the offering, (ii) non-cash charges, (iii) non-recurring items that are not indicative of the underlying operating performance of the business and (iv) items that are solely related to changes in our capital structure, and therefore by definition are not indicative of the underlying operating performance of the business. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are presented because they are important measures used by management to assess financial performance, and management believes they provide a transparent view of our operating performance and operating trends. We also believe these non-GAAP measures are useful to investors in assessing financial performance because these measures are similar to the metrics used by investors and other interested parties when comparing companies in our industry that have different capital structures, debt levels and/or income tax rates.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, income from operations, net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities or other financial statement data presented as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as presented in accordance with GAAP. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. While EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used as measures of operating performance and the ability to meet debt service requirements, they are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation.

Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual items.

The following table provides a reconciliation from net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Year Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended June 30,  
    2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
(dollars in thousands)                              

Net loss

  $ (43,501   $ (14,269   $ (18,296   $ (18,680   $ (16,875

Loss (gain) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    4,625        701        2,724        2,678        (19

Benefit for income taxes

    (19,287     (19,283     (9,472     (8,437     (7,212

Interest expense, net

    67,489        79,113        77,938        58,373        53,041   

Depreciation and amortization

    61,330        60,534        64,146        47,970        50,987   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 70,656      $ 106,796      $ 117,040      $ 81,904      $ 79,922   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

         

Management fee to related party (a)

  $ 1,271      $ 1,325      $ 1,359      $ 985      $ 1,041   

Stock based compensation (b)

    3,675        672        273        253        103   

Predecessor provider tax reserve adjustment (c)

    —          —          (2,118     (2,118     —     

Extinguishment of debt (d)

    23,684        —          —          —          14,699   

Discretionary recognition bonuses (e)

    2,361        —          —          —          —     

Non-cash impairment charges (f)

    5,993        —          1,334        1,334        —     

Restructuring (g)

    2,984        —          —         
—  
  
   
—  
  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (h)

  $ 110,624      $ 108,793      $ 117,888      $ 82,358      $ 95,765   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Represents management fees incurred under our management agreement with Vestar, which agreement will terminate in connection with this offering.
  (b) Represents non-cash stock based compensation.
  (c) Represents an adjustment to a reserve for a provider tax that is not required to be paid.
  (d) Represents the write-off of the remaining deferred financings costs on debt that we refinanced in fiscal 2011 and in the nine months ended June 30, 2014.
  (e) Represents payment of one-time discretionary bonuses in recognition of extraordinary contributions of certain employees in connection with a refinancing transaction in February 2011.

 

15


Table of Contents
  (f) Represents impairment charges associated with indefinite lived intangible assets and goodwill related to the closing of underperforming programs.
  (g) Represents severance and other costs incurred as part of the restructuring of certain corporate and field functions.
  (h) Adjusted EBITDA does not include any adjustments for “pro forma acquired EBITDA.” Pro forma acquired EBITDA represents pre-closing EBITDA with respect to acquisitions made during the period based on actual EBITDA generated by the acquired entity or business from the most recent 12-month period that is available at the time of acquisition, after giving effect to identified adjustments as a result of the combination, pro-rated for the portion of that 12-month period that falls within the applicable reporting period. Pro forma acquired EBITDA was approximately $2.3 million for fiscal 2011, approximately $3.5 million for fiscal 2012, approximately $2.2 million for fiscal 2013, approximately $22 thousand for the nine months ended June 30, 2013 and approximately $1.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2014.
(8) Operating losses from new starts represents losses from any new start programs initiated within 18 months of the end of the period that had operating losses during the period. Net operating loss from a new start is defined as its revenue for the period less direct expenses but not including allocated overhead costs. For more information regarding operating income and losses related to new starts, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results—Factors Affecting our Operating Results—Expansion of Services—Organic Growth.”

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a number of risks. Before you purchase our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operation or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In any such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Reductions or changes in Medicaid funding or changes in budgetary priorities by the federal, state and local governments that pay for our services could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and profitability.

We currently derive approximately 90% of our revenue from contracts with state and local governments. These governmental payors fund a significant portion of their payments to us through Medicaid, a joint federal and state health insurance program through which state expenditures are matched by federal funds typically ranging from 50% to approximately 75% of total costs, a number based largely on a state’s per capita income. Our revenue, therefore, is largely determined by the level of federal, state and local governmental spending for the services we provide.

Efforts at the federal level to reduce the federal budget deficit pose risk for reductions in federal Medicaid matching funds to state governments. Previously, the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction’s failure to meet the deadline imposed by the Budget Control Act of 2011 triggered automatic across-the-board cuts to discretionary funding, including a 2% reduction to Medicare, which went into effect April 1, 2013, but specifically exempted Medicaid payments to states. While this development did not reduce federal Medicaid funding, reductions in other federal payments to states will put additional stress on state budgets, with the potential to negatively impact the ability of states to provide the state Medicaid matching funds necessary to maintain or increase the federal financial contribution to the program. Although earlier this year the Congress and President reached an agreement on a two-year budget framework for federal fiscal years 2014 and 2015, negotiations in recent years regarding deficit reduction efforts have been contentious and, most recently, resulted in a 16-day government shutdown in October 2013. While Medicaid payments were not affected during this period, the potential of longer shutdowns in the future if new negotiations regarding the federal budget and/or the federal debt ceiling fail to produce a resolution could cause disruptions in Medicaid support and payments to states. In addition, the federal government may choose to adopt alternative proposals to reduce the federal budget deficit. These alternative reductions could have a negative impact on state Medicaid budgets, including proposals to provide states with more flexibility to determine Medicaid benefits, eligibility or provider payments through the use of block grants or streamlined waiver approvals, as well as those that would reduce the amount of federal Medicaid matching funding available to states by curtailing the use of provider taxes or by adjusting the Federal Medical Assistance Percentage (FMAP). Furthermore, any new Medicaid-funded benefits and requirements established by the Congress, particularly those included in the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, and the rules and regulations thereunder (together, the “Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act”), that mandate certain uses for Medicaid funds could have the effect of diverting those funds from the services we provide.

Budgetary pressures facing state governments, as well as other economic, industry and political factors, could cause state governments to limit spending, which could significantly reduce our revenue, referrals, margins and profitability, and adversely affect our growth strategy. Governmental agencies generally condition their contracts with us upon a sufficient budgetary appropriation. If a government agency does not receive an appropriation sufficient to cover its contractual obligations with us, it may terminate a contract or defer or reduce our reimbursement. In addition, there is risk that previously appropriated funds could be reduced through

 

17


Table of Contents

subsequent legislation. Many states in which we operate experienced unprecedented budgetary deficits during and in the wake of the recession that began in 2008, and, as a result, implemented service reductions, rate freezes and/or rate reductions, including states such as Minnesota, California, Florida, Indiana and Arizona. Similarly, programmatic changes such as conversions to managed care with related contract demands regarding billing and services, unbundling of services, governmental efforts to increase consumer autonomy and reduce provider oversight, coverage and other changes under state Medicaid plans, may cause unanticipated costs and risks to our service delivery. The loss or reduction of or changes to reimbursement under our contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The nature of our operations subjects us to substantial claims, litigation and governmental proceedings.

We are in the health and human services business and, therefore, we have been and continue to be subject to substantial claims alleging that we, our employees or our Mentors failed to provide proper care for a client. We are also subject to claims by our clients, our employees, our Mentors or community members against us for negligence and intentional misconduct, or violation of applicable laws. Included in our recent claims are claims alleging personal injury, assault, abuse, wrongful death and other charges. Several years ago, we experienced a spike in claims filed against the Company, and we could face an increase in claims in the future. As a result of the prior increase in claims, we received less favorable insurance terms and have expensed greater amounts to fund potential claims. For more information, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Professional and general liability expense totaled 0.8% and 1.2% of our net revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, as compared to 1.0% for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011. We incurred professional and general liability expenses of $8.0 million, $11.0 million, $12.2 million, $10.9 million and $10.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These expenses are incurred in connection with our claims reserve and insurance premiums. The expense for the nine months ended June 30, 2013 and fiscal year ended September 30, 2013 included expenses of $2.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively, related to an adjustment to our tail reserve for professional and general liability claims, which is required by accounting standards for companies with claims-made insurance. For more information, see “—Our financial results could be adversely affected if claims against us are successful, to the extent we must make payments under our self-insured retentions, or if such claims are not covered by our applicable insurance or if the costs of our insurance coverage increase.” Increased costs of insurance and claims have negatively impacted our results of operations and have resulted in a renewed emphasis on reducing the occurrence of claims. Although insurance premiums did not increase in fiscal 2013 and 2014, they have increased in prior years and may increase in the future.

We are subject to employee-related claims under state and federal law, including claims for discrimination, wrongful discharge or retaliation, as well as claims for violations under the Fair Labor Standards Act or state wage and hour laws.

Regulatory agencies may initiate administrative proceedings alleging that our programs, employees or agents violate statutes and regulations and seek to impose monetary penalties on us or ask for recoupment of amounts paid. We could be required to incur significant costs to respond to regulatory investigations or defend against lawsuits and, if we do not prevail, we could be required to pay substantial amounts of money in damages, settlement amounts or penalties arising from these legal proceedings.

A litigation award excluded by, or in excess of, our third-party insurance limits and self-insurance reserves could have a material adverse impact on our operations and cash flow and could adversely impact our ability to continue to purchase appropriate liability insurance. Even if we are successful in our defense, lawsuits or regulatory proceedings could also irreparably damage our reputation.

 

18


Table of Contents

Reductions in reimbursement rates, a failure to obtain increases in reimbursement rates or subsequent negative audit adjustments could adversely affect our revenue, cash flows and profitability.

Our revenue and operating profitability depend on our ability to maintain our existing reimbursement levels and to obtain periodic increases in reimbursement rates to meet higher costs and demand for more services. Approximately 13% of our revenue is derived from contracts based on a retrospective cost reimbursement model, whereby we are required to maintain a certain cost structure in order to realize the specified rate. For such programs, if our costs are less than the required amount, we are required to return a portion of the revenue to the payor. Some of our programs are also subject to prospective rate adjustments based on current spending levels. For such programs, we could experience reduced rates in the future if our current spending is not sufficient. If we are not entitled to, do not receive or cannot negotiate increases in reimbursement rates, or are forced to accept a reduction in our reimbursement rates at approximately the same time as our costs of providing services increase, including labor costs and rent, our margins and profitability could be adversely affected.

Changes in how federal and state government agencies operate reimbursement programs can also affect our operating results and financial condition. Some states have, from time to time, revised their rate-setting methodologies in a manner that has resulted in rate decreases. In some instances, changes in rate-setting methodologies have resulted in third-party payors disallowing, in whole or in part, our requests for reimbursement. Any reduction in or the failure to maintain or increase our reimbursement rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in the manner in which state agencies interpret program policies and procedures or review and audit billings and costs could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

As a result of cost reporting, we have from time to time experienced negative audit adjustments which are based on subjective judgments of reasonableness, necessity or allocation of costs in our services provided to clients. These adjustments are generally required to be negotiated as part of the overall audit resolution and may result in paybacks to payors and adjustments of our rates. We cannot assure you that our rates will be maintained, or that we will be able to keep all payments made to us, until an audit of the relevant period is complete.

Our variable cost structure is directly related to our labor costs, which may be adversely affected by labor shortages, a deterioration in labor relations or increased unionization activities.

Our variable cost structure and operating profitability are directly related to our labor costs. Labor costs may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including a limited supply of qualified personnel in any geographic area, local competitive forces, ineffective utilization of our labor force, increases in minimum wages or the need to increase wages to remain competitive, health care costs and other personnel costs, and adverse changes in client service models. We typically cannot recover our increased labor costs from payors and must absorb them ourselves. We have incurred higher labor costs in certain markets from time to time because of difficulty in hiring qualified direct care staff. These higher labor costs have resulted from increased wages and overtime and the costs associated with recruitment and retention, training programs and use of temporary staffing personnel. In part to help with the challenge of recruiting and retaining direct care staff, we offer these employees a benefits package that includes paid time off, health insurance, dental insurance, vision coverage, life insurance and a 401(k) plan, and these costs can be significant.

Although our employees are generally not unionized, we have one business in New Jersey with approximately 38 employees who are represented by a labor union and approximately 276 Connecticut direct care workers who are also represented by a labor union. We began negotiating a labor agreement with the Connecticut union in September 2012. Those negotiations, however, were recently suspended after our Connecticut-based business notified the State of Connecticut and the union of its intention to stop providing services under existing contracts due to rate cuts and a change in state policy. We are currently working with our public partners on a plan to effectively transition our programs to new providers, and we anticipate that this transition will be complete during the first quarter of fiscal 2015. From time to time, we experience attempts to unionize certain of our non-union employees. Future unionization activities could result in an increase of our labor and other costs. If employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other

 

19


Table of Contents

slowdown, we could experience a disruption of our operations and/or higher ongoing labor costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Matters involving employees may expose us to potential liability.

We are subject to United States federal, state and local employment laws that expose us to potential liability if we are determined to have violated such employment laws. Failure to comply with federal and state labor laws pertaining to minimum wage, overtime pay, meal and rest breaks, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, citizenship or residency requirements, and other employment-related matters may have a material adverse effect on our business or operations. In addition, employee claims based on, among other things, discrimination, harassment or wrongful termination may divert financial and management resources and adversely affect operations. We are further subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act (which governs such matters as minimum wages, overtime and other working conditions) as well as state and local wage and hour laws.

We expect increases in payroll expenses as a result of recent state and federal policy initiatives to increase the minimum wage as well as potential new federal regulations increasing the scope of overtime eligibility. Although such increases are not expected to be material, we cannot assure you that there will not be material increases in the future.

The potential losses that may be incurred as a result of any violation of employment laws are difficult to quantify.

Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our liquidity and ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, and it could limit our ability to invest in our growth initiatives or react to changes in the economy or our industry.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness and substantial leverage. As of June 30, 2014, we had total indebtedness of $817.1 million. As of June 30, 2014, after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds,” we would have had total indebtedness of $605.1 million and an ability to borrow up to an additional $100.0 million under our senior secured revolving credit facility. A portion of our indebtedness, including borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities, bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain short-term prevailing interest rates. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same. We expect to continue to make new investments in our growth that may reduce liquidity, and we may need to increase our indebtedness in the future.

Our substantial degree of leverage could have important consequences, including the following:

 

   

it may significantly curtail our acquisitions program and may limit our ability to invest in our infrastructure and in growth opportunities;

 

   

it may diminish our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements and general corporate or other purposes;

 

   

a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes, including our operations, future business opportunities and acquisitions and capital expenditures;

 

   

the debt service requirements of our indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to satisfy our indebtedness and contractual and commercial commitments;

 

   

interest rates on any portion of our variable interest rate borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities that we have not hedged may increase;

 

   

it may limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt and a lower degree of leverage; and

 

   

we may be vulnerable if the country falls into another recession, or if there is a downturn in our business, or we may be unable to carry out activities that are important to our growth.

 

20


Table of Contents

Subject to restrictions in the senior credit agreement, NMHI may be able to incur more debt in the future, which may intensify the risks described in this risk factor. All of the borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities are secured by substantially all of the assets of NMHI and its subsidiaries.

In addition to our significant amount of indebtedness, we have significant rental obligations under our operating leases for our group homes, other service facilities and administrative offices. For the nine months ended June 30, 2014, our aggregate rental payments for these leases were $42.9 million. We expect this number will increase during fiscal 2014 as a result of new leases entered into pursuant to acquisitions and new program starts. Our ongoing rental obligations could exacerbate the risks described above.

Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to fund our debt service, rental payments and other obligations depends on many factors beyond our control. See “—Economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, liquidity and financial condition.” In addition, possible acquisitions or investments in organic growth and other strategic initiatives could require additional debt financing. If our future cash flows do not meet our expectations and we are unable to service our debt, or if we are unable to obtain additional debt financing, we may be forced to take actions such as revising or delaying our strategic plans, reducing or delaying acquisitions, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. We may be unable to effect any of these transactions on satisfactory terms, or at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have a history of losses, and we might not be profitable in the future.

Due in large part to our high levels of indebtedness, we have had a history of losses. For the years ended September 30, 2011, 2012, 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014, we generated net losses of $43.5 million, $14.3 million, $18.3 million and $16.9 million, respectively. Although we will reduce our outstanding indebtedness using the proceeds of this offering, which will decrease our interest payments, we could report losses in the future. Other factors may cause us to report losses in the future, including reductions in funding for our services, reductions in reimbursement rates, increases in our costs, increased competition and other factors described elsewhere under “—Risks Related to our Business.”

State and local government payors with which we have contracts have complicated billing and collection rules and regulations, and if we fail to meet such requirements, our business could be materially impacted.

We derive approximately 90% of our revenue from contracts with state and local government agencies, and a substantial portion of this revenue is state-funded with federal Medicaid matching dollars. In billing for our services to third-party payors, we must follow complex documentation, coding and billing rules and there can be delays before we receive payment. These rules are based on federal and state laws, rules and regulations, various government pronouncements, and on industry practice. If we fail to comply with federal and state documentation, coding and billing rules, we could be subject to criminal and/or civil penalties, loss of licenses and exclusion from the Medicaid programs, which could materially harm us. Specifically, failure to follow these rules could result in potential criminal or civil liability under the False Claims Act and various federal and state criminal healthcare fraud statutes, under which extensive financial penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs can be imposed.

Federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to get a false claim paid. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs and criminal liability. The majority of

 

21


Table of Contents

states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal false claims laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. See “—We are subject to extensive governmental regulations, which require significant compliance expenditures, and a failure to comply with these regulations could adversely affect our business.”

We annually submit a large volume of claims for Medicaid and other payments, and there can be no assurance that there have not been errors. The rules are frequently vague and confusing, and we cannot assure that governmental investigators, private insurers, private whistleblowers or Medicaid auditors will not challenge our practices. Such a challenge could result in a material adverse effect on our business.

We are routinely subject to governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. As a result of these reviews, audits and investigations, these governmental payors may be entitled to, in their discretion:

 

   

require us to refund amounts we have previously been paid;

 

   

terminate or modify our existing contracts;

 

   

suspend or prevent us from receiving new contracts or extending existing contracts;

 

   

impose referral holds on us;

 

   

impose fines, penalties or other sanctions on us; and

 

   

reduce the amount we are paid under our existing contracts.

As a result of past reviews and audits of our operations, we have been and are subject to some of these actions from time to time. While we do not currently believe that our existing governmental reviews and audit proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or significantly harm our reputation, we cannot assure you that similar actions in the future will not do so. In addition, such proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in a future reporting period. Moreover, if we are required to restructure our billing and collection methods, these changes could be disruptive to our operations and costly to implement.

Complicated billing and collection procedures can result in delays in collecting payment for our services, which may adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and operating results.

The reimbursement process is time consuming and complex, and there can be delays before we receive payment. Government reimbursement, facility credentialing, Medicaid recipient eligibility and service authorization procedures are often complicated and burdensome, and delays can result from, among other things, securing documentation and coordinating necessary eligibility paperwork between agencies. Similar issues arise in seeking payment from some of our private payors. These reimbursement and procedural issues occasionally cause us to have to resubmit claims several times and manage other administrative requests before payment is remitted. Missed filing deadlines can cause rejections of claims. If there is a billing error, the process to resolve the error may be time-consuming and costly. To the extent that complexity associated with billing for our services causes delays in our cash collections, we assume the financial risk of increased carrying costs associated with the aging of our accounts receivable as well as increased potential for write-offs. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to collect payment for claims at our current levels in future periods. The risks associated with third-party payors and the inability to monitor and manage accounts receivable successfully could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, cash flows and operating results.

Economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, liquidity and financial condition.

Our government payors rely on tax revenue to pay for our services. In the wake of the last economic recession that began in 2008, most states faced unprecedented declines in tax revenues and, as a result, record

 

22


Table of Contents

budget gaps. Furthermore, even after four years of economic improvement, at the end of 2013, inflation-adjusted tax revenues remained below peak levels in many states. If the economy were to contract into recession again, our government payors or other counterparties that owe us money could be delayed in obtaining, or may not be able to obtain, necessary funding and/or financing to meet their cash flow needs. In 2011, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the Federal government’s credit rating and additional downgrades are possible in the future. In October 2013, Fitch Ratings placed the Federal government’s credit rating on negative watch. If the credit rating of the federal government is downgraded again, it is possible there will be related downgrades of state credit ratings as well. If this or unrelated state downgrades occur, this could make it more expensive for states to finance their cash flow needs and put additional pressure on state budgets. Delays in payment could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, liquidity and financial condition. In the event that our payors or other counterparties are financially unstable or delay payments to us, our financial condition could be further impaired if we are unable to borrow additional funds under our senior credit agreement to finance our operations.

Our financial results could be adversely affected if claims against us are successful, to the extent we must make payments under our self-insured retentions, or if such claims are not covered by our applicable insurance or if the costs of our insurance coverage increase.

We have been and continue to be subject to substantial claims against our professional and general liability and automobile liability insurance. Professional and general liability claims, if successful, could result in substantial damage awards which might require us to make significant payments under our self-insured retentions and increase future insurance costs. For claims made from October 1, 2010 to September 30, 2011, we were self-insured for $2.0 million per claim and $8.0 million in the aggregate, and for $500,000 per claim in excess of the aggregate. From October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2013, we were self-insured for the first $4.0 million of each and every claim with no aggregate limit. Beginning October 1, 2013, we are self-insured for $4.0 million per claim and $28.0 million in the aggregate. We may be subject to increased self-insurance retention limits in the future which could have a negative impact on our results. An award may exceed the limits of any applicable insurance coverage, and awards for punitive damages may be excluded from our insurance policies either contractually or by operation of state law. In addition, our insurance does not cover all potential liabilities including, for example, those arising from employment practice claims, wage and hour violations, and governmental fines and penalties. As a result, we may become responsible for substantial damage awards that are uninsured.

Insurance against professional and general liability and automobile liability can be expensive and our insurance premiums may increase in the future. Insurance rates vary from state to state, by type and by other factors. Rising costs of insurance premiums, as well as successful claims against us, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

It is also possible that our liability and other insurance coverage will not continue to be available at acceptable costs or on favorable terms.

If payments for claims exceed actuarially determined estimates, if claims are not covered by insurance, or if our insurers fail to meet their obligations, our results of operations and financial position could be adversely affected.

The nature of services that we provide could subject us to significant workers’ compensation related liability, some of which may not be fully reserved for.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance plans to provide for potential liability for workers’ compensation claims. Because we have so many employees, and because of the inherent physical risk associated with the interaction of employees with our clients, many of whom have intensive care needs, the potential for incidents giving rise to workers’ compensation liability is high.

We estimate liabilities associated with workers’ compensation risk and establish reserves each quarter based on internal valuations, third-party actuarial advice, historical loss development factors and other assumptions

 

23


Table of Contents

believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. In prior years, our results of operations have been adversely impacted by higher than anticipated claims, and they may be adversely impacted in the future if actual occurrences and claims exceed our assumptions and historical trends.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act may materially increase our costs and/or make it harder for us to compete as an employer.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act imposed new mandates on employers and individuals. The mandate requiring all individuals to enroll in a health insurance plan deemed credible became effective on January 1, 2014, but the implementation of the requirement that all employers with 50 or more full-time employees provide to employees health insurance deemed credible or pay a penalty has been delayed until January 1, 2015. Despite the delayed implementation of the employer mandate, we have recently redesigned our health benefits for calendar year 2014 to offer employees health coverage that meets the requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. Depending upon claims experience or enrollment changes in our new plans, our cost for employee health insurance could materially increase. Moreover, if the coverage we are offering isn’t competitive with the health insurance benefits our employees could receive at other employers, we may become less attractive as an employer and it may become more difficult for us to compete for qualified employees.

We face substantial competition in attracting and retaining experienced personnel, and we may be unable to maintain or grow our business if we cannot attract and retain qualified employees.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to attract and retain qualified and experienced human service and other professionals, who possess the skills and experience necessary to deliver quality services to our clients and manage our operations. We face competition for certain categories of our employees, particularly direct service professionals and managers, based on wages, benefits and other working conditions. Contractual requirements and client needs determine the number, as well as the education and experience levels, of health and human service professionals we hire. We face substantial turnover among our direct service professionals. Also, due to the nature of the services we provide, our working conditions require additional sensitivities and skills relative to traditional medical care environments. Our ability to attract and retain employees with the requisite credentials, experience and skills depends on several factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to offer competitive wages, benefits and professional growth opportunities. The inability to attract and retain experienced personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we fail to establish and maintain relationships with government agencies, we may not be able to successfully procure or retain government-sponsored contracts, which could negatively impact our revenue.

To facilitate our ability to procure or retain government-sponsored contracts, we rely in part on establishing and maintaining relationships with officials of various government agencies, primarily at the state and local level but also including federal agencies. These relationships enable us to maintain and renew existing contracts and obtain new contracts and referrals. The effectiveness of our relationships may be reduced or eliminated with changes in the personnel holding various government offices or staff positions. We also may lose key personnel who have these relationships, and such personnel may not be subject to non-compete or non-solicitation covenants. Any failure to establish, maintain or manage relationships with government and agency personnel may hinder our ability to procure or retain government-sponsored contracts, and could negatively impact our revenue.

Negative publicity or changes in public perception of our services may adversely affect our ability to obtain new contracts and renew existing ones or obtain third-party referrals.

Our success in obtaining new contracts and renewals of our existing contracts depends upon maintaining our reputation as a quality service provider among governmental authorities, advocacy groups, families of our clients, our clients and the public. Negative publicity, changes in public perception, legal proceedings and

 

24


Table of Contents

government investigations with respect to our operations could damage our reputation and hinder our ability to retain contracts and obtain new contracts, and could reduce referrals, increase government scrutiny and compliance or litigation costs, or generally discourage clients from using our services. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our reputation and prior experience with agency staff, care workers and others in positions to make referrals to us are important for building and maintaining our operations. Any event that harms our reputation or creates negative experiences with such third parties could impact our ability to receive referrals and maintain or grow our client base.

A loss of our status as a licensed service provider in any jurisdiction could result in the termination of existing services and our inability to market our services in that jurisdiction.

We operate in numerous jurisdictions and are required to maintain licenses and certifications in order to conduct our operations in each of them. Each state and local government has its own regulations, which can be complicated. Additionally, each of our service lines can be regulated differently within a particular jurisdiction. As a result, maintaining the necessary licenses and certifications to conduct our operations is cumbersome. Our licenses and certifications could be suspended, revoked or terminated for a number of reasons, including:

 

   

the failure by our direct care staff or host-home providers to properly care for clients;

 

   

the failure to submit proper documentation to the applicable government agency, including documentation supporting reimbursements for costs;

 

   

the failure by our programs to abide by the applicable laws and regulations relating to the provision of health and human services; and

 

   

the failure of our facilities to comply with the applicable building, health and safety codes and ordinances.

From time to time, some of our licenses or certifications, or those of our employees, are temporarily placed on probationary status or suspended. If we lost our status as a licensed provider of health and human services in any jurisdiction or any other required certification, we would be unable to market our services in that jurisdiction, and the contracts under which we provide services in that jurisdiction would be subject to termination. Moreover, such an event could constitute a violation of provisions of contracts in other jurisdictions, resulting in other contract, license or certification terminations. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We have increased and will continue to make substantial expenditures to expand existing services, win new business and grow revenue, but we may not realize the anticipated benefits of such increased expenditures.

In order to grow our business, we must capitalize on opportunities to expand existing services and win new business, some of which require spending in advance of revenue. For example, states such as California and New Jersey are in the process of closing state institutions and transitioning individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities into community-based settings such as ours. Responding to opportunities such as these typically requires significant investment of our resources in advance of revenue. In North Carolina, where we have made significant investments in an effort to expand periodic services for at-risk youth, the system continues to experience significant change that has required us to reorganize and restructure our operations. In fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and the beginning of fiscal 2014, we increased significantly the amount spent on growth initiatives, especially new starts. This elevated level of growth investments has had a negative effect on our operating margin, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of the spending as soon as we expect to or at any point in the future. If we target the wrong areas, or fail to identify the evolving needs of our payors by responding with service offerings that meet their fiscal and programmatic requirements, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of our investments and the results of our operations may suffer.

 

25


Table of Contents

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any future acquisitions, and we may experience difficulties in integrating these acquisitions.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to make acquisitions. Growing our business through acquisitions involves risks because with any acquisition there is the possibility that:

 

   

the business we acquire may not continue to generate income at the same historical levels on which we based our acquisition decision;

 

   

we may be unable to maintain and renew the contracts of the acquired business;

 

   

unforeseen difficulties may arise in integrating the acquired operations, including employment practices, information systems and accounting controls;

 

   

we may not achieve operating efficiencies, synergies, economies of scale and cost reductions as expected;

 

   

we may be required to pay higher purchase prices for acquisitions than we have paid historically;

 

   

management may be distracted from overseeing existing operations by the need to integrate the acquired business;

 

   

we may acquire or assume unexpected liabilities or there may be other unanticipated costs;

 

   

we may encounter unanticipated regulatory risk;

 

   

we may experience problems entering new markets or service lines in which we have limited or no experience;

 

   

we may fail to retain and assimilate key employees of the acquired business;

 

   

we may finance the acquisition by incurring additional debt and further increase our leverage ratios; and

 

   

the culture of the acquired business may not match well with our culture.

As a result of these risks, there can be no assurance that any future acquisition will be successful or that it will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If we are not successful in expanding into adjacent markets, our growth strategy could suffer.

Our growth strategy depends on pursuing opportunities in adjacent markets, and we may not be successful in adapting our service models to markets or service lines in which we have little or no prior experience. Expanding into adjacent markets, such as services to elders and individuals with autism, mental health and substance abuse issues, will expose us to additional operational, regulatory and legal risks. Serving these populations may require compliance with additional federal and state laws and regulations, such as Medicare, which may differ from the laws and regulations that apply to the populations we currently serve. Compliance with new laws and regulations may result in unanticipated expenses or liabilities. Programs we open in adjacent markets may also take longer to reach expected revenue and profit levels on a consistent basis and may have higher occupancy or operating costs than programs in our existing markets, which may affect our overall profitability. Adjacent markets may have different payors, referral sources, staffing requirements, client preferences and competitive conditions. We may find it more difficult to hire, motivate and keep qualified direct care workers and other employees in these adjacent markets. We may need to augment our staffing to meet regulatory requirements, and the overall cost of labor may be higher. As a result, we may not be successful in diversifying the populations we serve, and we may fail to capture market share in adjacent markets. If any steps taken to expand our existing business into adjacent markets are unsuccessful, we may not be able to achieve our growth strategy and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulations, which require significant compliance expenditures, and a failure to comply with these regulations could adversely affect our business.

We are required to comply with comprehensive government regulation of our business, including statutes, regulations and policies governing the licensing of our facilities, the maintenance and management of our work

 

26


Table of Contents

place for our employees, the quality of our service, the revenue we receive for our services and reimbursement for the cost of our services. Compliance with these laws, regulations and policies is expensive, and if we fail to comply with these laws, regulations and policies, we could lose contracts and the related revenue, thereby harming our financial results. State and federal regulatory agencies have broad discretionary powers over the administration and enforcement of laws and regulations that govern our operations. A material violation of a law or regulation could subject us to fines and penalties and in some circumstances could disqualify some or all of the facilities and programs under our control from future participation in Medicaid or other government programs.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH Act”) and other federal and state data privacy and security laws govern the collection, dissemination, security, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information. HIPAA and the HITECH Act require us to comply with standards for the use and disclosure of health information within our company and with third parties, including, among other things, the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA. While we have taken steps to comply with applicable health information privacy and security requirements to which we are aware that we are subject to, if we do not comply with existing or new federal or state laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions and any resulting liability could adversely affect our operations. The costs of complying with privacy and security related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Expenses incurred under governmental agency contracts for any of our services, as well as management contracts with providers of record for such agencies, are subject to review by agencies administering the contracts and services. Representatives of those agencies visit our group homes to verify compliance with state and local regulations governing our home operations. A negative outcome from any of these examinations could increase government scrutiny, increase compliance costs or hinder our ability to obtain or retain contracts. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The federal Anti-Kickback Law and similar state statutes, prohibit the provision of kickbacks, rebates and any other form of remuneration in return for referrals. Any remuneration, direct or indirect, offered, paid, solicited or received, in return for referrals of patients or business for which payment may be made in whole or in part under Medicaid could be considered a violation of law. The Anti-Kickback Law also prohibits payments made to anyone to induce them to recommend purchasing, leasing or ordering any goods, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Medicaid. Criminal penalties under the Anti-Kickback Law include fines up to $25,000, imprisonment for up to five years, or both. In addition, acts constituting a violation of the Anti-Kickback Law may also lead to civil penalties, such as fines, assessments, exclusion from participation in the Medicaid programs and liability under the False Claims Act.

We are subject to many different and varied audit mechanisms for post-payment review of claims submitted under the Medicaid program. These include Recovery Audit Contractor (“RAC”) auditors, State Medicaid auditors, surveillance integrity review audits and Payment Error Rate Measurement (“PERM”) audits, among others. Any one of these audit activities may identify claims that the auditors deem problematic and, following such determination, auditors may require recoupment of claims by Medicaid to us.

On March 17, 2014, a newly promulgated federal regulation governing home- and community-based services became effective. The rule establishes eligibility requirements for Medicaid home and community-based services provided under the “waiver” program. The waiver program allows the states to furnish an array of home- and community-based services and avoid institutional care. Under the new rule, home- and community-based settings must be integrated in and support full access to the greater community, be selected by the individual from different setting options, ensure individual rights of privacy, and optimize autonomy and independence in making life choices. The rule includes additional requirements for provider-owned or controlled home and community-based residential settings, including that the individual has a lease or other legally enforceable

 

27


Table of Contents

agreement, and standards related to the individual’s privacy, control over schedule and visitors, and physical accessibility of the setting. At this juncture it is unclear how individual states will seek to implement this newly adopted regulation. The rule presents some implementation challenges, as some of the broad requirements may conflict with the needs and/or precautions that we must take for some of the individuals that we serve. It is unclear how each state will seek to address this potential conflict, and the impact and costs of implementation and compliance with this regulation are currently unknown. States have the option to request a variation or delay of compliance with the federal standards for as long as five years from the effective date. Moreover, each state Medicaid agency may interpret and submit different requests and extension timelines.

Any change in interpretations or enforcement of existing or new laws and regulations could subject our current business practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality, or could require us to make changes in our homes, equipment, personnel, services, pricing or capital expenditure programs, which could increase our operating expenses and have a material adverse effect on our operations or reduce the demand for or profitability of our services.

Should we be found out of compliance with these statutes, regulations and policies, depending on the nature of the findings, our business, our financial position and our results of operations could be materially adversely impacted.

The high level of competition in our industry could adversely affect our contract and revenue base.

We compete in a highly fragmented industry with a wide variety of competitors, ranging from small, local agencies to a few large, national organizations. Competitive factors may favor other providers and reduce our ability to obtain contracts, which would hinder our growth. Not-for-profit organizations are active in all states and range from small agencies, serving a limited area with specific programs to multi-state organizations. Smaller local organizations may have a better understanding of the local conditions and may be better able to gain political and public acceptance. Not-for-profit providers may be affiliated with advocacy groups, health organizations or religious organizations that have substantial influence with legislators and government agencies. Increased competition may result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain market share or loss of clients or payors, any of which could harm our business.

Home and community-based human services may become less popular among our targeted client populations and/or state and local governments, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

Our growth depends on the continuation of trends in our industry toward providing services to individuals in smaller, community-based settings and increasing the percentage of individuals served by non-governmental providers. For example, during the course of much of the last decade, state governments increasingly adopted policies that emphasized greater family preservation and family reunification for at-risk youth, which reduced the demand for foster care services and required that we adapt our service offerings. Shifts in public policy and, therefore, our future success, are subject to a variety of political, economic, social and legal pressures, all of which are beyond our control. A reversal in the downsizing and privatization trends could reduce the demand for our services, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

We conduct a significant percentage of our operations in Minnesota and, as a result, we are particularly susceptible to any reduction in budget appropriations for our services or any other adverse developments in that state.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014, 14% of our net revenue was derived from contracts with government agencies in the State of Minnesota. Accordingly, any reduction in Minnesota’s budgetary appropriations for our services, whether as a result of fiscal constraints due to recession, changes in policy or otherwise, could result in a reduction in our fees and possibly the loss of contracts. For example, our I/DD services in Minnesota were negatively impacted in 2009 and 2011 by rate cuts

 

28


Table of Contents

of 2.6% and 1.5%, respectively. We cannot assure you that we will not receive additional rate reductions this year or in the future. The concentration of our operations in Minnesota also makes us particularly susceptible to many of the other risks described above occurring in this state, including:

 

   

the failure to maintain and renew our licenses;

 

   

the failure to maintain important relationships with officials of government agencies; and

 

   

any negative publicity regarding our operations.

Any of these adverse developments occurring in Minnesota could result in a reduction in revenue or a loss of contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Covenants in NMHI’s senior credit agreement impose several restrictions on our business.

The senior credit agreement contains various covenants that limit NMHI’s ability and/or its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;

 

   

pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

   

create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

 

   

enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

The senior credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities also requires NMHI and its subsidiaries to maintain a specified financial ratio, starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2014, in the event that NMHI draws more than $30.0 million under its senior revolver. NMHI’s ability to meet this financial ratio may be affected by events beyond its control, and we cannot assure you that it will satisfy that test. The breach of any of these covenants or financial ratio could result in a default under the senior secured credit facilities and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, to be due and payable and could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness.

We depend upon the continued services of certain members of our senior management team, without whom our business operations could be significantly disrupted.

Our success depends, in part, on the continued contributions of our senior officers and other key employees. Our management team has significant industry experience and a long history with us, and would be difficult to replace. If we lose or suffer an extended interruption in the service of one or more of our key employees, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. The market for qualified individuals is highly competitive and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel to replace or succeed members of our senior management or other key employees, should the need arise.

Our success depends on our ability to manage and integrate key administrative functions.

Our operations and administrative functions are largely decentralized and subject to disparate accounting and billing requirements established and often modified by our local payors and referral sources. Although in recent years we have undertaken an effort to consolidate accounting, billing, cash collections and other financial and administrative functions which may have mitigated this risk to some degree, there remains a substantial

 

29


Table of Contents

portion of the business that has not yet been centralized and some risk in the centralization process itself. If we encounter difficulties in integrating our operations further or fail to effectively manage these functions to ensure compliance with disparate and evolving requirements imposed by our payors and referral sources, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Our information systems are critical to our business and a failure of those systems, or a failure to upgrade them when required, could materially harm us.

We depend on our ability to store, retrieve, process and manage a significant amount of information, and to provide our operations with efficient and effective accounting, census, incident reporting and other quality assurance systems. Our information systems require maintenance and upgrading to meet our needs, which could significantly increase our administrative expenses.

Any system failure that causes an interruption in service or availability of our critical systems could adversely affect operations or delay the collection of revenues. Even though we have implemented network security measures, our servers are vulnerable to computer viruses, hacking and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering. The occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays, the loss or corruption of data, or cessations in the availability of systems, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations and harm our business reputation. Furthermore, a loss of health care information could result in potential penalties in certain of our businesses if we fail to comply with privacy and security standards in violation of HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act.

The performance of our information technology and systems is critical to our business operations. Our information systems are essential to a number of critical areas of our operations, including:

 

   

accounting and financial reporting;

 

   

billing and collecting accounts;

 

   

coding and compliance;

 

   

clinical systems, including census and incident reporting;

 

   

records and document storage; and

 

   

monitoring quality of care and collecting data on quality and compliance measures.

In addition, as we continue to upgrade our systems, we run the risk of ongoing disruptions while we transition from legacy, and sometimes paper-based, systems. Disruptions in our systems could result in delays and difficulties in billing, which could negatively affect our results from operations and cash flows. We may choose systems that ultimately fail to meet our needs, or that cost more to implement and maintain than we had anticipated. Such systems may become obsolete sooner than expected, our payors may require us to invest in other systems, and state and/or federal regulations may impose electronic records standards that we cannot easily address from our existing platform. If we fail to upgrade successfully and cost-effectively, or if we are forced to invest in new or incompatible technology, our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations may suffer.

Our financial results may suffer if we have to write off goodwill or other intangible assets.

A large portion of our total assets consists of goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, accounted for 54.1% and 56.0% of the total assets on our consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, respectively. We may not realize the value of our goodwill or other intangible assets and we expect to engage in additional transactions that will result in our recognition of additional goodwill or other intangible assets.

We evaluate on a regular basis whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that all or a portion of the carrying amount of goodwill or other intangible assets may no longer be recoverable, and is

 

30


Table of Contents

therefore impaired. Under current accounting rules, any determination that impairment has occurred would require us to write-off the impaired portion of our goodwill or the unamortized portion of our intangible assets, resulting in a charge to our earnings.

We may be more susceptible to the effects of a natural disaster or public health catastrophe, compared with other businesses due to the vulnerable nature of our client population.

Our primary clients are individuals with developmental disabilities, brain injuries, or emotionally, behaviorally and/or medically complex challenges, many of whom would be more vulnerable than the general public in a natural disaster or public health catastrophe. In a natural disaster, we could be forced to relocate some of our clients on short notice under dangerous conditions and our new program starts could experience delays. Accordingly, natural disasters and certain public health catastrophes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risk Related to the Pending Acquisition of Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance

The Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance acquisition may not be completed and, if it is completed, we may fail to realize its anticipated benefits.

The completion of our acquisition of Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance is subject to various conditions, including making certain regulatory filings and other customary conditions. There can be no assurance that the closing conditions will be satisfied or that the acquisition will be completed.

Assuming the Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance acquisition is completed, its anticipated benefits will depend on, among other things, our ability to operate it and realize revenue growth. In particular, the anticipated benefits are subject to the following risks:

 

   

our expansion into the adult day services market, in which we have no prior experience, may be significantly more difficult to accomplish or take longer to achieve than expected, or may not be achieved in its entirety or at all as a result of unexpected factors or events;

 

   

Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance’s business prospects, financial condition or reputation may deteriorate prior to or after the completion of the acquisition;

 

   

employees of Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance whom we wish to retain may elect to terminate their employment as a result of the acquisition, which could delay or disrupt the transition of ownership and inhibit our ability to achieve revenue growth in this new market; and

 

   

the allocation of our existing resources to the operation of the adult day services business may reduce the resources available to, and divert the attention of management from, our existing businesses.

If any of these risks occur, we may not be able to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, or they may take longer to realize than expected. Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance and we will continue to operate independently until the completion of the acquisition.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company” and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, certain exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Upon completion of this offering, Vestar, through its interest in NMH Investment, will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Vestar owns a voting majority of the outstanding voting units of NMH Investment, and NMH Investment will own a majority of our shares of outstanding common

 

31


Table of Contents

stock upon completion of this offering. Through this ownership, Vestar will control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock and, as a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a company of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain stock exchange corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consists of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that nominating and corporate governance matters be decided solely by independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement that employee and officer compensation matters be decided solely by independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors and our audit, nominating and corporate governance and compensation functions may not be decided solely by independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the stock exchange corporate governance requirements.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock or the common stock of our subsidiaries. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations among us, Vestar and the underwriters, and market conditions, and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in the Company will lead to the development of an active trading market on or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks Related to Our Business” and the following:

 

   

changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

 

   

downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

 

   

future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

   

market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole and, in particular, in the healthcare environment;

 

   

investors’ perceptions of our prospects;

 

   

announcements by us of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

   

changes in key personnel.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies, including companies in the

 

32


Table of Contents

healthcare industry. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs, and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Our equity sponsor will have the ability to control significant corporate activities after the completion of this offering and our majority stockholder’s interests may not coincide with yours.

After the consummation of this offering, NMH Investment will own approximately     % of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, NMH Investment will own approximately     % of our common stock. Vestar controls the decisions of NMH Investment with respect to the voting and disposition of our shares held by NMH Investment. As a result, so long as NMH Investment holds a majority of our outstanding shares, Vestar will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and, through our Board of Directors, the ability to control decision-making with respect to our business direction and policies. In addition, under the new director nominating agreement that we intend to enter into with NMH Investment prior to the completion of this offering (the “Nominating Agreement”), NMH Investment will have the right to nominate directors for election to our Board of Directors, and we will agree to support those nominees. Under certain circumstances, those nominees could constitute a majority of our Board of Directors even though NMH Investment at the time owns less than a majority of our common stock, giving Vestar decision-making control over us. Matters over which Vestar will, directly or indirectly, exercise control following this offering include:

 

   

the election of our Board of Directors and the appointment and removal of our officers;

 

   

mergers and other business combination transactions, including proposed transactions that would result in our stockholders receiving a premium price for their shares;

 

   

other material acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets;

 

   

incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities;

 

   

repurchase of stock and payment of dividends; and

 

   

the issuance of shares to management under our equity incentive plans.

Even if Vestar’s ownership of our shares falls below a majority, Vestar may continue to be able to influence or effectively control our decisions. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Vestar and its affiliates will not have any obligation to present to us, and Vestar may separately pursue, corporate opportunities of which they become aware, even if those opportunities are ones that we would have pursued if granted the opportunity. See “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity.”

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

We, each of our officers and directors and our sole stockholder, NMH Investment, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this

 

33


Table of Contents

prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances). Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC may, in their discretion, release any of these shares from these restrictions at any time without notice. See “Underwriting.”

All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by our sole stockholder 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances), subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under federal securities laws. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

NHM Investment, which will hold approximately                      shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, will have the right to require us to register such shares pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement to be entered into in connection with the consummation of this offering. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights” for a more detailed description of these rights.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with acquisitions or investments. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or investment could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

As a company with publicly traded equity, we will be subject to additional financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy and may divert management’s attention from our business.

We will be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the New York Stock Exchange listing standards and certain additional provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which impose significant compliance obligations upon us. Specifically, we will be required to:

 

   

prepare and distribute periodic reports and other stockholder communications in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws and New York Stock Exchange rules;

 

   

create or expand the roles and duties of our Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors;

 

   

provide an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our internal control over financial reporting when we become an accelerated filer, in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

   

enhance our investor relations function; and

 

   

involve outside legal counsel and accountants in connection with the activities listed above.

As a company with publicly traded equity, we will be required to commit significant resources and management time and attention to the above-listed requirements, which will cause us to incur significant costs and which may place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management’s attention might be diverted from other business concerns. In addition, we might not be successful in implementing these requirements. Compliance with these requirements will place significant demands on our legal, accounting and finance staff and on our accounting, financial and information systems and will increase our legal and accounting compliance costs as well as our compensation expense as we may be required to hire additional accounting, tax, finance and legal staff to supplement our existing resources.

We expect to incur certain additional annual expenses related to, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

 

34


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a company with public traded equity, we are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Following the completion of this offering, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when we become an accelerated filer.

No evaluation can provide complete assurance that our internal controls will operate as intended. Management’s report is required to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not issue an unqualified opinion. The generally decentralized nature of our operations and manual nature of many of our controls increases our risk of control deficiencies. In addition, future acquisitions may present challenges in implementing appropriate internal controls. Any future material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting could result in material misstatements in our financial statements. Moreover, any future disclosures of additional material weaknesses, or errors as a result of those weaknesses, could result in a negative reaction in the financial markets if there is a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial reporting. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of the Company more difficult without the approval of our Board of Directors. These provisions:

 

   

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders, if Vestar ceases to own more than 40% of our common stock;

 

   

provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

   

establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new Board of Directors at an annual meeting;

 

   

limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors if Vestar ceases to own more than 40% of our common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholders, other than Vestar for so long as it beneficially owns at least 40% of our common stock, from calling special meetings of stockholders; and

 

35


Table of Contents
   

require the approval of holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of our voting common stock to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and for shareholders to amend our amended and restated bylaws, in each case if Vestar ceases to own more than 40% of our common stock.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of the Company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. For a further discussion of these and other such anti-takeover provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Effects of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon consummation of this offering will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon consummation of this offering will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), our certificate of incorporation or our by-laws or (iv) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $         per share because the initial public offering price of $         is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share of common stock attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees and directors under our management incentive plan. See “Dilution.”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We may not obtain research coverage of our common stock by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our common stock, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate

 

36


Table of Contents

or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Because we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.

The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including those under our senior secured credit facilities, any potential indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The deterioration of income from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

 

37


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the matters discussed in this prospectus may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and include statements about our expectations for future periods with respect to demand for our services, the political climate and budgetary environment, our expansion efforts and the impact of our recent acquisitions, our plans for investments to further grow and develop our business, our margins and our liquidity. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially.

The information in this prospectus is not a complete description of our business or the risks associated with our business. There can be no assurance that other factors will not affect the accuracy of these forward-looking statements or that our actual results will not differ materially from the results anticipated in such forward-looking statements. While it is impossible to identify all such factors, factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by us include, but are not limited to, those factors or conditions described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus as well as the following:

 

   

reductions or changes in Medicaid or other funding or changes in budgetary priorities by federal, state and local governments;

 

   

substantial claims, litigation and governmental proceedings;

 

   

reductions in reimbursement rates, policies or payment practices by our payors;

 

   

an increase in labor costs or labor-related liability;

 

   

matters involving employees that expose us to potential liability;

 

   

our substantial amount of debt, our ability to meet our debt service obligations and our ability to incur additional debt;

 

   

our history of losses;

 

   

our ability to comply with complicated billing and collection rules and regulations;

 

   

failure to comply with reimbursement procedures and collect accounts receivable;

 

   

changes in economic conditions;

 

   

an increase in our self-insured retentions and changes in the insurance market for professional and general liability, workers’ compensation and automobile liability and our claims history and our ability to obtain coverage at reasonable rates;

 

   

an increase in workers’ compensation related liability;

 

   

our ability to control labor costs, including healthcare costs imposed by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain relationships with government agencies and advocacy groups;

 

   

negative publicity or changes in public perception of our services;

 

   

our ability to maintain our status as a licensed service provider in certain jurisdictions;

 

   

our ability to maintain, expand and renew existing services contracts and to obtain additional contracts or acquire new licenses;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

our inability to successfully expand into adjacent markets;

 

   

government regulations, changes in government regulations and our ability to comply with such regulations;

 

   

increased competition;

 

   

decrease in popularity of home- and community-based human services among our targeted client populations and/or state and local governments;

 

   

our susceptibility to any reduction in budget appropriations for our services in Minnesota or any other adverse developments in that state;

 

   

our ability to operate our business due to constraints imposed by covenants in NMHI’s senior credit agreement;

 

   

our ability to retain the continued services of certain members of our management team;

 

   

our ability to manage and integrate key administrative functions;

 

   

failure of our information systems or failure to upgrade our information systems when required;

 

   

write-offs of goodwill or other intangible assets;

 

   

natural disasters or public health catastrophes; and

 

   

our ability to complete the Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance acquisition and realize its anticipated benefits.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, we do not assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the “Risk Factors” and other cautionary statements included herein. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

39


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, assuming the shares offered by us are sold for $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering and cash on hand to (i) redeem all of the $212 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes issued by NMHI at a redemption price of 106.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption, (ii) pay a transaction advisory fee of $8.0 million to Vestar under the management agreement with Vestar, which agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering and (iii) make a $5.4 million cash payment to certain of our non-executive officer employees who participate in the CareMeridian, LLC Management Cash Incentive Plan (the “CareMeridian Plan”), which will be terminated in connection with this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The actual payment in respect of the CareMeridian Plan will depend on the price at which our shares of common stock are sold in this offering. The senior notes mature on February 15, 2018 and have an interest rate of 12.50% per annum. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” We intend to use any remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the initial public offering price remains the same.

 

40


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

During fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014, we paid dividends of $75,000, $39,000 and $110,000, respectively, to NMH Investment to fund repurchases of equity units from employees upon or after their departures.

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries and us to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of NMHI’s current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to compliance with covenants in NMHI’s current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

In addition, since we are a holding company, substantially all of the assets shown on our consolidated balance sheet are held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our earnings, cash flow and ability to pay dividends are largely dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of such earnings to us in the form of dividends.

 

41


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2014 on:

 

   

an actual basis; and

 

   

an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     June 30, 2014  
     Actual     As Adjusted (1)  
(in thousands)             

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Available cash

   $ 47,526      $                

Restricted cash (2)

     50,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     97,526     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

    

Senior revolver (3)

     —       

Term loan facility (4)

     598,500     

Senior notes (5)

     212,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt (6)

     810,500     

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value,             authorized;
             shares outstanding on an actual basis;
             shares outstanding on an as adjusted basis

     —       

Additional paid-in-capital

     90,318     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (530  

Accumulated deficit

     (151,835  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity (7)(8)

     (62,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 748,453      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of available cash and total cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the amount of available cash and total cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the initial public offering price remains the same.
(2) Represents cash deposited in a cash collateral account in support of the issuance of undrawn letters of credit.
(3) As of June 30, 2014, on an actual and an as adjusted basis, we had $100.0 million of availability under our senior revolver.
(4) Excludes original issue discount, net of accumulated amortization of $1.3 million.
(5) Excludes original issue discount and initial purchasers discount, net of accumulated amortization of $6.0 million.

 

42


Table of Contents
(6) Includes current portion but excludes $6.7 million in obligations under capital leases.
(7) In connection with this offering, we intend to make a $5.4 million cash payment to certain of our non-executive officer employees who participate in the CareMeridian Plan, in exchange for forfeiture of their existing awards under the plan, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The actual payment in respect of the CareMeridian Plan will depend on the price at which shares of our common stock are sold in this offering. Upon such payment, the CareMeridian Plan will be terminated. The payment will result in an expense of $         million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and will be reflected as a reduction of our stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease the cash payment to certain of our non-executive officer employees who participated in the CareMeridian Plan by $0.3 million.
(8) Assumes that the unamortized debt issuances costs of the senior notes of $4.9 million and the payment of a $8.0 million transaction advisory fee to Vestar under the management agreement with Vestar are expensed, net of related taxes, upon completion of this offering.

 

43


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share of common stock attributable to our existing stockholder for the presently outstanding shares of common stock.

Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2014 was $(619.9) million, or $         per share of common stock (after giving effect to this offering and the             -for-             stock split that occurred on September     , 2014). Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (which for the purpose of this calculation excludes capitalized debt issuance costs) less total liabilities, divided by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.

After giving effect to the sale of the             shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2014 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock (after giving effect to the             -for-             stock split that occurred on September     , 2014). This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (deficit) to our existing stockholders of $         per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $         per share. The following table illustrates this pro forma per share dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) to new investors.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  

   $                

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of             , 2014

   $                   

Increase per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

  

  
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

  

   $     
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease net tangible book value by $         million, or $         per share, and would increase or decrease the dilution per share to new investors by $         based on the assumptions set forth above.

The following table summarizes as of June 30, 2014, on an as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common stock purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholder and by new investors, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the initial public offering price range) and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholder

               $                               $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $           100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder. If the underwriters’ option to purchase

 

44


Table of Contents

additional shares is exercised in full, our existing stockholder would own approximately     % and our new investors would own approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The tables and calculations above are based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of              and assume no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares from the selling stockholder. This number excludes an aggregate of              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering, including shares of common stock reserved for issuance under options that we intend to grant in connection with this offering with an expected aggregate value of approximately $4.4 million (or an aggregate of              shares subject to stock options, based on an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and shares of common stock reserved for issuance under restricted stock units that we intend to grant in connection with this offering with an expected aggregate value of approximately $10.0 million (or an aggregate of              shares subject to restricted stock units, based on an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

 

45


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2012 and 2013 and for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and are derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus, as adjusted for discontinued operations. All adjustments necessary for a fair presentation have been included. All such adjustments are considered to be of a normal recurring nature.

The statement of operations for each of the nine-month periods ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014 and the balance sheet as of June 30, 2014 set forth below are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 is derived from unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus and contain all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine-month periods are not necessarily indicative of results for a full financial year, or any other periods.

You should read the following data in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and other financial information included in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended June 30,  
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013             2013                     2014          
(Dollars in thousands)                                          

Statements of Operations Data:

             

Net revenue

  $ 949,582      $ 1,004,192      $ 1,062,773      $ 1,123,118      $ 1,198,653      $ 893,541      $ 938,861   

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation expense shown separately below)

    725,275        771,066        823,009        874,778        935,143        700,401        734,887   

General and administrative expenses

    125,110        133,114        144,011        140,221        146,040        110,879        108,811   

Depreciation and amortization

    55,069        55,918        61,330        60,534        64,146        47,970        50,987   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    44,128        44,094        34,423        47,585        53,324        34,291        44,176   

Management fee of related party

    (1,146     (1,208     (1,271     (1,325     (1,359     (985     (1,041

Other income (expense), net

    (503     (339     (142     2        929        628        499   

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

    11,946       —         (23,684     —         —         —           (14,699

Interest income

    193        42        22        332        137        109        163   

Interest expense

    (66,084     (62,233     (67,511     (79,445     (78,075     (58,482 )       (53,204
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

    (11,466     (19,644     (58,163     (32,851     (25,044     (24,439     (24,106

Benefit for income taxes

    (3,467     (7,517     (19,287     (19,283     (9,472     (8,437     (7,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (7,999     (12,127     (38,876     (13,568     (15,572     (16,002     (16,894

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (1)

    (2,404     (5,148     (4,625     (701     (2,724     (2,678     19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (10,403   $ (17,275   $ (43,501   $ (14,269   $ (18,296   $ (18,680   $ (16,875
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

             

Basic

  $        $        $        $        $        $        $     

Diluted

  $        $        $        $        $        $        $     

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

             

Basic

             

Diluted

             

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 23,837      $ 26,635      $ 387      $ 125      $ 19,440      $ 16,211      $ 47,526   

Working capital (2)

    49,907        44,848        12,634        26,192        59,262        65,711        66,085   

Total assets

    989,387        1,006,998        1,011,360        1,045,880        1,021,269        1,034,817        1,031,494   

Total debt (3)

    702,087        713,242        784,124        799,895        803,464        806,447        817,128   

Shareholder’s equity (deficit)

    37,661        28,377        (16,917     (29,931     (46,515     (47,361     (62,047

 

46


Table of Contents

 

(1) During fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2013, the Company sold its home health business, closed certain Human Services operations in the States of Maryland, Colorado, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New York and Virginia, sold its Rhode Island ARY business and closed its Rhode Island I/DD business. All fiscal years presented reflect the classification of these businesses as discontinued operations.
(2) Calculated as current assets minus current liabilities.
(3) Includes obligations under capital leases.

 

47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements about our markets, the demand for our services and our future results. We based these statements on assumptions that we consider reasonable. Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by our forward-looking statements for various reasons, including those discussed in the “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” sections of this prospectus.

Overview

We are the leading national provider of home- and community-based health and human services to must-serve individuals with intellectual, developmental, physical or behavioral disabilities and other special needs. Since our founding in 1980, we have been a pioneer in the movement to provide home- and community-based services for people who would otherwise be institutionalized. During our nearly 35-year history, we have evolved from a single residential program serving at-risk youth to a diversified national network providing an array of high-quality services and care in large, growing and highly-fragmented markets. While we have the capabilities to serve individuals with a wide variety of special needs and disabilities, we currently provide our services to individuals with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities (I/DD), youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges, or at-risk youth (ARY), and individuals with catastrophic injuries and illnesses, particularly acquired brain injury (ABI). As of June 30, 2014, we operated in 36 states, serving more than 12,500 clients in residential settings and more than 15,700 clients in non-residential settings. We have a diverse group of hundreds of public payors which fund our services with a combination of federal, state and local funding, as well as an increasing number of non-public payors related to our services for ABI and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses.

We have two reportable segments, Human Services and Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services (SRS). The Human Services segment provides home and community-based human services to adults and children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities and to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges. The SRS segment provides a mix of health care and community-based health and human services to individuals who have suffered ABI, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses.

Delivery of services to adults and children with I/DD is the largest portion of our Human Services segment. Our I/DD programs include residential support, day habilitation, vocational services, case management, crisis intervention and hourly support care. Our Human Services segment also includes the delivery of ARY services. Our ARY programs include therapeutic foster care, family preservation, adoption services, early intervention, school-based services and juvenile offender programs. Within our SRS segment, our CareMeridian business unit is focused on the more medically-intensive post-acute care services, and our NeuroRestorative business unit is focused on rehabilitation and transitional living services. Our SRS services range from sub-acute healthcare for individuals with intensive medical needs to day treatment programs, and include: neurorehabilitation; neurobehavioral rehabilitation; specialized nursing; physical, occupational and speech therapies; supported living; outpatient treatment; and pre-vocational services.

Factors Affecting our Operating Results

Demand for Home and Community-Based Health and Human Services

Our growth in revenue has historically been related to increases in the number of individuals served as well as increases in the rates we receive for our services. This growth has depended largely upon development-driven activities, including the maintenance and expansion of existing contracts and the award of new contracts, our new start program and acquisitions. We also attribute the long-term growth in our client base to certain trends that are increasing demand in our industry, including demographic, health-care and political developments.

 

48


Table of Contents

Demographic trends have a particular impact on our I/DD business. Increases in the life expectancy of individuals with I/DD, we believe, have resulted in steady increases in the demand for I/DD services. In addition, caregivers currently caring for their relatives at home are aging and many may soon be unable to continue with these responsibilities. Many states continue to downsize or close large, publicly-run facilities for individuals with I/DD and refer those individuals to private providers of community-based services. Each of these factors affects the size of the I/DD population in need of services. And while our residential ARY services were negatively impacted by a substantial decline in the number of children and adolescents in foster care placements during the last decade, this trend has contributed to significant increased demand for periodic, non-residential services to support at-risk youth and their families. It is also noteworthy that in recent years the general foster care population across the country has stabilized. Demand for our SRS services has also grown as emergency response and improved medical techniques have resulted in more people surviving a catastrophic injury. SRS services are increasingly sought out as a clinically-appropriate and less-expensive alternative to institutional care and as a “step-down” for individuals who no longer require care in acute settings.

Political and economic trends can also affect our operations. Budgetary pressures facing state governments, especially within Medicaid programs, as well as other economic, industry and political factors could cause state governments to limit spending, which could significantly reduce our revenue, referrals, margins and profitability, and adversely affect our growth strategy. Government agencies generally condition their contracts with us upon a sufficient budgetary appropriation. If the government agency does not receive an appropriation sufficient to cover its obligations with us, it may terminate a contract or defer or reduce our reimbursements. For example, during the economic downturn that began in 2008, our government payors in several states responded to deteriorating revenue collections by implementing service reductions, rate freezes and/or rate reductions. Beginning in fiscal 2012, the rate environment improved and, as a result, for fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014, pricing increases contributed to revenue growth. With new state fiscal 2015 budgets effective on July 1, 2014 in most jurisdictions, this positive trend is continuing as we plan for our fiscal year 2015.

Historically, our business has benefited from the efforts of groups that advocate for the populations we serve. These groups lobby governments to fund residential services that use our small group home or host home models, rather than large, institutional models. In addition, our ARY services have historically been positively affected by the trend toward privatization of these services. Furthermore, we believe that successful lobbying by these groups has preserved I/DD and ARY services and, therefore, our revenue base, from significant reductions as compared with certain other human services, although we did suffer rate reductions during and after the recession that began in 2008. In addition, a number of states have developed community-based waiver programs to support long-term care services for survivors of a traumatic brain injury. However, the majority of our specialty rehabilitation services revenue is derived from non-public payors, such as commercial insurers, managed care and other private payors.

Expansion of Services

We have grown our business through expansion of existing markets and programs, entry into new geographical markets as well as through acquisitions.

Organic Growth

Various economic, fiscal, public policy and legal factors are contributing to an environment with an increased number of organic growth opportunities, particularly within the Human Services segment, and, as a result, we have a renewed emphasis on growing our business organically and making investments to support the effort. Our future growth will depend heavily on our ability to expand our current programs and identify and execute upon new opportunities. Our organic expansion activities consist of both new program starts in existing markets and expansion into new geographical markets. Our new programs in new and existing geographic markets typically require us to incur and fund operating losses for a period of approximately 18 to 24 months (we refer to these new programs as “new starts”). Net operating loss or income of a new start is defined as its revenue for the period less direct expenses but not including allocated overhead costs. The aggregation of all programs

 

49


Table of Contents

with net operating losses that are less than 18 months old comprises the new start operating loss for such period. During fiscal 2013, new starts generated operating losses of $8.8 million and operating income of $3.3 million. During the nine months ended June 30, 2013, new starts generated operating losses of $7.9 million and operating income of $2.2 million. During the nine months ended June 30, 2014, new starts generated operating losses of $4.5 million and operating income of $1.5 million. As indicated above, during fiscal 2012 and 2013 demand for new programs increased. These new start investment opportunities increased our organic growth but also had the effect of reducing our operating margin. In fiscal 2014, our investment level is expected to be slightly lower than recent years, but still at a rate higher than fiscal 2011 and earlier periods.

Acquisitions

From the beginning of fiscal 2009 through June 30, 2014, we have completed 36 acquisitions, including several acquisitions of rights to government contracts or fixed assets from small providers, which we have integrated with our existing operations. We have pursued larger strategic acquisitions in the past and may opportunistically continue to do so in the future. Acquisitions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

During the nine months ended June 30, 2014, we acquired five companies complementary to our business in the Human Services segment and two companies in the SRS segment for total cash consideration of $16.6 million, of which $1.5 million was paid in July 2014.

During the nine months ended June 30, 2013, we acquired one company complementary to our business in the Human Services segment for total cash consideration of $0.5 million.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013, we acquired two companies complementary to our business in the Human Services segment and one company in the SRS segment, for a total cash consideration of $9.3 million.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, we acquired seven companies complementary to ours for total fair value consideration of $16.5 million.

Divestitures

We regularly review and consider the divestiture of underperforming or non-strategic businesses to improve our operating results and better utilize our capital. We have made divestitures from time to time and expect that we may make additional divestitures in the future.

In August 2014, our Connecticut-based business notified the State of Connecticut of its intention to stop providing services under existing contracts due to rate cuts and a change in state policy. We are currently working with our public partners on a plan to effectively transition our programs to new providers, and we anticipate that this transition will be complete during the first quarter of fiscal 2015.

Revenue

Revenue is reported net of allowances for unauthorized sales and estimated sales adjustments, and net of any state provider taxes or gross receipts taxes levied on services we provide. We derive revenue from contracts with state, local and other government payors and non-public payors. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013, we derived 87% of our net revenue from contracts with state, local and other government payors and 13% of our net revenue from non-public payors. During the nine months ended June 30, 2014, we derived 90% of our net revenue from contracts with state, local and other government payors and 10% of our net revenue from non-public payors. Substantially all of our non-public revenue is generated by our SRS business through contracts with commercial insurers, workers’ compensation carriers and other private payors. The payment terms and rates of our contracts vary widely by jurisdiction and service type. We have four types of contractual arrangements with payors which include negotiated contracts, fixed fee contracts, retrospective reimbursement contracts and prospective payments contracts. See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition” for further information. Our revenue may be affected by adjustments to our billed rates as well as adjustments to previously billed amounts. Revenue in the future may be affected by changes in rates, rate-setting structures, methodologies or interpretations that may be proposed in states where we operate or by the federal government which provides matching funds. We cannot

 

50


Table of Contents

determine the impact of such changes or the effect of any possible governmental actions. In general, we take prices set by our payors and do not compete based on pricing.

We bill the majority of our residential services on a per person per-diem basis. We believe the key factors affecting our revenues in residential service business include gross revenue, average residential census and average daily rates. We bill the majority of our non-residential service on a per service unit basis. These service units, which vary in length, are converted to billable units which are the hourly equivalent for the service provided. We believe the key factors affecting our revenues in our non-residential service business include gross revenue, non-residential billable units and average billable unit rates. We define these factors as follows:

 

   

Gross Revenue: Revenues before adjusting for sales adjustments and state provider and gross receipts taxes.

 

   

Average Residential Census: The average daily residential census over the respective period.

 

   

Average Daily Rate: A mathematical calculation derived by dividing the gross residential revenue by the residential census and the resulting quotient by the number of days during the respective period.

 

   

Non-Residential Billable Units: The hourly equivalent of non-residential services provided.

 

   

Average Billable Unit Rate: Gross non-residential revenue divided by the billable units provided during the period.

A comparative summary of gross revenues by service line and our key metrics is as follows (dollars in thousands, except for daily and billable unit rates):

 

     Nine Months Ended June 30,      Year Ended September 30,  
     2014     2013      2013     2012     2011  

I/DD Services

           

Gross Revenues

   $ 628,118      $ 578,257       $ 783,018      $ 731,309      $ 693,703   

Average Residential Census

     7,419        6,934         6,983        6,562        6,326   

Average Daily Rate

   $ 231      $ 224       $ 226      $ 220      $ 221   

Non-Residential Billable Units

     8,547,105        8,374,228         8,457,522        8,914,988        8,603,223   

Average Non-Residential Billable Unit Rate

   $ 19      $ 18       $ 25      $ 23      $ 21   

Gross Revenue Growth %

     8.6        7.1     5.4  

Gross Revenue growth due to:

           

Volume Growth

     5.8        3.2     3.8  

Average Rate Growth

     2.8        3.9     1.6  

At-Risk Youth Services

           

Gross Revenues

   $ 154,408      $ 170,459       $ 224,717      $ 218,040      $ 206,136   

Average Residential Census

     3,889        4,114         4,125        3,888        4,024   

Average Daily Rate

   $ 101      $ 97       $ 97      $ 98      $ 97   

Non-residential Billable Units

     549,223        725,339         931,646        949,982        827,188   

Average Non-Residential Billable Unit Rate

   $ 86      $ 84       $ 84      $ 82      $ 77   

Gross Revenue Growth %

     (9.4 )%         3.1     5.8  

Gross Revenue growth due to:

           

Volume Growth

     (13.2 )%         3.0     2.8  

Average Rate Growth

     3.8        0.1     2.9  

Special Rehabilitation Services

           

Gross Revenues

   $ 172,256      $ 158,547       $ 213,465      $ 189,561      $ 177,122   

Average Residential Census

     1,053        993         996        916        900   

Average Daily Rate

     599        585       $ 587      $ 565      $ 539   

Gross Revenue Growth %

     8.6        12.6     7.0  

Gross Revenue growth due to:

           

Volume Growth

     6.2        8.8     1.9  

Average Rate Growth

     2.4        3.8     5.1  

 

51


Table of Contents

Expenses

Expenses directly related to providing services are classified as cost of revenue. These expenses consist of direct labor costs which principally include salaries and benefits for service provider employees and per diem payments to our Mentors; client program costs such as food, medicine and professional and general liability and employment practices liability expenses; residential occupancy expenses which are primarily comprised of rent and utilities related to facilities providing direct care; travel and transportation costs for clients requiring services; and other ancillary direct costs associated with the provision of services to clients including workers’ compensation expense.

General and administrative expenses primarily include salaries and benefits for administrative employees, or employees that are not directly providing services, administrative occupancy costs as well as professional expenses such as accounting, consulting and legal services. Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation for fixed assets utilized in both facilities providing direct care and administrative offices, and amortization related to intangible assets.

Wages and benefits to our employees and per diem payments to our Mentors constitute the most significant operating cost in each of our operations. Most of our employee caregivers are paid on an hourly basis, with hours of work generally tied to client need. Our Mentors are paid on a per diem basis, but only if the Mentor is currently caring for a client. Our labor costs are generally influenced by levels of service, and these costs can vary in material respects across regions.

Occupancy costs represent a significant portion of our operating costs. As of June 30, 2014, we owned 378 facilities and three offices, and we leased 1,318 facilities and 263 offices. We expect occupancy costs to increase during fiscal 2014 as a result of new leases entered into pursuant to acquisitions and new starts. We incur no facility costs for services provided in the home of a Mentor.

Professional and general liability expense totaled 0.8% of our net revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to 1.0% for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011. We incurred professional and general liability expenses of $0.8 million, $11.0 million, $12.2 million, $10.9 million and $10.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, and the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These expenses are incurred in connection with our claims reserve and insurance premiums. The expense for the nine months ended June 30, 2013 and fiscal year ended September 30, 2013 included expenses of $0.8 million and $3.4 million, respectively, related to adjustments to professional liability claims to our tail reserve for professional and general liability claims, which is required by accounting standards for companies with claims-made insurance (the “PL/GL Tail Reserve”). For claims made between October 1, 2010 and September 30, 2011, we were self-insured for $2.0 million per claim and $8.0 million in the aggregate, and for $500 thousand per claim in excess of the aggregate. From October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2013, we were self-insured for the first $4.0 million of each and every claim without an aggregate limit. Beginning October 1, 2013, we are self-insured for $4.0 million per claim and $28.0 million in the aggregate. Increased costs of insurance and claims have negatively impacted our results of operations and have resulted in a renewed emphasis on reducing the occurrence of claims. Although insurance premiums did not increase in fiscal 2013 and 2014, they have increased in prior years and may increase in the future.

Stock based compensation expense is recorded for equity awards based on the estimated fair value on the grant date. Historically, we issued equity awards under the equity-based compensation plan of NMH Investment, our parent company, and we recognize stock-based compensation expense for those awards. Following the completion of this offering, we intend to make equity awards based on shares of our common stock under the Civitas Solutions, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2014 Incentive Plan”), for which we will recognize stock based compensation expense. In connection with this offering, we intend to grant equity awards under the 2014 Incentive Plan to our employees and our non-management directors who are not affiliated with Vestar. The awards to our employees, including our executive officers, are expected to be in the form of stock options and restricted stock

 

52


Table of Contents

units that vest in equal annual increments over a three-year period. We expect to award stock options with an aggregate value of approximately $4.4 million and restricted stock units with an aggregate value of approximately $9.6 million to our employees, which represents an aggregate of             shares subject to stock options and an aggregate of             restricted stock units, based on an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease this number of shares subject to stock options by             shares and would increase or decrease this number of restricted stock units by             units. The awards to our non-management directors who are not affiliated with Vestar are expected to be in the form of restricted stock units that vest in one year. We expect to award restricted stock units with an aggregate value of approximately $0.5 million to these four directors, which represents an aggregate of             restricted stock units, based on an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease this number of restricted stock units by            units. We expect to recognize approximately $13.2 million of stock based compensation expense in connection with these awards, based on an assumed public offering price of             , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The amount of compensation expense that will be recognized in connection with these awards will depend the price at which the shares of common stock of the Company are sold in this offering.

In connection with this offering, we intend to make a $5.4 million cash payment to certain of our non-executive officer employees who participate in the CareMeridian Plan, in exchange for forfeiture of their existing awards under the plan, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The actual payment in respect of the CareMeridian Plan will depend on the price at which shares of our common stock are sold in this offering. Upon such payment, the CareMeridian Plan will be terminated. The payment will result in cash compensation expense of $         million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and will be reflected as a reduction of our stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our Consolidated Statements of Operations as a percentage of total net revenues for the periods indicated.

 

     Nine months ended June 30,     Year ended September 30,  
         2014             2013         2013     2012     2011  

Revenues:

          

Net revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of Revenue

     78.3     78.4     78.0     77.9     77.4

Operating Expenses:

          

General and Administrative

     11.6     12.4     12.2     12.5     13.6

Depreciation and Amortization

  

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

 

    5.4     5.4     5.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

  

 

 

 

17.0

 

 

 

 

 

17.8

 

    17.5     17.9     19.3

Income from operations

     4.7     3.8     4.4     4.2     3.2

Other income (expense):

          

Management fee of related party

     (0.1 )%      (0.1 )%      (0.1 )%      (0.1 )%      (0.1 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.0     0.0

Extinguishment of debt

     (1.6 )%      0.0     0.0     0.0     (2.2 )% 

Interest Income

     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0

Interest Expense

     (5.7 )%      (6.5 )%      (6.5 )%      (7.1 )%      (6.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (2.6 )%      (2.7 )%      (2.1 )%      (2.9 )%      (5.5 )% 

Benefit for income taxes

     (0.8 )%      (0.9 )%      (0.8 )%      (1.7 )%      (1.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (1.8 )%      (1.8 )%      (1.3 )%      (1.2 )%      (3.7 )% 

Gain (loss) from discounted operations, net of tax

     0.0     (0.3 )%      (0.2 )%      (0.1 )%      (0.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

     (1.8 )%      (2.1 )%      (1.5 )%      (1.3 )%      (4.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended June 30, 2014 compared to Nine Months Ended June 30, 2013

Consolidated overview

 

     Nine months ended June 30,  
     2014     2013     Increase
(Decrease)
 

Gross revenue

   $ 954,782      $ 907,263      $ 47,519   

Sales adjustments

     (15,921     (13,722     (2,199
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

   $ 938,861      $ 893,541      $ 45,320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 44,176      $ 34,291      $ 9,885   

Operating margin

     4.7     3.8     0.9

Consolidated gross revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $47.5 million, or 5.2%, compared to gross revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2013. Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue increased from 1.5% to 1.7% during the nine months ended June 30, 2014. Gross revenue increased $28.4 million from organic growth, including growth related to new programs, and $19.1 million from acquisitions that closed during and after the nine months ended June 30, 2013. Our Human Services segment contributed 67.9% of the organic revenue growth with the remaining 32.1% contributed by our SRS segment.

Consolidated income from operations increased from $34.3 million, or 3.8% of net revenue, for the nine months ended June 30, 2013 to $44.2 million, or 4.7% of net revenue, for the nine months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in our operating margin was primarily due to the increase in revenue, expense leveraging and cost containment efforts in our direct labor costs and general administrative expenses. The improvement in operating margin was partially offset by the increase in client occupancy costs due to new programs with higher levels of open occupancy and increases in rent, utilities and repair and maintenance costs related to our business. The improvement was also partially offset by a $2.1 million favorable revenue adjustment to our state provider tax reserve relating to pre-Merger periods during the nine months ended June 30, 2013.

Revenues by segment

The following table sets forth net revenue for the Human Services segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Nine months ended June 30,     Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2014     2013     Increase
(Decrease)
   

I/DD gross revenue

   $ 628,118      $ 578,257      $ 49,861        8.6

ARY gross revenue

     154,408       170,459       (16,051     (9.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Human Services gross revenue

   $ 782,526      $ 748,716      $ 33,810        4.5

Sales adjustments

     (13,340     (10,833     (2,507  

Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue

     (1.7 )%      (1.4 )%      (0.3 )%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Human Services net revenue

   $ 769,186      $ 737,883      $ 31,303        4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Human Services gross revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $33.8 million, or 4.5%, compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013. The $33.8 million increase in gross revenue was driven by a $49.9 million increase in I/DD gross revenue while ARY gross revenue decreased by $16.1 million.

The increase in I/DD gross revenue included $35.3 million from organic growth and $14.6 million from acquisitions that closed during and after the nine months ended June 30, 2013. The organic growth was the result of a 3.9% increase in volume coupled with a 2.3% increase in average billing rates for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013.

 

54


Table of Contents

The $16.1 million decrease in ARY gross revenue was due to a 13.2% decrease in volume partially offset by a 3.7% increase in the average billing rate during the nine months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013. The majority of the decrease in volume was caused by a reduction in services in North Carolina due to a state wide redesign of these programs and the voluntary termination of our contracts to provide services with a managed care organization. The impact of this reduction accounted for approximately $14 million of the decrease in net revenue.

Sales adjustments for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $2.5 million compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013. The increase is primarily due to a one-time $2.1 million favorable revenue adjustment to our state provider tax reserve during the nine months ended June 30, 2013 relating to pre-Merger periods.

The following table sets forth net revenue for the SRS segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Nine months ended June 30,     Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2014     2013     Increase
(Decrease)
   

SRS gross revenue

   $ 172,256      $ 158,547      $ 13,709        8.6

Sales adjustments

     (2,581     (2,889     308    

Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue

     (1.5 )%      (1.8 )%      0.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

SRS net revenue

   $ 169,675      $ 155,658      $ 14,017        9.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

SRS gross revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $13.7 million, or 8.6%, compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013. The increase included $9.2 million from organic growth and $4.5 million from acquisitions that closed during and after the nine months ended June 30, 2013. The organic growth was driven by an increase in the average billing rate of 4.1% and a slight increase in volume of 1.7%.

Cost of revenues by segment

The following table sets forth cost of revenues for the Human Services segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Nine months ended June 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
    Change in %
of net revenue
 
     2014     2013      
     Amount      % of net
revenue
    Amount      % of net
revenue
     

Direct labor costs

   $ 499,173         64.9   $ 479,849         65.0   $ 19,324        (0.1 )% 

Client program costs

     30,873        4.0     31,842        4.3     (969     (0.3 )% 

Client occupancy costs

     41,244        5.4     37,838        5.1     3,406       0.2

Travel & transportation costs

     20,779        2.7     19,939        2.7     840       (0.0 )% 

Other direct costs

     16,874        2.2     16,587        2.2     287       (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 608,943         79.2   $ 586,055         79.4   $ 22,888        (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Human Services cost of revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $22.9 million, or 3.9%, as compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013 primarily due to an increase in direct labor costs of $19.3 million and an increase in client occupancy costs of $3.4 million. The increases in direct labor costs and client occupancy costs were primarily attributable to additional costs associated with new programs and acquisitions that closed during and after the nine months ended June 30, 2013, as well as a new compensation program for our direct care workers.

The decrease of direct labor costs as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to expense leveraging. The increase in client occupancy costs as a percentage of net revenue was the result of new programs with higher levels of open occupancy and an increase in rent, utilities and repairs and maintenance expense related to our business.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth cost of revenues for the SRS segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Nine months ended June 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
     Change in  %
of net revenue
 
     2014     2013       
     Amount      % of  net
revenue
    Amount      % of  net
revenue
      

Direct labor costs

   $ 88,754         52.3   $ 82,207         52.8   $ 6,547         (0.5 )% 

Client program costs

     12,575        7.4     10,975        7.1     1,600        0.4

Client occupancy costs

     19,151        11.3     16,388        10.5     2,763        0.8

Travel & transportation costs

     2,271        1.3     1,937        1.2     334        0.1

Other direct costs

     3,065        1.8     2,853        1.8     212        (0.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 125,816         74.2   $ 114,360         73.5   $ 11,456         0.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

SRS cost of revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $11.5 million, or 10.0%, as compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013 due to an increase in direct labor costs of $6.5 million, an increase in client program costs of $1.6 million and an increase in client occupancy costs of $2.8 million. These increases were primarily attributable to additional costs associated with new programs and acquisitions that closed during and after the nine months ended June 30, 2013.

The decrease of direct labor costs as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to expense leveraging. The increase in client program costs as a percentage of net revenue during the nine months ended June 30, 2014 was due to an increase in medical expense relating to the client mix. The increase in client occupancy costs as a percentage of net revenue during the nine months ended June 30, 2014 was due to new programs with higher levels of open occupancy and an increase in rent, utilities and repairs and maintenance expense related to our business.

Consolidated operating expenses

General and administrative and depreciation and amortization expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Nine months ended June 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
    Change in  %
of net revenue
 
     2014     2013      
     Amount      % of  net
revenue
    Amount      % of  net
revenue
     

General and administrative

   $ 108,811         11.6   $ 110,879         12.4   $ (2,068     (0.8 )% 

Depreciation and amortization

     50,987        5.4     47,970        5.4     3,017       0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

   $ 159,798         17.0   $ 158,849         17.8   $ 949        (0.8 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 decreased by $2.1 million, or 1.9%, as compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013. As a percentage of net revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased by 0.8% as compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013. This decrease was attributable to cost containment efforts in administrative staffing, business and office related costs.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3.0 million during the nine months ended June 30, 2014 from the prior year period primarily due to an increase in leasehold improvements to our properties and the acquisition of amortizable assets. Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of net revenue remained consistent.

Other (income) expense

Management fee of related party: Management fee remained consistent during the nine months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013.

 

56


Table of Contents

Other income, net: Other income, net, which primarily consists of mark to market adjustments of the cash surrender value of Company owned life insurance policies, decreased slightly from $0.6 million to $0.4 million in the nine months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively

Loss on extinguishment of debt: Extinguishment of debt was $14.7 million in the nine months ended June 30, 2014. The prior senior secured credit facilities were repaid and replaced with the senior secured credit facilities on January 31, 2014, and $38 million of the senior notes were redeemed on February 26, 2014, resulting in the write-off of deferred financing fees, original issue discount, redemption premium and initial purchase discount related to the prior senior secured credit facilities and the partial redemption of the senior notes totaling $14.7 million.

Interest Expense: Interest expense decreased by $5.3 million during the nine months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013 due to lower interest expense on the senior secured credit facilities as a result of the refinancing on January 31, 2014 and the redemption of $38 million of the senior notes on February 26, 2014.

Benefit for income taxes

For the nine months ended June 30, 2014, our effective income tax rate was 29.9% compared to an effective tax rate of 34.5% for the nine months ended June 30, 2013. These rates differ from the federal statutory income tax rate primarily due to nondeductible permanent differences such as meals and nondeductible compensation, and net operating losses not benefited.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013 compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2012

Consolidated overview

 

     Year ended September 30,  
     2013     2012     Increase
(Decrease)
 

Gross revenue

   $ 1,221,200      $ 1,138,910      $ 82,290   

Sales adjustments

     (22,547     (15,792     (6,755
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

   $ 1,198,653      $ 1,123,118      $ 75,535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 53,324      $ 47,585      $ 5,739   

Operating margin

     4.4     4.2     0.2

Consolidated gross revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013 (“fiscal 2013”) increased by $82.3 million, or 7.2%, compared to gross revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 (“fiscal 2012”). Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue increased by 0.46% to 1.85% from 1.39% for the same period. The increase in sales adjustments was partially offset by a $2.1 million adjustment to our state provider tax reserve relating to pre-merger periods. The increase in sales adjustments was primarily in our Human Services segment. Gross revenue increased $57.8 million from organic growth, including growth related to new programs and $24.5 million from acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2012. The organic growth was partially offset by a reduction in revenue of $3.6 million from businesses we divested during the same period.

Consolidated income from operations increased from $47.6 million, or 4.2%, of net revenue in fiscal 2012 to $53.3 million, or 4.4% of net revenue, in fiscal 2013. The increase in our operating margin was primarily due to the increase in revenue noted above as well as expense leveraging and cost containment efforts in our direct labor costs and general and administrative expenses. The improvement in operating margin was partially offset by the increase in cost of other revenues. The increase in cost of other revenues was primarily due to the increase in client occupancy expense of $10.2 million attributable to new programs and acquisitions that have closed

 

57


Table of Contents

during and after fiscal 2012. Additionally, our health insurance expense and professional and general liability expense increased in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 primarily as a result of a change in reserves. Health insurance expense increased approximately $3.0 million, $2.4 million of which was included in consolidated cost of revenue and $0.6 million was included in General and administrative expenses. Professional and general liability expense increased by approximately $1.4 million as compared to fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2013, we increased the PL/GL Tail Reserve by $3.4 million which was partially offset by a decrease in our professional and general liability claims expense as compared to fiscal 2012. The expense relating to the professional and general liability claims expense and the PL/GL Tail Reserve is included in consolidated cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Revenues by segment

The following table sets forth net revenue for the Human Services segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2013     2012      

I/DD gross revenue

   $ 783,018      $ 731,309      $ 51,709        7.1

ARY gross revenue

     224,717        218,040        6,677        3.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Human Services gross revenue

   $ 1,007,735      $ 949,349      $ 58,386        6.2

Sales adjustments

     (17,503     (11,697     (5,806  

Sales adjustments as a percentage of revenue

     1.7     1.2     0.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Human Services net revenue

   $ 990,232      $ 937,652      $ 52,580        5.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Human Services gross revenue for fiscal 2013 increased by $58.4 million, or 6.2%, compared to fiscal 2012. The increase was driven by a 7.1% increase in I/DD gross revenue and 3.1% increase in ARY gross revenue.

The increase in I/DD gross revenue included $39.8 million from organic growth and $11.9 million from acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2012. The increase from organic growth was driven by an increase in volume of 2.2% and an increase in average billing rate of 3.3% during fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. The organic growth was partially offset by a reduction in revenue of $3.6 million from businesses we divested during the same period.

The increase of $6.7 million in ARY gross revenue was derived from organic growth which was driven by a 3.0% increase in volume and a slight increase of 0.1% in the average billing rate during fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.

Sales adjustments increased by $5.8 million in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue increased by 0.5% from 1.2% for fiscal 2012 to 1.7% for fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2013, we made a significant increase to the sales adjustments allowance in our Florida, North Carolina and Pennsylvania business units for the potential write-off of outstanding aged receivables that are in dispute with payors.

The following table sets forth net revenue for the SRS segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
           2013                 2012            

SRS gross revenues

   $ 213,465      $ 189,561      $ 23,904        12.6

Sales adjustments

     (5,044     (4,095     (949     23.2

Sales adjustments as a percentage of revenue

     2.4     2.2     0.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total SRS net revenues

   $ 208,421      $ 185,466      $ 22,955        12.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

58


Table of Contents

SRS gross revenue for fiscal 2013 increased by $23.9 million, or 12.6%, compared to fiscal 2012. The increase in gross revenue included $11.0 million from organic growth and $12.9 million from acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2012. The organic growth was driven by an increase in volume of 2.3% and an increase in average billing rate of 3.5% during fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.

Cost of revenues by segment

The following table sets forth cost of revenues for the Human Services segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
    Change in %
of net
revenue
 
     2013     2012      
     Amount      % of net
revenue
    Amount      % of net
revenue
     

Direct labor costs

   $ 643,478         65.0   $ 612,260         65.3   $ 31,218        (0.3 )% 

Client program costs

     40,220         4.1     39,222         4.2     998        (0.1 )% 

Client occupancy costs

     51,324         5.2     45,285         4.8     6,039        0.4 

Travel & transportation costs

     26,996         2.7     26,531         2.8     465        (0.1 )% 

Other direct costs

     18,737         1.9     20,911         2.2     (2,174     (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 780,755         78.8   $ 744,209         79.4   $ 36,546        (0.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Human Services cost of revenue for fiscal 2013 increased by $36.6 million, or 4.9%, compared to fiscal 2012. This increase was driven by $31.2 million increase in direct labor costs and a $6.0 million increase in client occupancy costs and was offset by a $2.2 million decrease in other direct costs.

The increase in direct labor costs was primarily due to increased staffing in connection with new programs and acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2012.

The increase in client occupancy costs period to period and as a percentage of revenue was attributable to acquisitions and new programs with higher levels of open occupancy and increases in rent, utilities and repairs and maintenance expense related to our businesses.

The decrease in other direct costs was primarily due to a reduction of $1.5 million in the cash bonus provided to our direct care workers in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.

The following table sets forth cost of revenues for the SRS segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
     Change in %
of net
revenue
 
     2013     2012       
     Amount      % of net
revenue
    Amount      % of net
revenue
      

Direct labor cost

   $ 110,508         53.0   $ 93,412         50.4   $ 17,096         2.7

Client program costs

     14,486         7.0     13,634         7.4     852         (0.4 )% 

Client occupancy costs

     22,662         10.9     18,291         9.9     4,371         1.0

Travel & transportation costs

     2,635         1.3     2,383         1.3     252         0.0

Other direct costs

     3,144         1.5     2,935         1.6     209         (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 153,435         73.6   $ 130,655         70.4   $ 22,780         3.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

SRS cost of revenue for fiscal 2013 increased by $22.8 million, or 17.4%, compared to fiscal 2012. This increase was driven by $17.1 million increase in direct labor costs, a $4.4 million increase in client occupancy costs and a $0.9 million increase in client program costs.

 

59


Table of Contents

The increase in direct labor costs period to period and as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to increased staffing in connection with new programs and acquisitions and due to additional staff to facilitate higher quality and service.

The increase in client occupancy expense was primarily attributable to acquisitions that have closed during and after fiscal 2012, new programs and new starts. Client occupancy costs have also been affected by the increase in rent, utilities and repairs and maintenance expense related to our existing businesses.

Consolidated operating expenses

General and administrative and depreciation and amortization expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
     Change in %
of net
revenue
 
     2013     2012       
     Amount      % of net
revenue
    Amount      % of net
revenue
      

General and administrative

   $ 146,040         12.2   $ 140,221         12.5   $ 5,819         (0.3 )% 

Depreciation and amortization

     64,146         5.4     60,534         5.4     3,612         0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expense

   $ 210,186         17.5   $ 200,755         17.9   $ 9,431         (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses for fiscal 2013 increased by $5.8 million, or 4.1%, as compared to fiscal 2012 due to increases in professional service fees and administrative staffing costs. Additionally, we wrote off goodwill and intangible assets related to underperforming programs within the Human Services segment which were closed during fiscal 2013. The total impairment charge was $2.3 million and included a $1.3 million write off of goodwill that was recorded in general and administrative expense.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3.6 million, or 6.0%, during fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 but remained relatively flat as a percent of net revenue at 5.4% for both periods. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily due to an increase in leasehold improvements to our properties and the acquisition of amortizable assets. Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense as certain assets became fully depreciated. Additionally, as noted above, we wrote off goodwill and intangible assets related to underperforming programs within the Human Services segment which were closed during fiscal 2013. The total impairment charge was $2.3 million and included the write-off of $1.0 million of intangible assets recorded in depreciation and amortization expense.

Non-operating (income) expense

Management fee of related party : Management fee has remained consistent during fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.

Other income, net : Other income, net which primarily consists of mark to market adjustments of the cash surrender value of Company owned life insurance policies, increased from zero in fiscal 2012 to $0.9 million in fiscal 2013.

Interest Income: Interest income decreased to $0.1 million in fiscal 2013 from $0.3 million in fiscal 2012. Interest income is derived from interest earned on interest bearing bank accounts.

Interest Expense: Interest expense for fiscal 2013 decreased $1.4 million to $78.1 million as compared to fiscal 2012. The decrease is due to the lower interest rate we pay on our borrowings under the prior senior secured credit facilities as a result of the amendment to our prior senior credit agreement during fiscal 2013.

 

60


Table of Contents

Benefit for income taxes

For fiscal 2013, our effective income tax rate was 37.8% compared to an effective tax rate of 58.7% for fiscal 2012. These rates differ from the federal statutory income tax rate primarily due to nondeductible permanent differences such as meals and nondeductible compensation, and net operating losses not benefited. In addition, our effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was impacted by a $5.6 million reduction in our reserve for uncertain income tax positions, including interest and penalties, as a result of favorable settlement of an audit.

Loss from discontinued operations

Loss from discontinued operations net of taxes for fiscal 2013 was $2.7 million as compared to $0.7 million for fiscal 2012. During the second quarter of fiscal 2013, we adopted a plan to sell certain Human Services operations in the State of Rhode Island and completed the sale in the third quarter of fiscal 2013. Additionally, we closed certain Human Services operations in the Commonwealth of Virginia during the second quarter of fiscal 2013. We recorded a total impairment charge of $4.1 million to write off the related intangible assets. The impairment charge and operations of these businesses including the expenses to close these operations are included in discontinued operations.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2012 compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011

Consolidated overview

     Year ended September 30,  
     2012     2011     Increase
(Decrease)
 

Gross revenue

   $ 1,138,910      $ 1,076,961      $ 61,949   

Sales adjustments

     (15,792     (14,188     (1,604
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

   $ 1,123,118      $ 1,062,773      $ 60,345   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 47,585      $ 34,423      $ 13,162   

Operating margin

     4.2     3.2     1.0

Consolidated gross revenue for the fiscal 2012 increased by $61.9 million, or 5.8%, compared to gross revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 (“fiscal 2011”). Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue increased by 0.1% to 1.4% from 1.3% for the same period. Gross revenue increased $36.6 million from organic growth, including growth related to new programs, and $25.3 million from acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2011. The organic growth was partially offset by a reduction in revenue of $3.4 million from businesses we divested during the same period.

Consolidated income from operations increased from $34.4 million, or 3.2% of revenue, in fiscal 2011 to $47.6 million, or 4.2% of revenue, in fiscal 2012. Operating margin was positively impacted by a $4.8 million decrease in worker’s compensation insurance costs and employment practices liability expense during fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011. The increase in our operating margin was also primarily due to the non-recurrence of certain general and administrative expenses incurred during fiscal 2011, namely accelerated stock-based compensation expense, discretionary bonuses, cost structure optimization efforts and an impairment charge to long-lived assets. The improvement in operating margin was partially offset by the increase in direct labor costs in fiscal 2012 as we increased staffing to strengthen quality and service, and an increase in travel and transportation expense primarily from cost for mileage reimbursement, auto insurance and gasoline.

 

61


Table of Contents

Revenues by segment

The following table sets forth net revenue for the Human Services segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
           2012                 2011            

I/DD gross revenue

   $ 731,309      $ 693,703      $ 37,606        5.4

ARY gross revenue

     218,040        206,136        11,904        5.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Human Services gross revenue

   $ 949,349      $ 899,839      $ 49,510        5.5

Sales adjustments

     (11,697     (12,542     845     

Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue

     1.2     1.4     (0.2 )%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total human services net revenue

   $ 937,652      $ 887,297      $ 50,355        5.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Human Services gross revenue for fiscal 2012 increased by $49.5 million, or 5.5%, as compared to fiscal 2011. The increase was driven by a 5.4% increase in I/DD gross revenue and a 5.8% increase in ARY gross revenue.

The increase in I/DD gross revenue included $28.0 million from organic growth and $9.6 million from acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2011. The organic growth was driven by an increase in volume of 2.5% and an increase in average billing rate of 1.5% during fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. The increase in the average billing rate was partially offset by rate reductions in some states, including Arizona, Florida and Minnesota. The organic growth was also partially offset by a reduction in revenue of $0.6 million from businesses we divested during the same period.

The increase of $11.9 million in ARY gross revenue included $4.7 million of organic growth and $7.2 million from acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2011. The organic growth was driven by an increase in the average billing rate of 4.3% offset by a decrease in volume of 2.0% during fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011.

The following table sets forth net revenue for the SRS segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
           2012                 2011            

SRS gross revenue

   $ 189,561      $ 177,122      $ 12,439        7.0

Sales adjustments

     (4,095     (1,646     (2,449  

Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue

     2.2     0.9     1.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total SRS net revenue

   $ 185,466      $ 175,476      $ 9,990        5.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

SRS gross revenue for fiscal 2012 increased by $12.4 million, or 7.0%, as compared to fiscal 2011. Gross revenue increased $3.9 million from organic growth, including growth related to new programs, and $8.5 million related to acquisitions that closed during and after fiscal 2011. The organic growth was primarily due to an increase in average daily rate of 3.5% offset by a decrease in volume of 1.1% during fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. The organic growth was also partially offset by a reduction in revenue of $2.8 million from businesses we divested during the same period.

Sales adjustments as a percentage of gross revenue increased by 1.3% from 0.9% for fiscal 2011 to 2.2% for fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2012, we made a significant increase to our sales adjustments allowance for the amounts that were in dispute with payors.

 

62


Table of Contents

Cost of revenues by segment

The following table sets forth cost of revenues for the Human Services segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,      Increase
(Decrease)
    Change in %
of net
revenue
 
     2012      2011       
     Amount      % of net
revenue
     Amount      % of net
revenue
      

Direct labor costs

   $ 612,260         65.3%       $ 569,522         64.2%       $ 42,738        1.1 %   

Client program costs

     39,222         4.2%         38,891         4.4%         331        (0.2)%   

Client occupancy costs

     45,285         4.8%         43,390         4.9%         1,895        (0.1)%   

Travel & transportation costs

     26,531         2.8%         22,746         2.6%         3,785        0.3 %   

Other direct costs

     20,911         2.2%         24,185         2.7%         (3,274     (0.5)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 744,209         79.4%       $ 698,734         78.7%       $ 45,475        0.6 %   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Human Services cost of revenues increased by $45.5 million, or 6.5%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. The increase was driven by a $42.7 million increase in direct labor costs, a $0.4 million increase in client program costs, a $1.9 million increase in client occupancy costs, and a $3.8 million increase in travel and transportation costs offset by a $3.3 million decrease in other direct costs.

The increase in direct labor costs is primarily due to increased staffing in connection with new programs and acquisitions. Additionally, we increased staffing to strengthen the quality and service during fiscal 2012 which had a negative impact on operating margin compared to fiscal 2011.

The increase in program related costs was primarily due to new programs and acquisitions. This increase was offset by a decrease of $1.1 million in employment practices liability claims expense in fiscal 2012 as a result of favorable settlements of prior period claims.

The increase in client occupancy costs was primarily attributable to acquisitions that have closed during and after fiscal 2012, new programs primarily and new starts as we continued to spend on growth initiatives.

During fiscal 2012, we also recorded an additional $3.8 million in travel and transportation costs, primarily from increased cost for mileage reimbursement, auto insurance and gasoline.

The decrease in other direct costs was primarily due to a decrease of $2.9 million in workers’ compensation insurance costs in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 as a result of a change in our reserves due to favorable settlements of prior period claims and a $1.3 million decrease in discretionary bonus to direct care workers in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 partially offset by increases in other direct costs due to new programs and acquisitions.

The following table sets forth cost of revenues for the SRS segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,      Increase
(Decrease)
    Change in %
of net
revenue
 
     2012      2011       
     Amount      % of net
revenue
     Amount      % of net
revenue
      

Direct labor costs

   $ 93,412         50.4%       $ 88,503         50.4%       $ 4,909        (0.1)%   

Client program costs

     13,634         7.4%         12,892         7.3%         742        0.0 %   

Client occupancy costs

     18,291         9.9%         17,235         9.8%         1,056        0.1 %   

Travel & transportation costs

     2,383         1.3%         2,185         1.2%         198        0.0 %   

Other direct costs

     2,935         1.6%         3,466         2.0%         (531     (0.4)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 130,655         70.4%       $ 124,281         70.8%       $ 6,374        (0.4)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

SRS costs of revenues increased by $6.3 million, or 5.1%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. The increase was driven by a $4.9 million increase in direct labor expense, a $0.7 million increase in client program costs, and a $1.1 million increase in client occupancy costs offset by a $0.5 million decrease in other direct costs.

The increase in direct labor costs was primarily due to increased staffing in connection with new programs and acquisitions. Additionally, we increased staffing to strengthen the quality of service which negatively impacted operating margin.

The increase in client program related costs was primarily due to new programs and acquisitions. This increase was offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in employment practices liability claims expense in fiscal 2012 as a result of favorable settlements of prior period claims.

The increase in client occupancy costs was primarily attributable to acquisitions that have closed during and after fiscal 2012, new programs and new starts. Client occupancy costs were also affected by the increase in rent, utilities and repairs and maintenance expense related to our businesses.

The decrease in other direct costs was primarily due to a decrease of $0.6 million in workers’ compensation insurance costs in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 as a result of a change in our reserves due to favorable settlements of prior period claims.

Consolidated operating expenses

General and administrative and depreciation and amortization expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year ended September 30,      Increase
(Decrease)
    Change in %
of net
revenue
 
     2012      2011       
     Dollar
Amount
     % of net
revenue
     Dollar
Amount
     % of net
revenue
      

General and administrative

   $ 140,221         12.5%       $ 144,011         13.6%       $ (3,790     (1.1)%   

Depreciation and amortization

     60,534         5.4%         61,330         5.8%         (796     (0.4)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

   $ 200,755         17.9%       $ 205,341         19.3%       $ (4,586     (1.4)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and administrative expense decreased by $3.8 million, or 2.6%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. The decrease in general and administrative expense was the result of a $5.3 million impairment that was recorded in 2011 for certain trade names while there was no impairment in fiscal 2012, $2.4 million of discretionary recognition bonuses recorded during fiscal 2011 which were not recorded in 2012, a decrease of approximately $3.0 million in stock compensation expense due to the majority of the unvested Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units and Class D Common Units becoming fully vested in fiscal 2011, and a $2.2 million decrease in restructuring costs during fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. The impact of these items was partially offset by the increase in staffing and other general and administrative employee-related costs in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $0.8 million, or 1.3%, during fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 and decreased slightly as a percent of revenue from 5.7% in fiscal 2011 to 5.3% in fiscal 2012. The decrease was due to certain assets became fully depreciated during fiscal 2012.

Other (income) expense

Management fee of related party: Management fee has remained consistent during fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011.

Other income, net: Other income, net, which primarily consists of mark to market adjustments for the cash surrender value of Company owned life insurance policies, remained consistent during fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011.

 

64


Table of Contents

Extinguishment of debt: During fiscal 2011, we incurred $23.7 million of net expenses related to refinancing transactions, including (i) $10.8 million related to the tender premium and consent fees paid in connection with the repurchase of the senior subordinated notes, (ii) $2.0 million related to the consent fees and repurchase discount in connection with the repurchase of the senior floating rate toggle notes, (iii) $9.8 million related to the acceleration of financing costs and original issue discount related to the prior indebtedness and (iv) $1.1 million related to other transaction costs. These expenses were recorded on our consolidated statements of operations as extinguishment of debt.

Interest Income: Interest income increased to $0.3 million in fiscal 2012 from $0.0 million in fiscal 2011. Interest income is derived from interest earned on interest bearing bank accounts.

Interest Expense: Interest expense increased by $11.9 million from fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2012, as a result of the 2011 refinancing transactions. Our weighted average debt balance increased by $33.0 million in fiscal 2012 and our weighted average interest rate increased from 8.1% during fiscal 2011 to 9.2% for fiscal 2012.

Benefit for income taxes

For fiscal 2012, our effective income tax rate was 58.7% compared to an effective tax rate of 33.1% for fiscal 2011. These rates differ from the federal statutory income tax rate primarily due to nondeductible permanent differences and net operating losses not benefited. In addition, our effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was impacted by a $5.6 million reduction in our reserve for uncertain income tax positions, including interest and penalties, as a result of favorable settlement of an audit.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal uses of cash are to meet working capital requirements, fund debt obligations and finance capital expenditures and acquisitions. Cash flows from operations have historically been sufficient to meet these cash requirements. Our principal sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities, cash on hand and available borrowings under our senior revolver (as defined below).

Operating activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities were $66.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 compared to cash flows provided by operating activities of $32.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in cash provided by operating activities is primarily attributable to the management of working capital items for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2013.

Cash flows provided by operating activities were $55.7 million, $29.3 million and $30.8 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in cash provided by operating activities in 2013 is primarily attributable to the decrease in our days sales outstanding. Our days sales outstanding decreased from 52 days to 47 days at September 30, 2013 as compared to September 30, 2012 primarily due to some efficiencies resulting from the centralization of certain billing and accounts receivable functions as well as the process improvement of our billing and collections process and review of aged receivables.

The decrease in cash flows provided by operating activities from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to the increase in our days sales outstanding which increased to 52 days at September 30, 2012 from 48 days at September 30, 2011, as we were still continuing to centralize certain billing and accounts receivable functions and utilize a new billing and accounts receivable system in certain locations. The decrease in cash flows was offset by the timing of other working capital items which positively impacted our cash flows in the same comparative period.

 

65


Table of Contents

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $39.7 million and $21.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Cash paid for property and equipment for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 was $24.3 million, or 2.6% of net revenue, compared to $22.3 million, or 2.5% of net revenue, for the nine months ended June 30, 2013. During the nine months ended June 30, 2014 we paid $15.2 million for six acquisitions. During the nine months ended June 30, 2013, we paid $0.5 million for one acquisition in our Human Services segment.

Net cash used in investing activities was $39.4 million, $42.7 million and $82.5 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Cash paid for acquisitions was $9.3 million, $16.5 million and $12.7 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We acquired three companies in fiscal 2013 and seven companies in each of 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Cash paid for property and equipment for fiscal 2013 was $31.9 million, or 2.7% of net revenue, compared to $30.0 million, or 2.7% of net revenue for fiscal 2012, and $20.9 million or 2.0% of net revenue for fiscal 2011. We plan to continue allocating approximately 2.7% of net revenue to spending on property and equipment during fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2012, we sold certain real estate assets for total cash proceeds of $2.8 million, which we subsequently leased back.

In addition, during fiscal 2011, our restricted cash balance increased by $49.9 million primarily due to $50.0 million which was deposited in a cash collateral account in support of issuance of letters of credit under the institutional letter of credit facility (the “institutional letter of credit facility”).

Financing activities

On January 31, 2014, NMHI replaced its prior senior secured credit facilities with the senior secured credit facilities consisting of a term loan facility and a senior revolver. The term loan facility has a seven-year maturity and the senior revolver has a five-year maturity: provided that if the senior notes are not refinanced in full on or prior to the date that is three months prior to February 15, 2018, such maturity will spring forward to November 15, 2017. NMHI redeemed $38 million in aggregate principal amount of its senior notes on February 26, 2014.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to $4.5 million of cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities is primarily due to the $30.0 million additional term loan we obtained in February 2013, which had the effect of minimizing the need to draw on our senior revolver.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.0 million, $13.1 million and $25.5 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 is primarily due to the repayment of any outstanding borrowings under our senior revolver.

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2011 was primarily due to the 2011 Refinancing. In addition, net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2011 included an earn-out payment of $3.4 million to the former owners of a company that we acquired in fiscal 2009.

Our principal sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities, cash on hand and available borrowings under our senior revolver. During fiscal 2013, we borrowed an aggregate of $469.4 million under our senior revolver and repaid $488.4 million during the same period. During the nine months ended June 30, 2014, we borrowed an aggregate of $9.3 million under our senior revolver and repaid $9.3 million during the same period. At June 30, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings and $100.0 million of availability under the senior

 

66


Table of Contents

revolver. Letters of credit can be issued under our institutional letter of credit facility up to the $50.0 million limit and letters of credit in excess of that amount reduce availability under our senior revolver. We may draw on the revolver during fiscal 2014 and we believe that available funds will provide sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet our financial obligations for the next twelve months, including scheduled principal and interest payments, as well as to provide funds for working capital, acquisitions, capital expenditures and other needs. No assurance can be given, however, that this will be the case.

Also during the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, NMH Investment repurchased equity units from employees upon or after their departures from the Company for $110 thousand, $39 thousand, $75 thousand and $1.5 million, respectively. We accounted for these repurchases as dividends of $110 thousand, $39 thousand, $75 thousand and $1.5 million, respectively, up to NMH Investment which used the proceeds to fund the repurchases.

On January 31, 2014, NMHI replaced the prior senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities. The new term loan facility has a seven-year maturity and the new senior revolver has a five-year maturity: provided that if the senior notes are not refinanced in full on or prior to the date that is three months prior to February 15, 2018, such maturity will spring forward to November 15, 2017. NMHI redeemed $38 million aggregate principal amount of the senior notes on February 26, 2014. If these refinancing transactions had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2013, they would have reduced our interest expense by approximately $11.6 million, based on (i) a reduction in the applicable margin and “LIBOR floor” used to calculate interest rates under the senior secured credit facilities, partially offset by the increase in the principal amount outstanding under the term loan, and (ii) the elimination of interest expense on the $38 million principal amount of our senior notes that were redeemed. Assuming an effective tax rate of 40%, this reduction in interest expense would have reduced our fiscal 2013 net loss by approximately $7.0 million. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for further information about our senior secured credit facilities.

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to redeem all of the $212 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes at a redemption price of 106.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. This redemption is expected to result in annual interest expense savings of approximately $29.5 million, assuming our debt levels stay the same, consisting of (i) $26.5 million of annual interest expense savings from the redemption of the senior notes, and (ii) $3 million of annual interest expense savings from the reduction of the interest rate payable under our senior secured credit facilities by 0.50% per annum as a result of the reduction in our consolidated leverage ratio following the redemption of the senior notes using the net proceeds from this offering. See “—Debt and Financing Arrangements—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.” Assuming an effective tax rate of 40% and that our consolidated leverage ratio remains consistent, this annual savings could have a positive net income impact of approximately $17.7 million annually.

Debt and Financing Arrangements

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On January 31, 2014, NMHI and NMH Holdings, LLC entered into a new senior credit agreement (the “senior credit agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders named therein, for the new senior secured credit facilities (the “senior secured credit facilities”), consisting of a $600.0 million term loan facility (the “term loan facility”), of which $50.0 million was deposited in a cash collateral account in support of the issuance of letters of credit under an institutional letter of credit facility (the “institutional letter of credit facility”), and a $100.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “senior revolver”). The term loan facility has a seven-year maturity and the senior revolver has a five-year maturity; provided, that if the senior notes are not refinanced in full on or prior to the date that is three months prior to February 15, 2018, such maturity dates shall spring forward to November 15, 2017. The senior credit agreement provides that NMHI may make one or more offers to the lenders, and consummate transactions with individual

 

67


Table of Contents

lenders that accept the terms contained in such offers, to extend the maturity date of the lender’s term loans and/or revolving commitments, subject to certain conditions, and any extended term loans or revolving commitments will constitute a separate class of term loans or revolving commitments.

All of the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by NMH Holdings, LLC and the subsidiary guarantors named therein (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). Pursuant to the Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2014 (the “guarantee and security agreement”), among NMH Holdings, LLC, as parent guarantor, NMHI, certain of NMHI’s subsidiaries, as subsidiary guarantors and Barclays Bank, PLC, as administrative agent, subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are secured by a pledge of 100% of NMHI’s capital stock and the capital stock of domestic subsidiaries owned by NMHI and any other domestic Subsidiary Guarantor and 65% of the capital stock of any first tier foreign subsidiaries and a security interest in substantially all of NMHI’s tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of NMH Holdings, LLC and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

The senior revolver includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as the “swingline loans.” Any issuance of letters of credit or making of a swingline loan will reduce the amount available under the senior revolver. As of June 30, 2014, NMHI had no borrowings under the senior revolver and $44.7 million of letters of credit issued under the institutional letter of credit facility.

At its option, NMHI may add one or more new term loan facilities or increase the commitments under the senior revolver (collectively, the “incremental borrowings”) in an aggregate amount of up to $125.0 million plus any additional amounts so long as certain conditions, including a consolidated first lien leverage ratio (as defined in the senior credit agreement) of not more than 4.50 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis, are satisfied. In addition, the covenants in NMHI’s indenture governing the senior notes effectively limit the amount of incremental borrowings that NMHI may incur based on a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the indenture) of not more than 6.00 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis.

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest, at NMHI’s option, at: (i) an ABR rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate of Barclays Bank PLC, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.0%, and (c) the Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month beginning on such day plus 100 basis points, plus 2.75% (provided that the ABR rate applicable to the term loan facility will not be less than 2.00% per annum); or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (provided that the Eurodollar rate applicable to the term loan facility will not be less than 1.00% per annum), plus 3.75%. Following the completion of this offering, the applicable margin will be decreased by 0.50% per annum if our consolidated leverage ratio is less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00. This decrease will become effective as of the first business day immediately following the first date on which NMHI delivers a quarterly compliance certificate setting forth such calculation. NMHI is also required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the senior revolver at an initial rate of 0.50% of the average daily unutilized commitments thereunder. NMHI must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

The senior credit agreement requires us to make mandatory prepayments, subject to certain exceptions, with: (i) beginning in fiscal year 2015, 50% (which percentage will be reduced upon its achievement of certain first lien leverage ratios) of our annual excess cash flow; (ii) 100% of net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course assets sales or other dispositions of property, subject to certain exceptions and thresholds; and (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any debt incurrence, other than debt permitted under the senior credit agreement. Excess cash flow is defined in our senior credit agreement as (A) the sum of (i) consolidated net income (as defined in the senior credit agreement), plus (ii) the net decrease in working capital, plus (iii) noncash charges previously deducted from consolidated net income, plus (iv) non-cash losses from assets sales, minus (B) the sum of (i) certain amortization and other mandatory prepayment of indebtedness, plus (ii) unfinanced capital expenditures plus (iii) the cash portion of permitted investments plus (iv) noncash gains previously including in consolidated net income, plus (v) the net increase in working capital, plus (vi) certain cash payments of long-term liabilities, plus (vii) cash restricted payments, plus (viii) cash expenditures not expensed during such period, plus (ix) penalties paid in connection with the repayment of indebtedness, plus (x) certain cash distributions from

 

68


Table of Contents

the SRS business, plus (xi) aggregate unfinanced portion of contract consideration for acquisition or capital expenditures to be consummated, plus (xii) aggregate amount of cash amounts received in such period but excluded from consolidated net income, plus (xiii) certain cash payments in respect of earnout obligations, plus (xiv) certain voluntary prepayments of indebtedness, plus (xv) certain cash payments of non-cash charges added back in a prior period, plus (xvi) all charges or expenses incurred in such period but excluded from consolidated net income. NMHI is required to repay the term loan facility portion of the senior secured credit facilities in quarterly principal installments of 0.25% of the principal amount commencing on June 30, 2014, with the balance payable at maturity. The senior credit agreement permits NMHI to offer to the lenders newly issued notes in exchange for their term loans in one or more permitted debt exchange offers, subject to the conditions set forth in the senior credit agreement. In addition, if, on or prior to July 31, 2014, NMHI prepays or reprices any portion of the term loan facility, it will be required to pay a prepayment premium of 1% of the loans being prepaid or repriced.

Senior Notes

On February 9, 2011, NMHI issued $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of senior notes at a price equal to 97.7% of their face value. The senior notes mature on February 15, 2018 and bear interest at a rate of 12.50% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2011. The senior notes are NMHI’s unsecured obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by certain of NMHI’s existing subsidiaries.

On February 26, 2014, NMHI redeemed $38 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding principal amount of senior notes, in accordance with the provisions of the indenture governing the senior notes. The redemption price of the senior notes was 106.250% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date. We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to redeem all of the $212 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes at a redemption price of 106.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.

Covenants

The senior credit agreement and the indenture governing the senior notes contain negative financial and non-financial covenants, including, among other things, limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, create liens on assets, transfer or sell assets, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. NMHI was in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2014.

In addition, the senior credit agreement contains a springing financial covenant. If, at the end of any fiscal quarter, NMHI’s usage of the senior revolver exceeds 30% of the commitments thereunder, NMHI is required to maintain at the end of each such fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2014, a consolidated first lien leverage ratio of not more than 5.50 to 1.00. This consolidated first lien leverage ratio will step down to 5.00 to 1.00 commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017.

The senior credit agreement also contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) create liens on assets; (iii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (iv) sell assets; (v) pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock; (vi) enter into swap transactions; (vii) make investments, loans or advances; (viii) repay certain junior indebtedness; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) enter into sale and leaseback transactions; (xi) amend material agreements governing certain of our junior indebtedness; (xii) change our lines of business; (xiii) make certain acquisitions; and (xiv) limitations on the letter of credit cash collateral account. If NMHI withdraws any of the $50.0 million from the cash collateral account supporting the issuance of letters of credit, it must use the cash to either prepay the term loan facility or to secure any other obligations under the senior secured credit facilities in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the administrative agent. The senior credit agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

 

69


Table of Contents

Contractual Commitments Summary

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2014:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations (1)

   $ 1,100,539       $ 61,216         121,642         305,909         611,772   

Operating lease obligations (2)

     202,212         50,019         74,504         42,562         35,127   

Capital lease obligations

     6,615         441         1,020         1,249         3,905   

Purchase obligations (3)

     10,679         3,433         6,348         898         —     

Standby letters of credit

     44,736         44,736         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total obligations and commitments

   $ 1,364,781       $ 159,845         203,514         350,618         650,804   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the principal amount of our long-term debt and the expected cash payments for interest on our long-term debt based on the interest rates in place and amounts outstanding at June 30, 2014, which does not reflect redemption of the $212 million of senior notes using net proceeds of this offering. See Note 3 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for further information about our senior secured credit facilities.
(2) Includes the fixed rent payable under the leases and does not include additional amounts, such as taxes, that may be payable under the leases.
(3) Represents purchase obligations related to information technology services and maintenance contracts.

Inflation

We do not believe that general inflation in the U.S. economy has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet transactions or interests.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

We believe our application of accounting policies, and the estimates inherently required therein, are reasonable. These accounting policies and estimates are constantly reevaluated, and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change.

As of June 30, 2014, there has been no material change in our accounting policies or the underlying assumptions or methodology used to fairly present our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods covered by this prospectus. In addition, no triggering events have come to our attention pursuant to our review of goodwill that would indicate impairment as of June 30, 2014.

The following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is reported net of allowances (discussed below) and state provider taxes. Revenue is recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the service has been provided, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

Generally, we recognize revenue for services provided to our clients when earned. Our services fall into two general categories: residential and non-residential. In residential services, we are providing a living environment, usually a community residence, to a client and providing care on a 24-hour basis. Non-residential services are provided to a client on an hourly (or other unit of time) basis for therapy, community support or in our day program centers. Revenues for residential services are recognized for the number of days in the accounting period that the client is in our service. Periodic service revenue is recognized when the related services are performed.

In addition, we operate under four distinct types of contracting arrangements with our payors:

 

   

Negotiated Contracts. For these contracts, services are priced pursuant to a “plan of care” for the client which encompasses habilitation and therapies. Such contracts are not subject to retroactive adjustment or cost reimbursement requirements. However, we may petition for a change in rate based upon a change in circumstances with a particular client or in situations where additional services are needed. For these contracts, we recognize revenue at the negotiated rate when earned. Subsequent adjustments to rates, if any, are recognized when approved by the payor. For fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014, 44.3%, 40.5%, 41.9% and 32.9%, respectively, of our revenues were earned from contracts that fall into this category.

 

   

Fixed Fee Contracts. For these contracts, payors set a standard rate or set of rates for a particular service usually dependent on the acuity of the client. These rates are the same for all agencies providing the service. For these contract types, there is generally no cost report required or if a cost report is required it is used for informational purposes only. For these contracts, we recognize revenue at the standard rate as earned. For fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014, 35.5%, 38.2%, 37.2% and 45.4%, respectively, of our revenues were earned from contracts that fall into this category.

 

   

Retrospective reimbursement contracts. For these contracts, a provisional rate is set for the year pending the filing of an annual cost report that may further adjust that rate. Cost reimbursement rules differ by jurisdiction and program type but generally include direct costs, indirect costs, depreciation, interest, overhead allocations with interest, overhead and profit usually subject to limitation. Should the cost report indicate that allowable rate is lower than what has been billed, we record a liability and these funds are adjusted back or refunded to the state payor at some time in the future. For these contracts we prepare an analysis quarterly to determine if any of the revenue that has been billed and recognized should be deferred and if so record that portion as a current liability. In a subsequent quarter, allowable costs may increase which would result in a reversal of the liability but if this condition persists through the end of the statutory annual period, we would refund the unallowed portion of the revenue to the state and offset the liability. For fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014, 10.7%, 12.0%, 12.2% and 12.6%, respectively, of our revenues were earned from contracts that fall into this category.

 

   

Prospective payment contracts. These contracts are cost reported in the same way as retrospective contracts, except the cost report for the annual period is used to set the rates in a future period. For these contracts, changes in rates are recognized in revenue prospectively. For fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014, 9.6%, 9.3%, 8.7% and 9.0%, respectively, of our revenues were earned from contracts that fall into this category.

All four types of contracting arrangements are subject to audit by the payor and may be subject to recoupments of revenue if in performing its services we have not adhered to the terms of the contract, or not documented our services as specified by the payor. For fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and the nine months ended June 30, 2014 liabilities to payors for cost based contracts were $6.3 million, $5.4 million, $3.6 million and $4.9 million, respectively.

 

71


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable and Reserves

Accounts receivable primarily consists of amounts due from state payors, not-for-profit providers and commercial insurance companies. Generally there is no bad debt risk with government payors or insurance companies. However, allowances are still required for disallowances of revenue that have not been billed timely or if authorizations to deliver services have been exceeded. In addition, there are numerous retroactive adjustments to revenue in cases where rates are adjusted by payors, often after an assessment of our client that takes effect retroactively. The company records the following reserves against revenue:

Sales Adjustment Allowance. The types of sales adjustments that we record typically involves rate adjustments due to billing errors or an agreed upon settlement of rate or level of services disputes with the payors. Sales adjustments expense is recorded against revenue in accordance with industry practice. We estimate the sales adjustment allowance based on historical sales adjustments experience. In addition, we also regularly evaluate our accounts receivable, especially receivables that are past due, and reassess our sales adjustment allowance based on specific payor collection issues and may record a specific addition to our sales adjustment allowance to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably expect to collect. As of September 30, 2011, 2012, 2013 and June 30, 2014, our sales adjustment allowance was $7.9 million, $9.3 million, $12.5 million and $9.7 million, respectively.

Non Authorized Sales Allowance. Our clients are generally long-term recipients of our services and require continuous care. The majority of the services are paid for through state Medicaid programs. When we enter into an arrangement to provide services to a client, we obtain an “authorization” to provide services for a specified period of time such as a six months or one year. When an authorization expires we generally do not discontinue providing service to our clients and in some cases are prevented from doing so legally. Therefore, it is not uncommon for us to serve a client without a current authorization. In this situation we determine whether a non-authorized sales allowance is required by whether the lapse in authorization is within the documented customary business practice period that we have established for that particular payor. Once the lapse in authorization extends beyond the normal period for that payor, we adjust the non-authorized sales allowance to reserve the revenue. As of September 30, 2011, 2012, 2013 and June 30, 2014, our non-authorized sales allowance was $1.4 million, $1.7 million, $1.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

We review costs of purchased businesses in excess of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible net assets acquired (goodwill), and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consist primarily of trade names acquired in business combinations, for impairment annually, as of July 1st, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable to determine whether any impairment exists, and, if so, the extent of such impairment. We test goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is the same level as our operating segments. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. We have elected to bypass the qualitative assessments for the fiscal year ended 2013 and proceed directly to the two-step impairment test. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. We estimated the fair value of each of our reporting units using the income approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis and calculates the fair value of a reporting unit by estimating the after–tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting them to a present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. In our discounted cash flow analysis, we forecasted cash flows by reporting unit for each of the next seven years and applied a long term growth rate to the final years of the forecasted cash flows to estimate terminal value. The cash flows were then discounted to a present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections used in the discounted cash flow analysis are based on estimates of the weighted average costs of capital of market participants relative to each respective reporting unit. For 2013, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit as determined by the income approach exceeded the carrying value by at least 25%. A 10% change in our key assumptions will not change the result of the impairment test. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, we are required to perform the second step, or Step 2, of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test

 

72


Table of Contents

compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill in order to determine the amount of impairment to be recognized. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value of its assets and liabilities.

For our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The Company has elected to bypass the qualitative assessments for fiscal year 2013 and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test. The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets requires the determination of the fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the difference. Fair values are established using the relief from royalty method.

The estimated fair values of our reporting units are based on discounted estimated future cash flows. The discounted cash flow analysis requires significant judgment, including judgments about the appropriate discount rates and terminal values, future growth, capital expenditures and market conditions over the estimated remaining operating period. As such, actual results may differ from these estimates and lead to a revaluation of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. If updated estimates indicate that the fair value of goodwill or any indefinite-lived intangibles is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment charge is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the period of the change in estimate.

We completed our annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of 2013, 2012 and 2011 and determined in each of those periods that the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived assets was not impaired.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Intangible assets with finite lives consist of agency contracts, acquired licenses and permits and non-competition agreements and are valued according to the future cash flows they are estimated to produce. Tangible assets with finite lives consist of property and equipment, which are depreciated over their estimate useful lives. We review these long-lived assets for impairment by continually evaluating whether circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable based on the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset is determined not to be recoverable, a write-down to fair value is recorded.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by multiplying the differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases for assets and liabilities by the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such differences are recovered or settled. These deferred tax assets and liabilities are separated into current and long-term amounts based on the classification of the related assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and netted by jurisdiction. Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets are estimated based on our assessment of the realizability of such amounts.

The ultimate recovery of certain of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the amount and timing of taxable income we will ultimately generate in the future, as well as other factors. A high degree of judgment is required to determine the extent a valuation allowance should be provided against deferred tax assets. On a quarterly basis, we assess the likelihood of realization of our deferred tax assets considering all available evidence, both positive and negative. Our operating performance in recent years, the scheduled reversal of temporary differences, our forecast of taxable income in future periods in each applicable tax jurisdiction, our ability to sustain a core level of earnings, and the availability of prudent tax planning strategies are important considerations in our assessment. Our forecast of future earnings includes assumptions about service volumes, payor reimbursement, labor costs, operating expenses, and interest expense. Based on the weight of available evidence, we determine if it is more likely than not our deferred tax assets will be realized in the future.

 

73


Table of Contents

We also recognize the benefits of tax positions when certain criteria are satisfied. Companies may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense which is consistent with the recognition of these items in prior reporting periods.

Stock-Based Compensation

NMH Investment, our parent, adopted an equity-based compensation plan, and issued units of limited liability company interests consisting of Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units, Class D Common Units, Class E Common Units, Class F Common Units, Class G Common Units, and Class H Common Units pursuant to such plan. The units are limited liability company interests and are available for issuance to our employees and members of the Board of Directors for incentive purposes. Compensation expense is recorded for these awards based on the estimated fair value on the grant date. Compensation expense reflects an estimate of the number of awards expected to vest and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period or at the time it is probable that certain performance conditions will be met.

For purposes of determining the estimated fair value of these grants, management values the business enterprise using a variety of widely accepted valuation techniques which considered a number of factors such as our financial performance, the values of comparable companies and the lack of marketability of our equity. We then use the option pricing method to determine the fair value of these units at the time of grant. Significant assumptions include the expected term in which the units will be realized; a risk-free interest rate equal to the U.S. federal treasury bond rate consistent with the term assumption; expected dividend yield, for which there is none; and expected volatility based on the historical data of equity instruments of comparable companies. For Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units, Class D Common Units, Class E Common Units and Class F Common Units, the estimated fair value of the units, less an assumed forfeiture rate, is recognized in expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards. We use the historical forfeiture patterns to determine the forfeiture rate. The Class G Common Units and Class H Common Units vest upon a liquidity event and/or upon the occurrence of certain investment return conditions. We regularly assess the probability of these events occurring. At the time these events are determined to be probable, compensation expense will then be recognized in its entirety. As of September 30, 2013, there had been no expense recorded for these performance based awards.

The Class H Common Units currently vest upon a sale of the Company. In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the terms of the Class H Common Units so that they vest upon the earlier to occur of a sale of the Company and the achievement of a multiple of investment return threshold by Vestar and its affiliates. Once vested, the holders of Class H Units are entitled to receive between 0.0% and 5.0% of the common equity value distributed by NMH Investment to its unitholders depending upon the multiple of investment achieved by Vestar and its affiliates. We do not expect to record any compensation expense in connection with the amendment of the Class H Common Units. In the future, we will record stock based compensation expense if and when the Class H Common Units vest. The amount of such expense will depend upon when and the extent to which Vestar and its affiliates achieve a multiple of investment return, and the amount may be material.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We report derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value and establish criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in current operations or in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) depending upon whether the derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction.

 

74


Table of Contents

We, from time to time, enter into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against variability in cash flows resulting from fluctuations in the benchmark interest rate, which is LIBOR, on our debt. These agreements involve the exchange of variable interest rates for fixed interest rates over the life of the swap agreement without an exchange of the notional amount upon which the payments are based. On a quarterly basis, the differential to be received or paid as interest rates change is accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. In addition, on a quarterly basis the mark to market valuation is recorded as an adjustment to gain (loss) on derivative within the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The related amount receivable from or payable to counterparties is included as an asset or liability, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets.

The fair value of the swap arrangements are determined based on pricing models and independent formulas using current assumptions that include swap terms, interest rates and forward LIBOR curves and our credit risk. As of September 30, 2013, the fair value of the swap agreements was $3.2 million, which was recorded in current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet.

Accruals for Self-Insurance

We maintain employment practices liability, professional and general liability, workers’ compensation, automobile liability and health insurance with policies that include self-insured retentions. Employment practices liability is fully self-insured. We record expenses related to claims on an incurred basis, which includes estimates of fully developed losses for both reported and unreported claims. The accruals for the health, workers’ compensation, automobile, employment practices liability and professional and general liability programs are based on analyses performed internally by management and for certain balances, take into account reports by independent third party actuaries.

We regularly analyze our reserves for incurred but not reported claims and for reported but not paid claims related to our self-insured retentions and fully self-insured programs. We believe our reserves are adequate. However, significant judgment is involved in assessing these reserves, such as assessing historical paid claims, average lags between the claims’ incurred date, reported dates and paid dates and the frequency and severity of claims. There may be differences between actual settlement amounts and recorded reserves and any resulting adjustments are included in expense once a probable amount is known. Any significant increase in the number of claims or costs associated with claims made under these programs above our reserves could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Legal Contingencies

We are regularly involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings in the operation of our business. We reserve for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. While we believe our provision for legal contingencies is adequate, the outcome of our legal proceedings is difficult to predict, and we may settle legal claims or be subject to judgments for amounts that differ from our estimates. In addition, legal contingencies could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in any given future reporting period. See “Risk Factors” and “Business—Legal Proceedings” for additional information.

Subsequent Events

Redemption of Senior Notes

We intend to issue a notice of redemption to the holders of the senior notes notifying such holders that, subject to the completion of this offering, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to redeem all of the $212 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes issued by our subsidiary, NMHI, at a redemption price of 106.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.

 

75


Table of Contents

Stock Split

In August 2014, the Board of Directors and our sole stockholder, NMH Investment, approved a              -for-             stock split, which we effected on September     , 2014. The stock split had no effect on the par value of the common stock, which remains at $0.01 per share.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our outstanding variable rate debt. The variable rate debt outstanding relates to the term loan and the senior revolver, which bears interest at (i) a rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month beginning on such day plus 100 basis points plus 2.75%; or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%), plus 3.75%, at our option. A 1% increase in the interest rate on our floating rate debt as of June 30, 2014 would have increased cash interest expense on the floating rate debt by approximately $6.1 million per annum, without giving effect to the interest rate swap agreement discussed below.

To reduce the interest rate exposure related to our variable debt, we entered into an interest rate swap in a notional amount of $400.0 million effective March 31, 2011 and ending September 30, 2014. Under the terms of the swap, as amended on October 15, 2012, we receive from the counterparty a quarterly payment based on a rate equal to the greater of 3-month LIBOR and 1.25% per annum, and we make payments to the counterparty based on a fixed rate of 2.08% per annum, in each case on the notional amount of $400.0 million, settled on a net payment basis. We intend to enter into a new interest rate swap or other hedging agreement following the expiration of the existing swap, but the type of instrument, notional amount and duration of any such instrument or arrangement have not yet been determined.

 

76


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are the leading national provider of home- and community-based health and human services to must-serve individuals with intellectual, developmental, physical or behavioral disabilities and other special needs. These populations are large, growing and increasingly being served in home- and community-based settings such as those we provide. Our clinicians and caregivers develop customized service plans, delivered in non-institutional settings, designed to address a broad range of often life-long conditions and to enable those we serve to thrive in less-restrictive settings. We believe we offer a powerful value proposition to government and non-public payors, referral sources and individuals and families by providing innovative, high-quality and cost-effective services that enable greater client independence, skill building and community involvement.

Since our founding in 1980, we have been a pioneer in the movement to provide home- and community-based services for people who would otherwise be institutionalized. During our nearly 35-year history, we have evolved from a single residential program serving at-risk youth to a diversified national network providing an array of high-quality services and care in large, growing and highly-fragmented markets. While we have the capabilities to serve individuals with a wide variety of special needs and disabilities, the current principal focus of our business is on the provision of services to individuals with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities, youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges, or at-risk youth, and individuals with catastrophic injuries and illnesses, particularly acquired brain injury. As of June 30, 2014, we operated in 36 states, serving more than 12,500 clients in residential settings and more than 15,700 clients in non-residential settings. We have a diverse group of hundreds of public payors which fund our services with a combination of federal, state and local funding, as well as an increasing number of non-public payors related to our services for ABI and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses.

Our core strength is providing a continuum of residential, day and vocational programs, and periodic services to support diverse populations with disabilities and special needs. We currently offer our services through a variety of models, including (i) neighborhood group homes, most of which are residences for six or fewer individuals, (ii) host homes, or the “Mentor” model, in which a client lives in the private home of a licensed caregiver, (iii) in-home settings, within which we support clients’ independent living or provide therapeutic services, (iv) specialized community facilities to support individuals with more complex medical, physical and behavioral challenges, and (v) non-residential care, consisting primarily of day and vocational programs and periodic services that are provided outside the client’s home. As of June 30, 2014, our services were provided by over 20,000 full-time equivalent employees, as well as approximately 5,500 independently-contracted host home caregivers.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table presents an overview of our two reportable segments:

 

Segment:   Human Services   Post-Acute Specialty
Rehabilitation
Services
Populations Served:   I/DD: Individuals with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities   ARY: Youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges   ABI: Individuals who have sustained brain, spinal cord and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses
       
Core Services:  

•  Residential support

•  Day habilitation

•  Vocational services

•  Case management

•  Crisis intervention

•  Hourly support

 

•  Therapeutic foster care

•  Family preservation

•  Adoption services

•  Early intervention

•  School-based services

•  Juvenile offender programs

 

•  Neurorehabilitation

•  Neurobehavioral rehabilitation

•  Specialized nursing

•  Physical, occupational and speech therapies

•  Supported living

•  Outpatient treatment

•  Pre-vocational services

     
Payors / Referral Sources  

•  State governments

•  County governments

•  Managed care organizations

 

•  Commercial insurers

•  Workers compensation companies

•  Veterans Health Administration

•  Managed care organizations

•  State governments

•  County governments

Number of Individuals Served   ~17,000   ~10,300   ~1,300
       
Number of States   23   17   26
       
Market Size   $57 billion in 2011(1)   $29 billion in 2010 (2)   $10 billion spent annually (3)
       
Net Revenue (Fiscal 2013)  

$772.1 million

(64% of total)

 

$218.1 million

(19% of total)

 

$208.4 million

(17% of total)

 

(1) Based on data from the Braddock Report.
(2) Based on data from Child Trends.
(3) Based on data from the CDC.

For fiscal 2013, we generated net revenue of $1,119 million and a net loss of $(18.3) million, and for the nine months ended June 30, 2014, we generated net revenue of $938.9 million and a net loss of $(16.9) million. Over the last three fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, we grew our annual revenue 19%, or $195 million, 54% of which was from organic growth and 46% of which was attributable to businesses acquired during this period or in the preceding year. In each of these years our revenue growth has accelerated, driven in large part by a rapid expansion in organic growth resulting from our investment in our de novo, or “new start,” programs. We believe that our considerable new start investment in 2012 and 2013, coupled with new opportunities to expand our services in new and existing markets, as well as our substantial acquisition pipeline, have positioned us well for continued strong growth.

Our Industry

We provide home- and community-based services to large populations of individuals with intellectual, developmental, physical or behavioral disabilities and other special needs. These populations are must serve due

 

78


Table of Contents

to the nature of their disabilities, which in many cases are life-long and irreversible, or their status as children or adolescents. Within the broader health and human services market, we currently serve three primary populations:

 

   

I/DD. The largest portion of our client base consists of adults and children with I/DD. Public spending on I/DD services was estimated to be $56.6 billion in 2011, of which approximately 80% was spent to provide services in community settings of six or fewer beds, our target market, and for other non-institutional services, including supported living, supported employment and family assistance. In 2012, there were approximately 4.9 million individuals with an intellectual or developmental disability across the nation. Over the past two decades, the delivery of services to the I/DD population in supervised residential settings has grown significantly and, at the same time, there has been a shift from institutional settings to home- and community-based settings.

 

   

ARY. We provide services to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges, or at-risk youth. According to reports published by the organization Child Trends, an estimated $29.4 billion was spent in 2010 on child welfare, including spending for residential and non-residential family support services such as those that we offer. Approximately 3.3 million referrals for abuse or neglect were investigated or assessed in the United States in 2010. Of that, approximately 663,000 were served by the foster care system. According to the Federal Department of Health and Human Services AFCARS data, there were nearly 400,000 children and adolescents in foster care as of September 30, 2012. Of those individuals, approximately 200,000 are living in non-relative foster family homes, which includes the therapeutic foster care market, the primary market for our residential ARY services. Furthermore, over the last decade state and local agencies have increasingly favored innovative solutions that provide at-risk youth and families with periodic support services to promote and preserve successful family environments.

 

   

ABI. We provide services to individuals with ABI and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses. The market for post-acute care and rehabilitation for individuals with ABI, the largest of these populations, is approximately $10 billion annually, according to the CDC. According to the Brain Injury Association of America (“BIAA”), there are more than 2.6 million new brain injuries each year, many of which result in complex, life-long medical and/or behavioral issues that require specialized care. Approximately 5.3 million individuals in the United States are living with permanent disability as a result of an ABI. Many of these individuals are currently served in costly and often medically inappropriate care settings such as long-term acute care facilities and nursing homes. We expect that there will be a continuing shift in care delivery to more appropriate community-based settings such as those that we offer.

Industry Trends

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from a number of favorable trends in our industry:

There are large and growing must-serve populations for our services

The markets we serve are growing as a result of changing demographics, shifts in public policy, consumer awareness and increased focus on cost-effectiveness.

There is an expanding population of individuals with I/DD eligible for residential and other support services. This growth has been driven by a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

Longer lifespan. Increasingly, individuals with I/DD are living longer lives, with life expectancy climbing from 59 years in the 1970s to 66 years in 1993, the most recent year for which data is available. As these individuals increasingly live longer lives, they require additional care and in many cases outlive the ability to live independently or with family caregivers.

 

   

Aging caregivers. In 2011, approximately 72% of individuals with I/DD, or 3.5 million individuals, lived with family caregivers, including more than 850,000 with family caregivers aged 60 years or

 

79


Table of Contents
 

older. As these family caregivers age and become less capable of providing continuous care, we expect they will increasingly seek out-of-home or supported living arrangements, such as those we provide, for their relatives with disabilities.

 

   

Waiting lists. There is a significant unmet need for residential services for individuals with I/DD. Many states maintain waiting lists for individuals seeking placements for these services. Nationwide, as of 2010, there were an estimated 115,000 individuals with I/DD waiting for residential services, including 88,000 on formal waiting lists in 35 states. There are legislative, advocacy and litigation efforts currently under way in many states to reduce waiting lists and provide additional access to residential services, which we believe will continue to drive additional demand for services such as those we provide.

 

   

De-institutionalization. As of 2011, there were approximately 84,000 individuals with I/DD residing in institutions with 16 or more beds, including nearly 30,000 in public institutions. At the federal and state levels, policy changes, legal decisions and cost containment efforts are driving a continuing trend of de-institutionalization for the treatment of individuals with disabilities and special needs. Several states are currently in the process of downsizing or closing I/DD institutions, including California, New Jersey and Georgia.

We believe the ARY population is growing, along with the demand for many of the services we offer. Specific trends impacting the ARY population include:

 

   

Shifting demographics of children. An increasing number of children are living in poverty in the United States. According to the Children’s Defense Fund, the number of children living below the poverty line increased by more than 4.5 million from 2000 to 2012, and 2.75 million more children were categorized as poor in 2012 than before the economic downturn began in 2007. In addition, the number of children in single-parent families increased from 22.7 million in 2008 to 24.7 million in 2012, or an increase of approximately 9%. We believe these children are more likely to require the residential and periodic services offered through our ARY segment as their caregivers face greater demands.

 

   

Stabilization of the foster care population. The number of children in foster care reached a peak of 567,000 in 1999 and declined to nearly 400,000 as of September 30, 2012. The decline in the population was driven by several factors causing a shift in care delivery, but we believe the full impact of those factors has already been experienced. The population has stabilized, evidenced by the fact the number of children in foster care has been approximately 400,000 for each of 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 

   

Growing demand for periodic services. In an effort to prevent children and adolescents from requiring an out-of-home placement, public child welfare agencies have for several years been emphasizing periodic support services to strengthen families at-risk. Consistent with this trend, we have been expanding our ARY periodic services in existing and new markets to meet this demand and help more children and families in need of support.

The market for ABI services is growing due to several factors, including:

 

   

Advances in medical care. Advances in emergency care and medical technology are increasing the survival rate and extending the life span of those who suffer a catastrophic injury. This has served to both expand the overall population of these individuals and to place increased responsibility on payors and government agencies to seek cost-effective care.

 

   

Increasing public awareness. Increases in public awareness of the causes and potential complications of brain injury are driving an increased focus on the diagnosis and proper treatment of these injuries. In particular, the conflicts in Afghanistan and Iraq, where traumatic brain injury has been one of the signature wounds for our military, as well as significant research and media coverage related to the incidence of brain injury in contact sports, especially professional football, have contributed to this increased awareness. As a result, emergency room visits for traumatic brain injury increased by approximately 30% from 2006 to 2010, an eight times increase compared with the growth in emergency room visits generally.

 

80


Table of Contents
   

Increasing demand for specialized care. Patients, families and payors are increasingly seeking specialized care provided in ABI-specific community-based settings such as those that we offer. There are tens of thousands of individuals with brain injuries currently in nursing facilities. We believe many of these patients, particularly younger individuals, would be better served in community-based rehabilitative programs, as evidenced and supported by growing advocacy, changes in public policy and legal precedents supporting their transition to specialized care settings.

 

   

Increasing funding for community-based settings. Both the public and private sectors finance post-acute services for individuals with ABI. We believe that payors are increasingly seeking to serve patients in more cost-effective and appropriate community-based settings. For example, in recent years the increase in state ABI waiver programs that provide easier access to Medicaid funds has expanded the number of individuals who can afford ABI services. According to the Kaiser Family Foundation, there were 17,193 individuals served through state waiver programs for brain injury in 2010, up from 11,214 in 2006, representing a compound annual growth rate of 11.3%.

Clients, caregivers and payors are increasingly recognizing the value of home- and community-based services

We believe home- and community-based services are strongly preferred by clients and their caregivers. The less restrictive settings provide greater control over care delivery, support patient quality of life and independence, and facilitate stronger bonds between those we serve and their caregivers. Additionally, consumers are becoming increasingly aware of the full spectrum of services available in the market, and we believe they will continue to demand the type of tailored and cost-effective community-based care we offer.

Furthermore, we believe that in our target markets, both public and non-public payors will increasingly emphasize and fund community-based services that offer comprehensive care across the continuum at a better relative value. We believe tailored solutions and ongoing support, such as the services we provide, offer better overall outcomes for the populations we serve. For most of our patient populations, our customized service plans cost less than care plans in large-scale institutional settings. Home- and community-based services are also preferred as a clinically appropriate and less expensive “step-down” alternative for individuals who no longer require care in more expensive acute care settings.

Funding for home- and community-based services is expanding

We believe funding for home and community-based services is expanding for a variety of reasons, including the must-serve nature of our population, and legislation, legal precedents and advocacy efforts supporting the individuals we serve.

Human services, including services for the I/DD and ARY populations, are generally funded by government programs, predominantly Medicaid, while ABI services are funded by a mix of government programs and private insurance. These programs are often administered on a state-wide level and, in selected states, decisions regarding funding for individual clients and programs occur at the county level, resulting in a large and diverse payor base. State governments are financially incentivized to continue funding services in our core markets because states receive matching federal funds for state expenditures. As a result of these factors, our rates have remained stable, with some rate contraction in 2009 through 2011 following the economic downturn and modest expansion starting in 2012. We believe improving state budgets resulting from a recovering economic environment will further drive growth in funding.

The individuals we serve are faced with significant challenges in everyday life, and require outside care and support to reach independence and successfully integrate within their communities. Funding for this support is established by legislation and legal precedents, and driven by strong advocacy groups. For example, funding for services in our I/DD segment is supported by the Olmstead decision by the U.S. Supreme Court in 1999, which held that, under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”), state governments are required to support

 

81


Table of Contents

persons with I/DD in the least restrictive setting that is medically appropriate. The U.S. Justice Department has significantly intensified Olmstead enforcement actions in recent years, most notably in a 2010 settlement with the state of Georgia under which the state agreed to a five-year plan to fund residential waiver services for 1,150 people with I/DD living in state institutions or waiting for residential services. Prompted by the Olmstead decision, policy makers, civil rights lawyers, social workers and advocacy groups are driving states to offer individuals with I/DD and other disabilities the option to live and receive services in home- and community-based settings.

The health and human services markets we serve are highly fragmented, and we expect continued consolidation of the numerous local and regional providers who lack our scale and resources

The markets we serve are highly fragmented, with only a limited number of national providers of significant scale. For example, within the I/DD market the two leading national providers only account for less than 5% of services by revenue, with the remaining services provided primarily by smaller, local providers. We believe as payors and other stakeholders increasingly look to evidence-informed services and evidence-based outcomes, the demand will increase for more sophisticated reporting, quality, billing and clinical outcomes data, which require complex and robust administrative and IT systems. Small providers often lack the resources to implement and the scale to leverage these systems. We also believe that payors are increasingly seeking to contract with larger providers that can offer a more comprehensive suite of services across a continuum of care, deliver consistent quality of care and act quickly to establish new programs for populations in need of service. As a result of these trends, we believe our industry will continue to consolidate and larger, well-capitalized providers will be well positioned to benefit from this consolidation.

Competitive Strengths

We believe our scale, broad range of services, high-quality reputation and longstanding relationships with a diverse group of referral services and payors have made us the leading provider of home- and community-based health and human services in the markets we serve. The current healthcare environment that demands better access to high-quality care at a lower cost, improved patient experience and continuous clinical improvement and administrative efficiency aligns well with our competitive strengths.

The Leading Provider of Home- and Community-Based Health and Human Services in the United States

Since our founding in 1980, our company has evolved to become the largest provider of home- and community-based health and human services in the markets we serve. As of June 30, 2014, we provided services to more than 12,500 clients in residential settings and more than 15,700 clients in non-residential settings across 36 states, which are home to approximately 85% of the U.S. population. Our national scale and breadth of service offerings provide us with significant competitive advantages:

 

   

Responsiveness: Our scale enables us to deliver a broad range of highly customized services across a continuum of care with a greater level of responsiveness than many of our regional or local service competitors. We have the knowledge, financial resources and relationships to anticipate and rapidly respond to customer needs and market opportunities, positioning us well to capture new business.

 

   

Clinical Expertise: Given our extensive national network of clinicians and the wide variety of service models we use, we have developed a broad range of clinical expertise to address a range of disabilities and special needs. We leverage clinical best practices from across our network to expand into new markets and initiate new service lines and programs to address the needs of our payors, our clients and their caregivers. We believe our ability to serve individuals with the most complex physical and behavioral challenges distinguishes us from many of our competitors.

 

   

Infrastructure: Unlike smaller competitors that lack our scale and resources, we have developed a robust infrastructure, including functions such as quality assurance, compliance, risk management, information technology, human resources, billing and financial management, that we leverage across

 

82


Table of Contents
 

our care-delivery network. This infrastructure enables our operations to focus on efficiently delivering consistent, high-quality care and enables us to respond to the increasing compliance, regulatory and fiscal requirements of payors.

Powerful Value Proposition

We believe we offer a powerful value proposition to our payors, our clients and their caregivers through our ability to design customized service plans to meet the unique needs of our clients in cost-effective settings. We specialize in adapting our service offerings to a wide range of intensities of care and other client requirements. Through our customized service plans we believe we are able to deliver better outcomes, more community integration and a better quality of life for the individuals we serve. We deliver our services in appropriate non-institutional settings, enabling us to provide significant cost savings for our payors while maintaining high quality standards.

Our recent strategic focus in California highlights the powerful value proposition we offer. Through the recent economic downturn, the state of California faced unprecedented fiscal distress, with a budget deficit at one point of approximately $42 billion. As a result, state and local payors were receptive to innovative care models to achieve cost savings. Over a three-year period, we worked with state and local regulators to create innovative solutions, and despite the economic downturn, we were able to grow our net revenue in California at a compound annual growth rate of 9.2% during that period. Our strategic response was to:

 

   

Aggressively market our Family Home Agency (“FHA”) host home model, which was underutilized in California. Payors have embraced this model, which allows individuals with I/DD to live with host home families at a significantly lower cost to payors. This effort increased FHA census by approximately 50% to 682 in the last three years.

 

   

Deploy a new model for adult residential care to accommodate the transition of individuals with I/DD and intensive medical needs from public institutions to community-based settings, resulting in substantial cost savings for our payors.

 

   

Significantly expand day and vocational programming. For example, we launched a new College to Career program aimed at helping young adults with developmental disabilities succeed in college and reducing their dependency on government services.

Proven Ability to Make Acquisitions at Attractive Valuations

We believe our scale, in-depth industry knowledge, payor relationships, reputation for quality and operational expertise strategically position us as a preferred acquirer, with an ability to efficiently and opportunistically deploy capital. We are the only company with a national platform dedicated to serving each of the I/DD, ARY and ABI populations. This positions us as a prime exit option for small providers in these highly-fragmented markets. We believe we appeal to small providers looking to ensure their clients and businesses are well cared for following a sale.

We have completed 36 acquisitions and deployed approximately $125 million of capital for acquisitions from the beginning of fiscal 2009 through June 30, 2014. The majority of the acquisitions we make are small and of a “tuck-in” nature, although we have completed more transformative acquisitions, including REM, Inc. in 2003 and CareMeridian, LLC in 2006. We have a demonstrated history of both in-market acquisitions and acquisitions that expand market segments.

Unique First Mover Advantage in SRS

Through our history of acquisitions and new starts, we now serve over 1,300 individuals in 26 states in our SRS segment. We are the only provider with a national platform dedicated to providing post-acute care for individuals with brain injuries or other catastrophic injuries and illnesses, and thus we believe we are the leader

 

83


Table of Contents

serving this market. Through our NeuroRestorative and CareMeridian business units, we offer solutions to SRS clients across the continuum of care, from post-acute care and neurorehabilitation to day treatment and supportive living services, that help individuals in their recovery and, in many cases, to regain independence. On this continuum of care, our CareMeridian business unit is focused on the more medically-intensive post-acute care services, including specialty rehabilitation and specialized nursing services, and our NeuroRestorative business unit is focused on rehabilitation and transitional living services, including neurorehabilitation, neurobehavioral, transitional living, supported living and outpatient services. Our experience in SRS enables us to deliver high-quality specialized care and offer significant cost savings for payors, leading to an expanding pipeline of referrals. Our quality of care and outcomes, along with limited competition of scale in the underserved SRS market, position us to capitalize on this opportunity and benefit from its rapid growth.

Stable Cash Flows Fund Growth Opportunities

Our highly-diverse group of payors and the must-serve populations we support have insulated our revenue streams from significant and widespread rate reductions. This, coupled with our historically consistent annual capital expenditures of only 2% to 3% of net revenue and low working capital needs, has helped us deliver stable cash flows through periods of economic recession and prosperity. We have utilized our stable cash flows to invest in new growth opportunities and fuel the expansion of our services.

Proven Management Team with a Track Record of Performance

Our management team, having served previously as policy makers, fiscal managers and service providers, has extensive public and private sector experience in health and human services. Our management team has a history of identifying market opportunities and providing creative solutions to states and payors, as demonstrated by the continued growth of I/DD services and identification of the growth opportunity in our ABI services. Our executive officers have been with us for an average of 13 years and average approximately 20 years in the human services industry. Our management team has demonstrated the ability and experience to ensure the delivery of high quality services to clients, pursue and integrate numerous acquisitions, manage critical human resources, develop and maintain robust IT and financial systems, mitigate risk in the business and oversee our significant growth and expansion.

Our Business Strategy

We believe the market opportunity for home- and community-based health and human services that increase client independence and participation in community life while reducing costs will continue to grow. We intend to continue leveraging our strengths to capitalize on this trend, both in existing markets and in new markets where we believe significant opportunities exist. The primary aspects of our strategy include the following:

Leverage our Core Competencies to Drive Organic Growth

We expect to capture the embedded growth opportunities resulting from recent organic growth initiatives and leverage our core competencies to further expand our presence in markets we currently serve and to further expand our geographic footprint in our existing service lines. During our nearly 35-year history, we have developed and refined a core set of competencies through our experience developing customized service plans for complex cases and supporting our operations with expertise in areas such as risk management, compliance and quality assurance.

Continue to Invest in our New Start Programs

A key driver of growth has been our new start programs that have historically generated attractive returns on our investments. Our demonstrated ability to quickly launch new start programs positions us well to meet new sources of market demand. New starts, which typically turn profitable within 18-24 months, require modest

 

84


Table of Contents

investments, consisting of operating losses and capital expenditures. Our investment of approximately $8 million in new starts between fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2010 generated net revenues and new start operating income of approximately $70 million and $14 million, respectively, in fiscal 2013.

We have made a number of recent investments that we believe will continue to drive near term growth as they reach maturity. In 2011, we dramatically increased our level of new start investment, expanding it from an average of $3.1 million in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010 to an average of more than $8 million in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013. We intend to continue to aggressively pursue new start opportunities with attractive rates of return.

Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions

As the leading provider in our markets with national scale and a proven track record of quality care, we are well positioned as an acquiror of choice for small operators in a highly-fragmented industry. This dynamic leads to a number of attractive tuck-in acquisition opportunities that can drive returns and create stockholder value. We continue to maintain a robust acquisition pipeline and deploy capital in a disciplined and opportunistic manner to pursue acquisitions. From the beginning of fiscal 2009 through June 30, 2014, we have successfully acquired 36 companies, at an aggregate price of approximately $125 million.

We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions that are consistent with our mission and can complement our existing operations. We have invested in a team dedicated to mergers and acquisitions, as well as infrastructure and formalized processes to enable us to pursue acquisition opportunities and to integrate them into our business. We monitor the market nationally for businesses that we can acquire at attractive prices and efficiently integrate with our existing operations. As a public company, with a more flexible capital structure, we expect to maintain, and potentially expand, our existing acquisition program.

Expand our SRS Platform

We intend to leverage our unique scale and leadership position to continue to expand our SRS platform through continued organic growth in new and existing markets, as well as opportunistic acquisitions. We are the only provider with a national platform dedicated to providing post-acute care for individuals with brain injuries or other catastrophic injuries and illnesses, and thus we believe we are the leader serving this market. We have more than doubled the size and contribution of our SRS segment since 2009, achieving a 21% compound annual growth rate in net revenue over that period. Furthermore, our SRS business is funded by a highly attractive payor mix, with 56% of net revenues in 2013 derived from commercial insurers and other private entities.

Pursue Opportunities in Adjacent Markets and Complementary Service Lines that Diversify our Service Offerings

We have a proven track record of developing new service areas, as evidenced by the growth of our SRS segment. We believe our reputation and credibility in our existing markets and service lines will facilitate our entry into adjacent markets. We may also explore strategic acquisitions to enhance our ability to pursue adjacent markets. We intend to leverage our core competencies and relationships with state agencies to pursue opportunities in adjacent markets, including potentially those serving elders, youth with autism and individuals with mental health issues. We believe our periodic, day and residential services can be leveraged to address a portion of the estimated $75 billion spent in 2010 on residential and personal healthcare services and home healthcare services for individuals 64 years of age or older, based on data from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. More specifically, we initially intend to pursue the adult day services portion of this market, an estimated $6 billion market based on IBISWorld estimates for spending on adult day care in 2010, and we have recently agreed to acquire a company in this market, subject to customary closing conditions. See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments.”

 

85


Table of Contents

Customers and Contracts

Our customers, which pay us to provide services to our clients, are governmental agencies, non-public payors and not-for-profit organizations. Our I/DD and ARY services, as well as a significant portion of our SRS services, are delivered pursuant to contracts with various governmental agencies, such as state departments of developmental disabilities, juvenile justice, child welfare and the Federal Veterans Health Administration. Such contracts may be issued at the county or state level, depending upon the structure of the service system of the state in question. In addition, a majority of our SRS revenue is derived from contracts with commercial insurers, workers’ compensation carriers and other non-public payors.

In all of our service lines, the clients and/or the payors/referral sources (e.g., state agencies) select us as a provider and, although clients funded by Medicaid have the right to choose an alternative provider at any time, it has been our experience that our clients change providers infrequently. We believe that many of our clients develop close relationships with their direct care workers and our organization. Although a client may develop a close relationship with his or her direct care worker, it is our experience that if such direct care worker leaves our employment, clients rarely elect to switch providers based on such direct care worker’s departure. The length of stay of our clients varies widely based on their individual needs. For instance, in our SRS segment, a client’s care may be focused on rehabilitation, in which case we will provide services for several months, or, if a client suffered a catastrophic illness or accident, that client could remain in our care for the duration of that individual’s life, which could span years or decades. In our I/DD business, the length of stay is generally years, with many of our clients having used our services for decades. For our ARY clients, the length of treatment can vary widely but most often is for several months.

Contracts may cover a range of individuals such as all children referred for host home services in a county or a particular set of individuals who will share group living arrangements. Contracts are sometimes issued for specific individuals, where rates are individually determined based on need. Although our contracts generally have a stated term of one year and generally may be terminated without cause on 60 days’ notice, the contracts are typically renewed annually if we have complied with licensing, certification, program standards and other regulatory requirements. As a provider of record, we contractually obligate ourselves to adhere to the applicable federal and state regulations regarding the provision of services, the maintenance of records and submission of claims for reimbursement under Medicaid and other government programs. In addition, while we are not obligated to serve each individual that is referred to us, we make every effort to review referrals made and accept individuals who need our services.

During fiscal 2013 and 2012, revenue from our contracts with state and local governmental payors in the states of Minnesota, California, West Virginia, Florida and Indiana, our five largest revenue-generating states, comprised 42% of our revenue. Revenue from our contracts with state and local governmental payors in the State of Minnesota, our largest state, accounted for 14% and 15% of our revenue for fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Training and Support

We provide pre-service and in-service education to all of our direct service professionals and clinical and administrative staff, and we encourage staff to avail themselves of outside training opportunities whenever possible. Employees participate in orientation programs designed to increase their understanding of our mission, philosophy of service, and our Code of Conduct and compliance program. Our employees benefit from our library of training materials and an intranet site that facilitates the identification and exchange of expertise across all of our operations. We work to increase individual job satisfaction and retention of motivated and qualified employees.

We use equally rigorous methods to identify and contract with independent contractor providers (host home providers), whether in an adult host home or foster care environment. In addition to pre-service and in-service orientation to familiarize the host home providers to the specifics of our model and expectations, the contracted

 

86


Table of Contents

host home providers in our ARY business receive a detailed briefing tailored to the individualized needs of the individual or child placed in their home. Prior to any placements being made, we conduct a home study to evaluate the appropriateness of any placement and conduct interviews and criminal background checks on adult members residing in the host home provider household. The services provided by host home providers are evaluated for contractual compliance by our case manager or coordinator according to a standards set by licensing and regulatory agencies as well as our own strict quality standards. While all host home providers can provide services independently and with minimal oversight, they have access to emergency telephone triage and on-site crisis intervention, when necessary. Host home providers also avail themselves of support groups, whether independent or offered at the program office.

Employees and Independent Contractors

As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately 20,000 employees and approximately 5,500 independent contractors. Although our employees are generally not unionized, we have one business in New Jersey with approximately 38 employees who are represented by a labor union and approximately 276 Connecticut direct care workers who are also represented by a labor union. We began negotiating a labor agreement with the Connecticut union in September 2012. Those negotiations, however, were recently suspended after our Connecticut-based business notified the State of Connecticut and the union of its intention to stop providing services under existing contracts due to rate cuts and a change in state policy. We are currently working with our public partners on a plan to effectively transition our programs to new providers, and we anticipate that this transition will be complete during the first quarter of fiscal 2015. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Sales/Business Development and Marketing

We market our services nationally as The MENTOR Network, a national network of local service providers. We operate under several brands across the country, predominantly under the REM and MENTOR brands in our Human Services segment and the NeuroRestorative and CareMeridian brands in our SRS segment.

The majority of our human services clients come to us through third-party referrals, and frequently our I/DD referrals come through recommendations to family members from state or local agencies. Since our operations depend heavily on these referrals, we seek to ensure that we provide high-quality services in all states in which we operate, allowing us to enhance our name recognition and maintain our positive reputation with state and local agencies.

Relationships with referral sources are cultivated and maintained at the local level by key operations managers and supported by an array of corporate supports including marketing communications, government relations and business development services to promote both new and existing product lines.

Our SRS sales activities are independently organized from those of our Human Services businesses. We have dedicated, geographically assigned clinical marketing and sales staff cultivating relationships with public and private payors, referral sources and directly with potential participants and their families. These regional teams are also supported by corporate resources as outlined above.

To further distinguish ourselves in both segments, we have established a comprehensive presence at both the national and local level through a robust online presence, including social media. Additionally, through our government relations and business development activities, we have successfully positioned ourselves to anticipate and meet the needs of our public partners.

Competition

I/DD

The I/DD market is highly fragmented, with both not-for-profit and for-profit providers ranging in size from small, local agencies to large, national organizations. We and the other leading national provider only account for less then 5% of services by revenue in the I/DD market. Although state and local governments continue to supply a small percentage of services, the majority of services are provided by the private sector. Not-for-profit

 

87


Table of Contents

organizations are also active in all states and range from small agencies serving a limited area with specific programs to multi-state organizations. Many of the not-for-profit companies are affiliated with advocacy groups such as community mental health and religious organizations.

ARY

The at-risk youth and troubled youth market is extremely fragmented, with several thousand providers in the United States. Competitors include both for-profit and not-for-profit local providers serving one particular geographic area to a single state, and, to a limited extent, multi-state providers.

SRS

We compete with local providers, both large and small, including hospitals, post-acute rehabilitation facilities, residential community-based facilities, day treatment centers and outpatient centers specializing in long-term catastrophic care and short-term rehabilitation. This market also includes several large national providers of general inpatient and outpatient rehabilitation services.

Properties

Our principal executive office is located at 313 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. We operate a number of facilities and administrative offices throughout the United States. As of June 30, 2014, we provided services in 378 owned facilities and approximately 1,318 leased facilities, as well as in homes owned by our Mentors. We also own three offices and lease approximately 263 offices. We believe that our properties are adequate for our business as presently conducted and we believe we can meet requirements for additional space by exercising options on leases or by finding alternative space.

Regulatory Framework

We must comply with comprehensive government regulation of our business, including federal, state and local statutes, regulations and policies governing the licensing of facilities, the quality of service, the revenues received for services, and reimbursement for the cost of services. State and federal regulatory agencies have broad discretionary powers over the administration and enforcement of laws and regulations that govern our operations.

The following regulatory considerations are critical to our operations:

New federal regulation regarding “waivered” services.  On March 17, 2014, a newly promulgated federal regulation governing home- and community-based “waivered” services (“HCBS Waiver”) became effective. The rule establishes eligibility requirements for Medicaid home and community-based services provided under the “waiver” program. The waiver program allows the states to furnish an array of home- and community-based services and avoid institutional care. Under the new rule, home- and community-based settings must be integrated in and support full access to the greater community, be selected by the individual from different setting options, ensure individual rights of privacy, and optimize autonomy and independence in making life choices. The rule includes additional requirements for provider-owned or controlled home and community-based residential settings, including that the individual has a lease or other legally enforceable agreement, and standards related to the individual’s privacy, control over schedule and visitors, and physical accessibility of the setting. At this juncture it is unclear how individual states will seek to implement this newly adopted regulation. The rule may present some implementation challenges. Some of the broad requirements may conflict with the needs and/or precautions that we must take for some of the individuals that we serve. It is unclear how each state will seek to address this potential conflict. The impact and costs of implementation and compliance with this regulation is currently unknown. States have the option to request a variation or delay of compliance with the federal standards for as long as five (5) years from the effective date. Moreover, each state Medicaid agency may interpret and submit different requests and extension timelines.

 

88


Table of Contents

Funding.  Federal and state funding for our services is subject to statutory and regulatory changes, contracting and managed care initiatives, level of care assessments, court orders, rate setting and state budgetary considerations, all of which may materially increase or decrease reimbursement for our services. We actively participate in local and national legislative initiatives that seek to impact funding and regulation of our services. We derive revenues for our I/DD and ARY services and a significant portion of our SRS services from Medicaid programs.

Licensure and qualification to deliver service.  We are required to comply with extensive licensing and regulatory requirements applicable to the services we deliver. These include requirements for participation in the Medicaid program, state and local contractual obligations, and requirements relating to individual rights, the credentialing of all of our employees and contract Mentors (including background and Office of Inspector General checks), the quality of care delivered, the physical plant and facilitation of community participation. Compliance with state licensing requirements is a prerequisite for participation in government-sponsored health care assistance programs, such as Medicaid. To qualify for reimbursement under Medicaid, facilities and programs are subject to various requirements imposed by federal and state authorities. We maintain a licensing database that tracks activity on licenses governing the provision of services.

In addition to Medicaid participation requirements, our facilities and services are subject to annual or semi-annual licensing and other regulatory requirements of state and local authorities. These requirements relate to the condition of the facilities, the quality and adequacy of personnel and the quality of services provided. State licensing and other regulatory requirements vary by jurisdiction and are subject to change and local interpretation.

From time to time we receive notices from regulatory inspectors that, in their opinion, there are deficiencies resulting from a failure to comply with various regulatory requirements. We review such notices and take corrective action as appropriate. In most cases we and the reviewing agency agree upon the steps to be taken to address the deficiency and, from time to time, we or one or more of our subsidiaries may enter into agreements with regulatory agencies requiring us to take certain corrective action in order to maintain our licenses. Serious deficiencies, or failure to comply with any regulatory agreements, may result in the assessment of fines or penalties and/or decertification or de-licensure actions by various federal or state regulatory agencies.

We deliver services and support under a number of different funding and program provisions. Our most significant sources of funding for our I/DD services are HCBS Waiver programs, Medicaid programs for which eligibility is based on a set of criteria (typically disability or age) established by the state and approved by the federal government. There is no uniformity among states and/or regulations governing our delivery of waivered services to individuals. Each state where we deliver services operates under a plan submitted by the state to Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to use Medicaid funds in non-institutional settings. Typically the state writes its own regulations governing providers and services provided under the state waiver program. Consequently, there is no uniform method of describing or predicting the outcomes of regulations across states where we deliver HCBS Waiver services. In addition, our ICFs-MR are governed by federal regulations, and may also be subject to individual state rules that vary widely in application and content. Federal regulations require that in order to maintain Medicaid certification as an ICF-MR, the facility is subject to annual on-site survey (a federal rule and process implemented by state agencies). Failure to successfully pass this inspection and remedy all defects or conditions cited may result in a finding of immediate jeopardy or other serious sanction and, ultimately, may cause a loss of both certification and funding for that particular facility.

Similarly, child foster care and other children’s services are largely governed by individual state regulations which vary both in terms and regulatory content. Failure to comply with any state’s regulations requires remedial action on our part and a failure to adequately remedy the problem may result in provider or contract termination.

All states in which we operate have adopted laws or regulations which generally require that a state agency approve us as a provider, and many require a determination that a need exists prior to the addition of covered individuals or services. Provider licenses are not transferable. Consequently, should we intend to acquire,

 

89


Table of Contents

develop, expand or divest services in any state or to enter a new state, we may be required to undergo a rigorous licensing, transfer and approval process prior to conducting business or completing any transaction.

Similarly, some states have a formal Certificate of Need (“CON”) process, whereby the state health care authority must first determine that a service proposed is needed under the state health plan, prior to any service being licensed or applied for. The CON process varies by state and may be formal in design, encompassing any transfer, organizational change, capital improvements, divestitures or acquisitions. Formal processes may include public notice, opportunity for affected parties to request a hearing prior to the health care authority approving the project, as well as an opportunity for the state authority to deny the project. Other states have a less formal process for CON application and approval and may be limited to new or institutional projects. Very few states require CON approval for waivered services. Failure to comply with a state CON process may result in a prohibition on Medicaid billing and may subject the provider to fines, penalties, other civil sanctions or criminal penalties for the operators or owners of an unapproved health service.

Other regulatory matters.  HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act, set national standards for the protection of health information created, maintained or transmitted by health providers. Under the law and regulations known collectively as the privacy and security rules, covered entities must implement standards to protect and guard against the misuse of individually identifiable health information.

Federal regulations issued pursuant to HIPAA and the HITECH Act contain, among other measures, provisions that require organizations to implement significant and expensive computer systems, employee training programs and business procedures. Rules have been established to protect the integrity, security and distribution of electronic health and related financial information. Many states have also implemented extensive data privacy and security laws and regulations. Failure to timely implement or comply with HIPAA or other data privacy and security regulations may, under certain circumstances, trigger the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The federal False Claims Act imposes civil liability on individuals and entities that submit or cause to be submitted false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of the False Claims Act may include treble damages and penalties of up to $11,000 per false or fraudulent claim. Similarly, retention of any overpayments may be regarded by the government as a false claim.

In addition to actions being brought by government officials under the False Claims Act, this statute and analogous state laws also allow a private individual with direct knowledge of fraud to bring a “whistleblower” claim on behalf of the government for violations. The whistleblower receives a statutory amount of up to 30% of the recovered amount from the government’s litigation proceeds if the litigation is successful or if the case is successfully settled. Recently, the number of whistleblower suits brought against healthcare providers has increased dramatically, and has included suits based (among other things) upon alleged violations of the Federal Anti-Kickback Law.

The Anti-Kickback Law prohibits kickbacks, rebates and any other forms of remuneration in return for referrals. Any remuneration, direct or indirect, offered, paid, solicited or received, in return for referrals of patients or business for which payment may be made in whole or in part under Medicaid, could be considered a violation of law. The language of the Anti-Kickback law also prohibits payments made to anyone to induce them to recommend purchasing, leasing, or ordering any goods, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Medicaid. Criminal penalties under the Anti-Kickback Law include fines up to $25,000, imprisonment for up to 5 years, or both. In addition, acts constituting a violation of the Anti-Kickback Law may also lead to civil penalties, such as fines, assessments and exclusion from participation in the Medicaid program.

Additionally we must comply with local zoning and licensing ordinances and requirements. The Federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 protects the interests of the individuals we serve, prohibits local discriminatory ordinance practices and provides additional opportunities and accommodations for people with disabilities to live in their community of choice.

 

90


Table of Contents

Federal regulations promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) require us to have safety plans for blood borne pathogens and other work place risks. At any point in time OSHA investigators may receive a complaint which requires on-site inspection and/or audit, the outcome of which may adversely affect our operations.

Periodically, new statutes and regulations are written and adopted that directly affect our business. It is often difficult to predict the impact a new regulation will have on our operations until we have taken steps to implement its requirements. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act provided a mandate for more vigorous and widespread enforcement and directed state Medicaid agencies to establish Recovery Audit Contractor (“RAC”) programs. RACs are private entities which will perform audits on a contingency fee basis, giving them an incentive to identify discrepancies in payments, from which they may be permitted to extrapolate disproportionately large penalties and fines. States were required to be in compliance by January 1, 2012 unless granted an extension. We have experienced only modest RAC auditing activity to date; however this remains a fairly new federal initiative and the ultimate impact remains unclear. Only the passage of time and our experience with enforcement and compliance will permit our assessment of the exact impact the new statute and regulations have on our business.

Similarly HIPAA and HITECH regulations increased both the scope of liability and obligations of business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services, as well as increase disclosure obligations of providers in the event of a breach. The Federal enforcement agency has expressed an intent to increase investigations and potential penalties for noncompliance in part due to these new standards.

Managed care initiatives undertaken in a given state may impact our business by modifying the types of services eligible for payment, the qualifications required for payment and the rates that are paid for those services. Similarly, some states are pursuing waivers for dual-eligible populations (that is, persons eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid), and our ability to participate in such waivered services may depend on our ability to become a Medicare provider.

We participate in Medicare in a very select number of areas of the country, as well as in managed care projects that allocate funds for recipients who are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid. Medicare has a unique and different set of regulations, funding mechanisms and audit and compliance risks compared to Medicaid. In recent years, states have begun working toward maximizing Medicare funding for services for dual eligible populations due to the fiscal incentive to lower state contributions and shift the cost of service to Medicare. In some state markets “equalization” of rates is required, thereby mandating that the rates we charge to private payors may not exceed rates established and paid by Medicaid and/or Medicare. Public policy initiatives and cost-containment initiatives in the Medicare program may continue and may affect our operating margins where we participate in Medicare.

Conviction of abusive or fraudulent behavior with respect to one facility or program may subject other facilities and programs under common control or ownership to disqualification from participation in the Medicaid program. Executive Order 12549 prohibits any corporation or facility from participating in federal contracts if it or its principals (included but not limited to officers, directors, owners and key employees) have been debarred, suspended or declared ineligible or have been voluntarily excluded from participating in federal contracts. In addition, some state regulators provide that all facilities licensed with a state under common ownership or control are subject to delicensure if any one or more of such facilities are delicensed.

We must also comply with the standards set forth by the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) governing internal compliance and external reporting requirements. We regularly review and monitor OIG advisory opinions, although they are limited in their application to Medicaid programs. Significant legislative, media and public attention has recently focused on health care. Because the law in this area is complex and continuously evolving, ongoing or future governmental investigations or litigation may result in interpretations that are inconsistent with our current practices. It is possible that outside entities could initiate investigations or future

 

91


Table of Contents

litigation impacting our services and that such matters could result in penalties and adverse publicity. It is also possible that our executive and other management personnel could be included in these investigations and litigation or be named defendants.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was signed into law in March 2010 and represents significant changes to the U.S. healthcare system. The legislation is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage over time. The legislation includes requirements that most individuals obtain health insurance coverage beginning in 2014 and that most large employers offer coverage to their employees or they will be required to pay a financial penalty beginning in 2015. In addition, the new laws encompass certain new taxes and fees, including limitations on the amount of compensation that is tax deductible and new fees which may not be deductible for income tax purposes.

The legislation also imposes new requirements and restrictions, including, but not limited to, guaranteed coverage requirements, prohibitions on some annual and all lifetime limits on amounts paid on behalf of or to our employees, increased restrictions on rescinding coverage, establishment of minimum medical loss ratio requirements, the establishment of state insurance exchanges and essential benefit packages, and greater limitations on product pricing.

The Affordable Care Act has already had a significant impact on the structure of the health plans we offer our employees. We have recently redesigned our health benefits to only offer employees health coverage that meets the requirements of the Affordable Care Act.

Finally, we are also subject to a large number of employment related laws and regulations, including laws regarding discrimination, wrongful discharge, retaliation, and federal and state wage and hours laws.

A material violation of a law or regulation could subject us to fines and penalties and in some circumstances could disqualify some or all of the facilities and programs under our control from future participation in Medicaid or other government programs. Failure to comply with laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

A Compliance Officer (vice president level position) oversees our compliance program and reports to our Chief Legal Officer, a management compliance committee, and a board compliance committee. The program activities are reported regularly to the management compliance committee which includes the CEO, CFO, as well as medical, HR, legal and quality assurance leaders. In addition, the program activities are periodically reported at the board level.

Seasonality

In general, our financial performance is not significantly impacted by fluctuations from seasonality.

Legal Proceedings

We are in the health and human services business and, therefore, we have been and continue to be subject to substantial claims alleging that we, our employees or our Mentors failed to provide proper care for a client. We are also subject to claims by our clients, our employees, our Mentors or community members against us for negligence, intentional misconduct or violation of applicable laws. Included in our recent claims are claims alleging personal injury, assault, abuse, wrongful death and other charges. Regulatory agencies may initiate administrative proceedings alleging that our programs, employees or agents violate statutes and regulations and seek to impose monetary penalties on us. We could be required to incur significant costs to respond to regulatory investigations or defend against civil lawsuits and, if we do not prevail, we could be required to pay substantial amounts of money in damages, settlement amounts or penalties arising from these legal proceedings.

 

92


Table of Contents

We also are subject to potential lawsuits under the False Claims Act and other federal and state whistleblower statutes designed to combat fraud and abuse in the health care industry. These lawsuits can involve significant monetary awards that may incentivize private plaintiffs to bring these suits. If we are found to have violated the False Claims Act, we could be excluded from participation in Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act provides a mandate for more vigorous and widespread enforcement activity to combat fraud and abuse in the health care industry.

Finally, we are also subject to employee-related claims under state and federal law, including claims for discrimination, wrongful discharge or retaliation and claims for wage and hour violations under the Fair Labor Standards Act or state wage and hour laws.

We reserve for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. While we believe our provision for legal contingencies is adequate, the outcome of our legal proceedings is difficult to predict, and we may settle legal claims or be subject to judgments for amounts that differ from our estimates. In addition, legal contingencies could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in any given future reporting period.

 

93


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our directors and executive officers as of August 15, 2014:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Edward M. Murphy

   67    Executive Chair and Director

Bruce F. Nardella

   57    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Denis M. Holler

   60    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Neil D. Brendmoen

   57    Cambridge Operating Group President

David M. Petersen

   66    Redwood Operating Group President

Jeffrey M. Cohen

   46    Chief Information Officer

Linda De Renzo

   54    Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

Kathleen P. Federico

   54    Chief Human Resources Officer

Dwight D. Robson

   43    Chief Public Strategy and Marketing Officer

Gerald J. Morrissey, Jr.

   61    Chief Quality Officer

Robert M. Melia

   58    Chief Development Officer

Chris A. Durbin

   49    Director

James L. Elrod, Jr.

   59    Director

Pamela F. Lenehan

   62    Director

Kevin A. Mundt

   60    Director

Guy Sansone

   49    Director

Gregory T. Torres

   64    Director

Patrick M. Gray

   65    Director Designee

Directors are elected at the annual meeting of our sole stockholder and hold office until the next annual meeting or a special meeting in lieu thereof, and until their successors are elected and qualified, or upon their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships between any of the directors and executive officers listed in the table. There are no arrangements or understandings between any executive officer and any other person pursuant to which he or she was selected as an officer.

Edward M. Murphy has served as Executive Chair of the Board of Directors since January 2014 and as Director since he was appointed to the Board of Directors in September 2004. Mr. Murphy served as Chief Executive Officer from January 2005 until December 2013. He also served as our President from September 2004 until December 2009. Mr. Murphy founded Alliance Health and Human Services, Inc. (“Alliance”) in 1999 and served as the organization’s President and CEO until September 2004. Prior to founding Alliance, he was a Senior Vice President at Tucker Anthony and President and Chief Operating Officer of Olympus Healthcare Group. Mr. Murphy is a former Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Youth Services and the Massachusetts Department of Mental Health, and the former Executive Director of the Massachusetts Health and Educational Facilities Authority. Mr. Murphy was selected as a director for his knowledge and experience in the human services industry, the public, private and nonprofit sectors and finance. Mr. Murphy earned an A.B. from Boston College, and an M.A. and Ph.D from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst.

Bruce F. Nardella has served as Chief Executive Officer and Director since January 2014 and has served as President since December 2009. Mr. Nardella was our President and Chief Operating Officer from December 2009 to December 2013, as well as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from May 2007 to December 2009. Mr. Nardella joined the Company in 1996 as a state director and in May 2003 he was named President of our Eastern Division. Prior to that, he was a deputy commissioner for the Massachusetts Department of Youth Services. Mr. Nardella was selected as a director for his knowledge and experience in the human services industry and the public, private and nonprofit sectors. Mr. Nardella earned a B.A. from Colgate University, a M.A. in Education from Boston University and an M.P.A. from the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University.

 

94


Table of Contents

Denis M. Holler has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since May 2007. Mr. Holler was named Senior Vice President of Finance in January 2002 and led the Company’s corporate finance functions through the acquisition of the Company by Vestar in 2006. In addition to overseeing all finance functions of the Company, he manages external relationships with our equity sponsor, banking partners and high-yield investors. Prior to joining the Company in October 2000 as Vice President of Financial Operations, Mr. Holler was Chief Financial Officer of the Fortress Corporation. Mr. Holler earned a B.A. from Fordham University, an M.S. in Accounting and an M.B.A. from Northeastern University.

Neil D. Brendmoen was named Cambridge Operating Group President in July 2014, where he oversees all human services operations in Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, Mississippi, Missouri, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas and services for at-risk youth in Indiana, Illinois, Ohio and Pennsylvania. Mr. Brendmoen began his human services career in 1979 as a direct care worker in a state institution for individuals with developmental disabilities. Mr. Brendmoen joined REM Minnesota in 1980 as a Program Director before being appointed as Executive Director and Vice President of Operations for the Redwood Operating Group’s eastern region. Mr. Brendmoen earned a B.A. from Southwest State University.

David M. Petersen served as our Redwood Operating Group President since June 2007. He had been serving as Senior Vice President and President of our Central Division since May 2003. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Petersen worked for REM beginning in 1972, managing various operations in Minnesota, Montana, North Dakota and Wisconsin. Mr. Petersen earned a B.S. and M.A. from St. Cloud State University.

Jeffrey M. Cohen joined the Company as its Chief Information Officer in November 2011. From 2008 until joining the Company, Mr. Cohen served as Vice President of Information Technology for Magellan Biosciences, a private equity backed medical device company, where he oversaw the strategic transformation of its worldwide IT and communications systems. Prior to that, Mr. Cohen was Director of Information Technology at Biogen Idec, where he was responsible for its ERP, SOX program and ancillary systems for finance, human resources, legal and business development. He started his career at Cambridge Technology Partners, in various consulting roles culminating as a Vice President for its eBusiness practice. Mr. Cohen earned a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Linda De Renzo was named our Chief Legal Officer in March 2011, and has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since March 2006. Ms. De Renzo oversees the corporate, litigation and risk management, regulatory, compliance and labor and employment legal functions. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. De Renzo was a partner at Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP in Boston from 1992 to 2004 and was an associate with the firm from 1986 to 1992. Ms. De Renzo represented high-growth companies and their financiers in a variety of industries including information technology, life sciences and health services. She also represented both issuers and underwriters in public offerings. She has a professional director certification from the American College of Corporate Directors, a national public company director education organization. Ms. De Renzo earned an A.B. from Dartmouth College and a J.D. from Harvard Law School.

Kathleen P. Federico joined the Company in December 2008 as our Senior Vice President, Human Resources, and was named our Chief Human Resources Officer in March 2011. From 2005 until joining the Company, Ms. Federico served as Senior Vice President, Sales and Human Resources, for World Travel Holdings in Woburn, Massachusetts, and was its Senior Vice President, Human Resources, from 2002 to 2005. Prior to that, she served as Vice President of Human Resources for KaBloom LLC, NE Restaurant Company and Sodexho Marriott Services. Ms. Federico was also Chief Operating Officer for Sheehan Associates, an employee benefits brokerage firm. Ms. Federico earned a B.A. in Psychology from Merrimack College.

Dwight D. Robson was named Chief Public Strategy and Marketing Officer in March 2011 after serving as Vice President of Public Strategy since joining the Company in 2003. He leads the work of the Public Strategy Group, which is responsible for developing and implementing the Company’s agenda with respect to

 

95


Table of Contents

communications, investor relations, marketing and proposal development, and government and community affairs. Mr. Robson’s experience prior to joining the Company includes senior policy and management positions in Massachusetts state government, most recently as Assistant State Treasurer. Mr. Robson earned a B.A. from the University of Massachusetts.

Gerald J. Morrissey, Jr. was named Chief Quality Officer in July 2014. Mr. Morrissey joined the Company in 2007 as Vice President of Quality Assurance and Service Development. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Morrissey devoted more than thirty years of his career to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, having served for four years as Assistant Secretary for Disabilities and Community Services and more than a decade as the Commissioner of the Department of Developmental Services. Mr. Morrissey formerly served as President and Board Member of the National Association of State Directors of Developmental Disabilities Services. Mr. Morrissey holds a B.A. in Special Education from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst, an M.Ed. from Antioch University, and an M.P.A. from the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University.

Robert M. Melia was named Chief Development Officer in July 2014. Mr. Melia joined the Company in 2007, serving first as the head of the affiliated employment services business and then as Senior Vice President, Mergers & Acquisitions, before assuming the role of Cambridge Operating Group President in 2011, which included oversight of human services operations in seventeen states. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Melia served as President of the Workforce Services Division at MAXIMUS and spent 12 years in a variety of positions at Massachusetts state agencies. Mr. Melia earned a B.A. from the University of Massachusetts and a M.A. in Management of Human Services from the Florence Heller School at Brandeis University.

Chris A. Durbin was elected to our board of directors in December 2010. He is a Managing Director in the Vestar Resources group of Vestar Capital Partners. Before joining Vestar in 2007, Mr. Durbin was Managing Director of Strategy and Business Development in Bank of America’s Global Wealth and Investment Management business from 2001 to 2007. Prior to this, he worked at Mercer Management Consulting and Corporate Decisions, Inc., where he designed and implemented growth strategies for clients including several Vestar portfolio companies. Mr. Durbin is currently a director of and serves on the Audit Committee for Triton Container International Limited and DeVilbiss Healthcare. Mr. Durbin also chairs the Compensation Committee for DeVilbiss Healthcare. He also serves as Director of International Asset Systems (IAS). Mr. Durbin was selected as a director for his knowledge and experience in strategy and operations. Mr. Durbin earned a B.B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University’s J.L. Kellogg School of Management.

James L. Elrod, Jr. joined our board of directors in June 2006. Mr. Elrod is a Managing Director of Vestar Capital Partners, having joined Vestar in 1998. Previously, he was Executive Vice President, Finance and Operations, for Physicians Health Service, a public managed care company. Prior to that, he was a Managing Director and Partner of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. Mr. Elrod is currently a director of 21 st Century Oncology (formerly known as Radiation Therapy Services, Inc.). Mr. Elrod was selected as a director for his knowledge and experience in finance and the health care industry. Mr. Elrod earned a B.A. from Colgate University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Pamela F. Lenehan was elected to our board of directors in December 2008. Ms. Lenehan has served as President of Ridge Hill Consulting, a strategy consulting firm, since 2002. Prior to this, Ms. Lenehan was self-employed as a private investor. From 2000 to 2001, she was vice president and chief financial officer of Convergent Networks. From 1995 to 2000, she was senior vice president of corporate development and treasurer of Oak Industries Inc., which was acquired by Corning Inc. in 2000. Prior to that, Ms. Lenehan was a Managing Director in Credit Suisse First Boston’s Investment Banking division and a vice president of Corporate Banking at Chase Manhattan Bank. Ms. Lenehan is currently a member of the boards of directors of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc., where she is a member of the Audit Committee and chair of the Management Development and Compensation Committee, and American Superconductor Corporation where she chairs the Audit Committee. From 2004 to 2013, she was a member of the board of directors of Spartech Corporation until it was acquired by PolyOne and from 2001 to 2007 she was a member of the board of directors of Avid Technology. Ms. Lenehan

 

96


Table of Contents

was selected as a director for her knowledge and experience in finance and strategy and holds from the American College of Corporate Directors an Executive Masters Professional Director Certificate. Ms. Lenehan earned a B.A. in mathematical economics and an M.A. in economics from Brown University.

Kevin A. Mundt joined our board of directors in March 2008. He is a Managing Director at Vestar Capital Partners, and is President of the Vestar Resources group. Before joining Vestar in 2004, Mr. Mundt spent 23 years as a strategy and operations consultant specializing in consumer products, retailing and multi-point distribution, as well as healthcare and industrial marketing. For eleven of those years, Mr. Mundt was a strategic adviser to Vestar, and served on the boards of several Vestar portfolio companies. He began his consulting career at Bain and Company, and went on from there to co-found Corporate Decisions, Inc. When that firm was acquired by Marsh and McLennan, Mr. Mundt became a Managing Director of Marsh and McLennan’s financial consulting arm, Mercer Oliver Wyman. Mr. Mundt is currently a Director and serves on the Compensation Committee of Big Heart Pet Brands (formerly known as Del Monte Foods), The Sun Products Corp. and Roland Foods, companies in which Vestar or its affiliates have a significant equity interest. In addition, Mr. Mundt is a member of the President’s Leadership Council at Brigham & Women’s Hospital and a member of the Corporation of Brown University. He is also a past director of MediMedia USA, Inc., Solo Cup Company, Fiorucci Foods, Birds Eye Foods, Sunrise Medical and Duff & Phelps. Mr. Mundt was selected as a director for his knowledge and experience in strategy and operations. Mr. Mundt earned a B.A. in economics from Brown University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Guy Sansone was elected to our Board of Directors in December 2009. Mr. Sansone is a Managing Director at Alvarez & Marsal in New York and serves as head of its Healthcare Industry Group. Over the past 20 years, he has invested in and consulted as an executive to numerous companies, focusing on developing and evaluating strategic and operating alternatives designed to enhance value. While at Alvarez & Marsal, Mr. Sansone served as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Restructuring Officer at Saint Vincent Catholic Medical Centers in New York from October 2005 to August 2007 and as interim Chief Financial Officer of HealthSouth Corporation from March 2003 to October 2004, among other positions. He most recently served as Chief Restructuring Officer for Erickson Retirement Communities, which filed for bankruptcy protection in October 2009. Mr. Sansone served as a director of Rotech Healthcare, Inc. from March 2002 to August 2005. Mr. Sansone was selected as a director for his knowledge and experience in strategy and operations, with an emphasis on the health care industry. Mr. Sansone earned a B.S. in economics from the State University of New York at Albany.

Gregory T. Torres was elected to our board of directors in 1980 as a member of our first board of directors. Mr. Torres served as Chairman of the board of directors from September 2004 to December 2013. He was also the Company’s Chief Executive Officer from January 1996 to January 2005, as well as its President from January 1996 until September 2004. Prior to joining the Company in 1980, Mr. Torres held prominent positions within the public sector, including chief of staff of the Massachusetts Senate Committee on Ways and Means and assistant secretary of human services. Since May 2007, Mr. Torres has been president and chief executive officer of the Massachusetts Institute for a New Commonwealth, known as “MassINC”, an independent, nonpartisan research and educational institute in Boston. On December 16, 2013, the Board of Directors accepted the resignation of Mr. Torres as Chairman and employee of the Company, effective as of January 1, 2014. In connection with Mr. Torres’ resignation, the Company entered into a Termination of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “Torres Termination Agreement”). Mr. Torres was selected as a director for his knowledge and experience in the human services industry, in the nonprofit, public and private sectors. Mr. Torres earned a B.A. from St. Vincent’s College and an M.P.A. from the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University.

Patrick M. Gray will be named a director upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Gray was an audit partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1984 to 2009, where he most recently served as a leader of its U.S. corporate governance group from 2007 to 2009. While at PricewaterhouseCoopers, Mr. Gray worked with the management teams of growing companies on matters related to internal controls, finance department staffing, compensation arrangements, budgeting, financial arrangements, risk management, mergers and acquisitions and

 

97


Table of Contents

exits, including initial public offerings and sales. Mr. Gray is currently a member of the board of Sancilio & Company, a privately-held, research-based biopharmaceutical company, where he has served in such capacity since 2012. Mr. Gray was selected as a director designee for his knowledge and experience in accounting and finance. Mr. Gray is a certified public accountant, and he earned a B.S. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, Vestar will continue to hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock and, as a result, we would be a “controlled company” under the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the standards would free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

 

   

a majority of our Board of Directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange;

 

   

we have, to the extent applicable, a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

If we qualify as a “controlled company” under New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards upon completion of this offering and would therefore be eligible to rely on these corporate governance exemptions, we may choose to rely upon those exemptions. These exemptions, however, do not modify the independence requirements for our Audit Committee, and we also intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange within the applicable time frame. These rules require that our Audit Committee be composed of at least three members, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and all of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.

Classification of Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Upon completion of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

Class I directors, who will be Messrs. Nardella, Durbin and Gray, whose initial term will expire at the first annual meeting of the stockholders occurring after this offering;

 

   

Class II directors, who will be Messrs. Murphy, Mundt and Sansone, whose initial term will expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders occurring after this offering; and

 

   

Class III directors, who will be Mr. Torres, Mr. Elrod and Ms. Lenehan, whose initial term will expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders occurring after this offering.

Directors in a particular class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their terms expire. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal.

Board Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have four standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Quality and

 

98


Table of Contents

Risk Management Committee. Each of the committees will report to the Board of Directors as they deem appropriate, and as the Board of Directors may request. The expected composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below. In the future, our Board of Directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, overseeing and terminating our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) reviewing our independent registered public accounting firm’s independence from management; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope of their audit; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual consolidated financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial reporting processes and controls and compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements; (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; (8) reviewing and approving related party transactions; and (9) reviewing and discussing policies and guidelines with respect to risk assessment and risk management.

Upon completion of this offering, our Audit Committee will consist of Ms. Lenehan (Chair), Mr. Durbin and Mr. Gray. The SEC rules and New York Stock Exchange rules require us to have one independent Audit Committee member upon the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and all independent Audit Committee members within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that Ms. Lenehan and Mr. Gray meet the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on the Audit Committee under applicable SEC and New York Stock Exchange rules, and we intend to comply with these independence requirements within the time periods specified. In addition, Ms. Lenehan will qualify as our “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a new written charter for the Audit Committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.civitas-solutions.com upon the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing and approving executive officer compensation goals, objectives and plans; (2) reviewing and recommending the compensation of our directors; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements/provisions between us and our executive officers; and (4) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans.

Upon completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will consist of Mr. Durbin (Chair), Mr. Elrod and Mr. Sansone.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a new written charter for the Compensation Committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.civitas-solutions.com upon the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

99


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our Board of Directors, consistent with criteria approved by our Board of Directors; (2) overseeing the organization of our Board of Directors to discharge the Board’s duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; (3) identifying best practices and recommending corporate governance principles; and (4) developing and recommending to our Board of Directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles applicable to us.

Upon completion of this offering, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of Mr. Mundt (Chair), Mr. Murphy and Mr. Durbin.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.civitas-solutions.com upon the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

Quality and Risk Management Committee

The Quality and Risk Management Committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) oversight of our management compliance committee, which is responsible for the structure and implementation of our compliance plan and service delivery risk management plan; (2) discussing specific material compliance and other legal issues with the Audit Committee, the Chief Legal Officer and the Compliance Officer, as appropriate, (3) oversight of our quality assurance and quality improvement programs and (4) conducting such investigations into matters relating to compliance matters as the committee may deem necessary.

Upon completion of this offering, our Quality and Risk Management Committee will consist of Mr. Elrod (Chair), Mr. Torres and Mr. Nardella.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the Quality and Risk Management Committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.civitas-solutions.com (http://www.civitas-solutions.com) upon the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

Risk Oversight

Following the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will delegate to the Audit Committee oversight of our risk management process. The Audit Committee will focus on our general risk management strategy and the most significant risks facing us, and will direct management to implement appropriate risk mitigation strategies. The Quality and Risk Management Committee will focus on our service delivery risk management process, and will direct management to implement appropriate risk mitigation strategies with respect to service delivery. Our other board committees will also consider and address risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees will report to the full Board of Directors as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk. Our management will be responsible for day-to-day risk management. This oversight includes identifying, evaluating, and addressing potential risks that may exist at the enterprise, strategic, financial, operational, compliance and reporting levels.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Messrs. Durbin, Elrod and Sansone are the members of our Compensation Committee, and none of them is or has been our officer or employee. Messrs. Durbin and Elrod are managing directors of Vestar, which controls the Company. For a description of the transactions between us and Vestar, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Apart from these relationships, no member of the Compensation Committee has any relationship that would be required to be reported under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. No member of the Compensation Committee serves or served during the fiscal year as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

 

100


Table of Contents

Code of Conduct

We have adopted the MENTOR Network Code of Conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officers and our principal financial and accounting officer. In connection with this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics for senior financial officers that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer and all persons performing similar functions. The MENTOR Network Code of Conduct and the code of ethics for senior financial officers will be publicly available on our website at www.civitas-solutions.com , via a link from our “What We Promise” page under the tab “Quality of Care” and the sub-tab “Compliance.” If we make any substantive amendments to the Code, or grant any waiver from a provision of the code of ethics for senior financial officers to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer or principal accounting officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K.

 

101


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

General Overview.  We are owned by Vestar and certain affiliates, certain of our directors and members of our management team. Our board of directors consists of representatives of Vestar (Chris Durbin, James Elrod Jr. and Kevin Mundt) and representatives of management (Gregory Torres and Edward Murphy), as well as two outside directors (Pamela Lenehan and Guy Sansone). Messrs. Elrod, Durbin and Sansone serve as the members of our Compensation Committee for purposes of this “Executive Compensation” section (the “Committee”), and Mr. Durbin is the Committee’s chairman.

In connection with the Merger, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement our Executive Chair, Edward Murphy. We also entered into severance agreements with its other named executive officers, Bruce Nardella, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Denis Holler, our Chief Financial Officer, David Petersen, President of the Redwood Operating Group, Linda De Renzo, our Chief Legal Officer, and, subsequently upon her hire, Kathleen P. Federico, Chief Human Resources Officer. The compensation initially paid to Mr. Murphy reflects negotiations at the time of the Merger, which has been adjusted since the Merger as described below. Messrs. Holler, Nardella, Petersen and Ms. De Renzo and Ms. Federico have all received raises since the Merger, upon being promoted or otherwise. Also in connection with the Merger, or after joining us, most of our executive officers invested in the Preferred Units and Class A Common Units of NMH Investment. As of June 30, 2014, our executive officers (including the named executive officers) have invested approximately $3.0 million. Our executive officers also hold earned equity in NMH Investment.

On December 16, 2013, the Company entered into a further amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Murphy and an employment agreement with Bruce Nardella. Pursuant to Mr. Murphy’s amended and restated employment agreement, effective January 1, 2014, Mr. Murphy resigned his position as Chief Executive Officer and became Executive Chair of the board of directors. Pursuant to Mr. Nardella’s employment agreement, effective January 1, 2014, Mr. Nardella resigned his position as Chief Operating Officer of the Company and was promoted to Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Nardella retained the title of President of the Company and became a member of our board of directors. The severance agreement between us and Mr. Nardella has been superseded by his employment contract.

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the employment agreements with Messrs. Murphy and Nardella, and we intend to enter into new employment agreements with each of our executive officers who currently has a severance agreement, which will supersede their existing severance agreements. See “—Employment Agreements following this Offering.”

Compensation Policies and Practices.  The primary objectives of our executive compensation program are to:

 

   

attract and retain top executive talent;

 

   

achieve accountability for performance by linking annual cash incentive awards to achievement of measurable performance objectives; and

 

   

align short and longer-term incentives with equity value creation.

Our executive compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers to operate the business in a manner that best serves our clients, payors and other public partners, as well as our employees, thereby enhancing equity value. They do this by awarding a significant portion of our executives’ overall compensation based on our financial performance, specifically, revenue and achievement of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA (with certain adjustments). Our compensation philosophy provides for a direct relationship between compensation and the achievement of our goals and seeks to include management in upside rewards.

We seek to achieve an overall compensation program that provides foundational elements such as base salary and benefits, as well as an opportunity for variable incentive compensation that constitutes a significant portion of an executive officer’s annual compensation in order to drive our achievement of performance goals.

 

102


Table of Contents

Our executive compensation program is overseen by the Committee. The role of the Committee is, among other things, to review and approve salaries and other compensation of our executive officers, to review and recommend equity grants under NMH Investment’s equity plan, and to review and approve payments under the annual cash incentive plan in which the executive officers participate. During fiscal 2012, the Wilson Group (“Wilson”), a boutique consulting firm that specializes in designing compensation programs that drive organizational performance, conducted an extensive competitive analysis and review of certain compensation elements for executives. Following Wilson’s review and analysis, the Committee considered Wilson’s recommendations and approved certain changes to executive compensation.

Elements of Compensation.  Each element of the executive compensation program works to fulfill one or more of the objectives of the program. The elements of our compensation program are as follows:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

annual cash bonus incentives;

 

   

long-term incentive compensation in the form of equity-based units, including equity units which vest upon the achievement of certain investment returns by Vestar Capital Partners;

 

   

deferred compensation;

 

   

severance benefits and equity vesting upon a change in control; and

 

   

other benefits.

Base salaries for our executive officers are designed to recognize the contributions of our senior management team and provide a stable source of income in line with the market for comparable positions. Our annual bonuses are designed to reward executive officers for achievement of business performance, primarily EBITDA (with certain adjustments) and revenue. In addition, we consider quality of services managed and work performed by the executive officers. Our equity component of compensation, in the form of equity units in NMH Investment, is designed to reward equity value creation over a longer period of time.

Executive Compensation Study. With the approval of the Committee, in fiscal 2012 we retained the Wilson compensation consulting firm to evaluate our executive compensation program. Wilson conducted an extensive analysis of the competitiveness and appropriateness of our cash and equity executive compensation opportunity and made recommendations based on this analysis. Wilson conducted interviews with senior management and members of the Committee, reviewed market data from multiple commercial survey sources and reviewed public company peer group data. Set forth below is the public company peer group that Wilson used in fiscal 2012 to evaluate compensation. The companies were chosen based on industry (health and human services), and size (revenue and number of employees) as of their then-most recent SEC filings. There were 17 U.S. -based companies, with a median revenue of $1.48 billion and a median employee population of 18,800.

 

Name of Company

   Revenue
(In thousands)
     Employees  

Amsurg Corp.

   $ 710,409         3,100   

Bioscrip, Inc.

   $ 1,638,623         2,589   

Emeritus Corp.

   $ 1,007,065         29,300   

Five Star Quality Care, Inc.

   $ 1,240,728         22,500   

Gentiva Health Services, Inc.

   $ 1,447,029         18,950   

HealthSouth Corp.

   $ 1,999,300         23,000   

Healthways, Inc.

   $ 695,974         2,800   

Lincare Holdings Inc.

   $ 1,669,205         10,225   

Mednax, Inc.

   $ 1,401,559         6,270   

National Healthcare Corp.

   $ 701,594         12,760   

 

103


Table of Contents

Name of Company

   Revenue
(In thousands)
     Employees  

Providence Service Corp.

   $ 879,697         10,309   

Psychiatric Solutions, Inc.

   $ 1,805,361         23,000   

Rehabcare Group, Inc.

   $ 1,329,443         18,800   

Res-Care, Inc.

   $ 1,579,155         45,700   

Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.

   $ 820,238         9,736   

Sun Healthcare Group, Inc.

   $ 1,906,861         29,922   

Sunrise Senior Living, Inc.

   $ 1,409,501         31,700   

Wilson reviewed base salary, annual cash bonus incentives and long-term incentive compensation in the form of equity-based units of executive officers in health and human services public companies with similar revenue base and/or employee base. After completing its review, and presenting its findings to the Committee and to the Board of Directors in executive session, Wilson recommended that we: (i) increase the base salaries of our executive officers, to align them more closely with median salaries for comparably situated executive officers, and (ii) issue additional equity to the executive officers in order to more tightly align management and equity sponsor interests in creating stockholder value. Wilson did not recommend changes to the annual cash bonus incentives.

Base Salary.  Base salary provides executives with a fixed amount of compensation paid on a regular basis throughout the year. The Committee’s charter charges the Committee with reviewing and determining each executive’s base salary on an annual basis. The named executive officers’ base salaries were reviewed in December 2012 as required by the Committee’s charter. Wilson found that base salaries were significantly under market at the executive officer level and recommended increases to raise each named executive officer’s base salary to align them more closely with the median salary of their respective counterparts at companies in the public company peer group and in comparison to commercial survey data, in order to remain competitive for executive talent. The salary of Mr. Petersen, as an Operating Group President, was increased based on commercial survey data and relative to the other executive officers and the respective size of the business he manages. Effective January 1, 2013, the salary of Mr. Murphy was increased from $350,000 to $500,000; the salary of Mr. Nardella was increased from $302,500 to $400,000; the salary of Mr. Holler was increased from $285,000 to $335,000; the salary of Mr. Petersen was increased from $270,000 to $320,000; the salary of Ms. De Renzo was increased from $250,000 to $285,000; and the salary of Ms. Federico was increased from $250,000 to $280,000.

The named executive officers’ base salaries were reviewed in December 2013 as required by the Committee’s charter. The salaries of each of the named executive officers, other than Messrs. Murphy and Nardella, remain the same in fiscal year 2014. In connection with Mr. Murphy’s election to Executive Chair of the Board of Directors and resignation as Chief Executive Officer, effective as of January 1, 2014, Mr. Murphy’s salary was decreased from $500,000 to $400,000. In connection with Mr. Nardella’s promotion to Chief Executive Officer and his continuing service as President, effective January 1, 2014, Mr. Nardella’s salary was increased from $400,000 to $500,000.

Annual Incentive Compensation.  In addition to base salary, each named executive officer participates in The MENTOR Network Human Services and Corporate Management Incentive Compensation Plan, an annual cash incentive plan, which constitutes the variable, performance-based component of an executive’s annual cash compensation. The objective of this element of executive compensation is to drive individual performance and the achievement of organizational goals, particularly those pertaining to the provision of quality services. The plan provides the executive officers with the opportunity to earn significant annual cash bonuses. Wilson did not recommend any changes to the incentive compensation plan because, assuming adequate salaries, the payout opportunities were deemed adequate compared with survey data and with data for similarly situated executive officers at companies in the public company peer group and, accordingly, the payout opportunities and the plan were left unchanged in fiscal 2012.

 

104


Table of Contents

On December 20, 2012, we amended and restated The MENTOR Network Human Services and Corporate Management Incentive Compensation Plan, effective October 1, 2012. The amended and restated plan applies to fiscal years beginning with fiscal 2013. Two changes were made. First, the scorecard element was eliminated from the plan in order to simplify plan administration. Instead of an individual scorecard, named executive officers (except for the Chief Executive Officer) are assessed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President (based on whether the executive officer reports to the Chief Executive Officer or President) on the individual quality of their work (which includes workforce management and employee engagement). The Chief Executive Officer’s performance is assessed by the Committee. The assessment of each executive’s quality of work may result in a downward adjustment of up to 50% of their payout if the quality of their work is less than satisfactory. Second, the payout scale for the Operating Group targets was also modified to reflect the payout of maximum incentive compensation at a lower percentage of the target. The maximum payout of 150% would be payable for achievement of 104% of the adjusted EBITDA target for the Operating Groups, as well as for 104% of the revenue target for the Operating Groups. This change was intended to motivate Operating Group leaders to focus equally on margin and revenue growth when they are undertaking new business ventures. The payout scales for the Company-wide targets were unchanged. That is, the maximum payout of 150% is payable for achievement of 107.5% of the adjusted EBITDA and revenue targets.

For fiscal 2013, the incentive compensation payout opportunity at threshold, target and maximum performance levels was as follows:

 

Officers

   Threshold payout
(% of base
salary)
     Target payout
(% of base
salary)
     Maximum payout
(% of base
salary)
 

Mr. Murphy

     50.0         100.0         150.0   

Mr. Nardella

     37.5         75.0         112.5   

Messrs. Holler, Petersen and Mses. De Renzo and Federico

     25.0         50.0         75.0   

The annual incentive plan for fiscal 2013 was structured to provide incentive compensation based upon our and/or relevant Operating Group’s attainment of certain financial targets for fiscal 2013, which were approved by the Committee, and includes a ratings system that considers an individual participant’s quality of work or quality of services managed. The Chief Executive Officer and President are responsible for certification of the quality ratings of the executive officers and the Compensation Committee is responsible for the certification of the CEO’s quality rating.

The calculation of awards under the plan followed a two-step process in fiscal 2013.

First, a “potential payout” was calculated. As in prior years, the potential payout was based on achievement of revenue and adjusted EBITDA goals, adjusted to exclude the revenue and costs relating to companies that were acquired for more than $3 million during fiscal 2013, certain new program starts that were identified at the beginning of fiscal 2013, and operations identified as discontinued operations in our financial statements, as well as certain additional operations that were closed or sold during fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2013, adjusted EBITDA was weighted 50 percent and revenue was weighted 50 percent for all participants in the plan. The weighting reflects an equal emphasis on promoting organic growth in addition to profitability. For Mr. Peterson, an Operating Group President, our consolidated performance on these two measures was weighted 25 percent, and the Operating Group’s revenue performance was weighted 75 percent, in order to emphasize and reward expansion and performance of the relevant business organization that he manages. Potential payouts for the rest of the named executive officers were calculated based on our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and revenue results.

On November 7, 2012, the Committee approved the following financial targets for fiscal 2013:

 

     Target Revenue      Target Adjusted
EBITDA
 

Company

   $ 1,206.6 million       $ 129.2 million   

Cambridge Operating Group

   $ 376.9 million       $  51.8 million   

Redwood Operating Group

   $ 620.9 million       $  89.2 million   

 

105


Table of Contents

The Committee chose these targets as profitability continues to be a major objective of the Company, while the continuing focus on revenue is meant to incentivize management to expand the Company’s overall business in order to grow its adjusted EBITDA.

In the case of the named executive officers other than the Operating Group President, the potential payout ranges from 50% of target for achievement of 92.5% of the Adjusted EBITDA or revenue goals, to 150% of target for achievement of 107.5% of the Adjusted EBITDA or revenue goals. For Mr. Peterson, an Operating Group President, 75% of the potential payout that is based on Operating Group performance ranges from 50% of target for achievement of 92.5% of organizational unit revenue goals and 150% of target for achievement of 104.0% of organizational unit revenue and EBITDA goals and 25% of the potential payout that is based on the our consolidated performance as calculated in a manner consistent with the other named executive officers. Payouts for performance levels between threshold and target, and between target and maximum, are calculated proportionately. This year, our performance was close to the financial goals and the Redwood Operating Group, managed by Mr. Petersen, exceeded its financial goals. Performance on the respective goals for fiscal 2013 was as follows:

 

     Actual Revenue      Actual Adjusted
EBITDA
 

Company

   $  1,186.1 million       $  129.6 million   

Cambridge Operating Group

   $ 354.1 million       $ 49.9 million   

Redwood Operating Group

   $ 625.9 million       $ 93.5 million   

As a result of this performance, Mr. Petersen received 121.6% of his target payout based on achievement toward the targets by us and in excess of the targets by Redwood. The remaining named executive officers were potentially eligible to receive 96.6% of the target payout based on Company-wide financial performance.

Second, one-half of the potential payout was subject to reduction of up to 50% based on the participant’s quality of services or work. A participant could also receive no incentive payout, notwithstanding the potential payout calculation or quality rating, if he or she engaged in exceptionally poor conduct or poor performance during the fiscal year.

In fiscal 2013, Messrs. Murphy, Nardella and Holler each received a satisfactory quality rating with a reduction in incentive compensation of 2.5% in total. The Committee, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of Messrs. Nardella and Holler, decided to assign a 2.5% quality modifier primarily because we failed to achieve a satisfactory number of days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in fiscal year 2013. The quality modifier was considered in the calculation of incentive compensation because it reinforces our primary mission of providing high-quality services to individuals with disabilities and other challenges and because management strongly believes that service, quality and growth are inextricably linked, with service outcomes and the satisfaction of those we serve and our payor and referral sources driving our ability to maintain existing levels of service and expand our operation by receiving additional referrals and winning new contracts.

Based on the Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and quality ratings, Messrs. Murphy, Nardella and Holler received 94.2% of their target payout. Mr. Petersen received 121.6% of his target payout; Ms. De Renzo and Ms. Federico, who are not responsible for our DSO results, each received a satisfactory quality rating and each received 96.6% of her target payout.

Each participant may receive additional discretionary incentive compensation. In the case of executive officers, discretionary incentive compensation is determined by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Committee. In fiscal 2013, none of the named executive officers received a discretionary award.

On December 16, 2013, we amended and restated The MENTOR Network Human Services and Corporate Management Incentive Compensation Plan, effective October 1, 2013. The amended and restated plan applies to

 

106


Table of Contents

fiscal years beginning with fiscal 2014. The plan was amended to include a further modifier to the plan to increase or decrease (up to a maximum increase or decrease of ten percent (10%)) of the amount of incentive compensation to be paid to certain employees based on the DSO achieved by us as of the end of fiscal 2014 compared to the target approved by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of each fiscal year. Each of the named executive officers (other than Mses. De Renzo and Federico) is subject to the DSO modifier in the calculation of the amount of incentive compensation due to such executive officer in fiscal year 2014.

Equity-Based Compensation.  Long-term incentive compensation is provided in the form of non-voting equity units in our indirect parent company, NMH Investment, pursuant to the NMH Investment 2006 Unit Plan. The plan allows certain of our officers, employees, directors and consultants to participate in our long-term growth and financial success through acquisition of equity interests in NMH Investment, including Class B, Class C, Class D, Class E, Class F, Class G and Class H Common Units of NMH Investment. The purpose of the plan is to promote our long-term growth and profitability by aligning the interests of our management with the interests of our ultimate parent and by encouraging retention. The plan is administered by the Committee which recommends awards to the management committee of NMH Investment. The management committee determines, among other things, specific participants in the plan as well as the amount and value of any units awarded.

As part of the Merger, a pool of units had been set aside for management employees, including the named executive officers, and granted to executive officers during the second quarter of fiscal 2007. Messrs. Holler and Nardella received additional grants of B, C and D Common Units during fiscal 2007 in recognition of their promotions, and all of the named executive officers received subsequent grants of B, C and D Common Units during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. All of the Class B, C and D Common Units that had been unvested became vested during fiscal 2011 concurrently with the creation of a new pool of Class F Common Units. In June 2011, the Class F Common Units were issued to management employees, including the named executive officers. As of December 15, 2012, all of the Class F Common Units issued to the named executive officers were vested. The earned equity program was designed to motivate management to achieve financial results that would enhance the valuation of the Company upon a sale of the Company or other liquidity event. Pursuant to the terms of NMH Investment’s limited liability company agreement, holders of the Class B, C, D and F Common Units would receive distributions representing 10% of the total increase in common equity value upon a sale or other liquidity event involving NMH Investment.

Consistent with Wilson’s recommendation in fiscal 2012 and following numerous conversations between our then-current Chief Executive Officer and members of the Board of Directors in which equity compensation was considered and discussed, NMH Investment decided to grant earned equity to the executive officers and certain other senior leaders of the Company. On August 13, 2012, a new pool of Class G Common Units and Class H Common Units was created and on September 20, 2012, 1,000,000 Class H Common Units were issued to the named executive officers and other executive officers and 130,000 Class G Common Units were issued to non-executive employees and one executive officer. The Compensation Committee designed the Class H Common Units to have the potential to more tightly align management and equity sponsor interests in creating shareholder value. The Class H Common Units vest upon a sale of the Company and may receive up to 5.0% (or as little as 0.0%) of the increase in common equity value upon the sale of the Company, depending upon the multiple of investment received by Vestar and its affiliates. However, upon an initial public offering of the Company, the management committee of NMH Investment may convert the Class H Common Units into options of equivalent value if and to the extent Vestar and its affiliates achieve a certain multiple of investment. The Class G Common Units will share any common equity appreciation pro rata with the Class A Common Units, within a range from 84.9235% (assuming the Class H Common Units receive the full 5.0%) to 89.9190% (assuming the Class H Common Units do not vest) of the increase in common equity value upon a sale or other liquidity event. The Class B, C, D and F Common Units will continue to receive 10% of the equity appreciation upon a sale or other liquidity event involving NMH Investment.

In connection with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer in January 2014, NMH Investment issued 100,000 Class F Common Units and 100,000 Class H Common Units to Mr. Nardella. The Class F Common Units will vest over a three-year period.

 

107


Table of Contents

If an executive’s employment is terminated, NMH Investment may repurchase the executive’s Class B, C, D and F Common Units, and all unvested Class H Common Units will be forfeited (or Class G Common Units, as applicable). Class B, C, D and F Common Units that are already vested would be purchased for fair market value, except in the case of a termination for cause. In the case of a termination for cause, the units would be purchased at cost (or forfeited with no payment, in the case of the Class F and H Common Units, or Class G Common Units, as applicable). If an executive officer’s employment is terminated due to death, disability or retirement prior to the earlier of (i) an initial public offering by or involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) a sale of the Company, the named executive officer and each of his or her permitted transferees (collectively, the “NEO group”) has the right, subject to certain limitations, for 45 days following the six month anniversary of his or her termination, to sell to NMH Investment, on one occasion, a number of Class F Common Units equal to a specified percentage (the “specified percentage”) of the total number of Class F Common Units held by the NEO group, at a purchase price equal to fair market value (the “put right”). In order to exercise this put right, the NEO group will also be required to simultaneously sell to NMH Investment a number of Class B, C and D Common Units equal to the specified percentage of the total number of such Class B, C and D Common Units held by the NEO group. The specified percentages for each of the named executive officers are as follows: Mr. Murphy, 38.15%; Mr. Nardella, 52.23%; Mr. Holler, 65.29%; Mr. Petersen, 59.37%; Ms. De Renzo, 75.26%, and Ms. Federico, 34.61%.

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the terms of the Class H Common Units so that they vest upon the earlier to occur of a sale of the Company and the achievement of a multiple of investment return threshold by Vestar and its affiliates. Once vested, the holders of Class H Units are entitled to receive between 0.0% and 5.0% of the common equity value distributed by NMH Investment to its unitholders depending upon the multiple of investment achieved by Vestar and its affiliates.

Deferred Compensation.  Under the National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, the named executive officers receive an allocation to their account based on a percentage of base salary, as follows: Mr. Murphy, 13%; Mr. Nardella, 12%; Mr. Holler, 11%; and Mr. Petersen, Ms. De Renzo and Ms. Federico, 9%. These allocations are made as of the end of the plan year, December 31, for service rendered during the prior fiscal year. The balances earn a return, which for plan years 2013, 2012 and 2011, was a fixed rate of 6%. The plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement, which provides deferred compensation to the executive officers. We may make additional discretionary allocations to the plan, although we did not do so in fiscal 2013. A participant’s account balance is 100% vested and non-forfeitable and will be distributed to a participant following his or her retirement or termination from us, disability or death, or at our direction under certain circumstances. In connection with Mr. Nardella’s promotion, the percentage of base salary allocated to Mr. Nardella as of January 1, 2014 will be increased to 13%.

A 401(k) plan is available to eligible employees, including the named executive officers. Under the plan, we may make an annual discretionary matching contribution and/or profit-sharing contribution. To supplement the 401(k) plan, the National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferral Plan is available to highly compensated employees (as defined by Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), including the named executive officers. Participants may contribute up to 100% of salary and/or incentive compensation bonus earned during the plan year. This plan is a nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement and is coordinated with our 401(k) plan so as to maximize a participant’s contributions and the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(k) plan, with the residual remaining in the Executive Deferral Plan. Amounts contributed to the 401(k) and/or Executive Deferral Plan are matched by us up to 1.5% of base salary. Distributions are made upon a participant’s termination of employment, disability, death, retirement or at a time specified by the participant when he or she makes a deferral election. Participants can elect to have distributions made in a lump sum or in monthly installments over a five-year period. A specific-date election may be made only in a lump sum. We have established a grantor trust to accumulate assets to provide for the obligations under the plan. Any assets of the grantor trust are subject to the claims of our general creditors.

 

108


Table of Contents

Severance and Change-in-Control Benefits.  As part of the Merger, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Murphy, which was further amended on December 16. 2013, effective as of January 1, 2014, and entered into severance agreements with each of the other named executive officers who were employed by us at that time. Ms. Federico entered into a severance agreement when she joined us in December 2008. Each of these agreements provides for severance benefits to be paid to the named executive officer if the Company terminates his or her employment without “cause” or he or she resigns for “good reason”, each as defined in the applicable agreement. See “—Severance Agreements”. Mr. Nardella’s severance agreement was superseded effective as of January 1, 2014, by his employment agreement with us.

If any of the named executive officers terminates employment, for any reason other than by us for cause, he or she would be entitled to receive fair market value for his or her vested Class B, C, D and F Common Units. Under each executive officer’s management unit subscription agreement, NMH Investment has the right to repurchase the units upon termination of employment. Fair market value is as determined in good faith by the management committee of NMH Investment (valuing the Company and its subsidiaries as a going concern, disregarding any discount for minority interest or marketability of the units).

In addition, upon a change in control of the Company, the Class H Common Units will vest immediately. We believe that this accelerated vesting could align the interests of the named executive officers with the interests of the indirect parent of the Company in the event of a sale of the Company by encouraging the named executive officers to remain with us and enhancing their focus on us during a sale of the Company.

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the employment agreements with Messrs. Murphy and Nardella, and we intend to enter into new employment agreements with each of our executive officers who currently has a severance agreement, which will supersede their existing severance agreements. See “—Employment Agreements following this Offering.”

Other Benefits.  The named executive officers are entitled to participate in group health and welfare benefits on the same basis as all regular, full-time employees. These benefits include medical, dental, vision care, flexible spending accounts, term life insurance, short-term and long-term disability insurance and other benefits. In addition, all employees, including the executive officers, have the option of purchasing supplemental group term life insurance for themselves as well as coverage for their spouses and dependent children. Executive officers may also elect to receive Company-paid parking (plus gross-up for tax liability) and supplemental disability insurance and long-term care insurance, with the premiums paid for by us.

Compensation Risk.  The Compensation Committee has considered the compensation policies and practices throughout the Company to assess the risks presented by such policies and practices. Based on this review, we have determined that such policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. In reaching this determination, we have taken into account the following design elements of our compensation programs and policies and practices: mixture of cash and equity opportunities, use of performance-based pay vehicles, use of financial metrics that are easily capable of review and avoidance of uncapped rewards.

 

109


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
    Salary
($) (a)
    Bonus
($) (b)
    Equity
Awards
($) (c)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($) (d)
    Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($) (e)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (f)
    Total
($)
 

Edward M. Murphy

    2013        461,923        —         —         470,858        12,577        82,269        1,027,627   

Executive Chair (former Chief Executive Officer)

    2012        350,000        —         —         335,760        11,217        68,092        765,068   
    2011        350,000        175,000        715,270        302,406        4,585        112,526        1,659,787   

Bruce F. Nardella

    2013        375,250        —         —         282,515        61,289        57,354        776,408   

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2012        302,500        —         —         217,644        47,829        48,097        616,070   
    2011        302,500        150,000        464,730        196,025        3,204        77,535        1,193,994   

Denis M. Holler

    2013        322,308        —         —         157,737        65,449        47,613        593,107   

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

    2012        285,000        —         —         136,702        73,353        43,318        538,373   
    2011        280,962        135,000        362,730        123,123        3,110        72,653        977,578   

David M. Petersen

    2013        305,417        —         —         194,635        15,720        40,667        556,439   

President, Redwood Operating Group

    2012        270,000        —         —         149,041        17,192        36,600        472,833   
    2011        265,833        112,000        321,076        116,643        3,096        59,157        877,805   

Linda De Renzo

    2013        276,115        —         —         137,635        5,225        35,794        454,770   

Chief Legal Officer

    2012        250,000        —         —         129,914        4,042        33,351        417,307   
    2011        243,942        108,500        244,809        108,003        1,880        73,517        780,651   

Kathleen P. Federico

    2013        267,308        —         —         135,221        36,151        34,979        473,659   

Chief Human Resources Officer

               

 

(a) Includes individual’s pre-tax contributions to health plans and contributions to retirement plans.
(b) During fiscal 2011, all the named executive officers received discretionary recognition bonuses, and Ms. De Renzo received an additional $8,500 bonus as part of a retroactive salary adjustment.
(c) Figures represent respective grant date fair value of the Class H Common Units and Class F Common Units awarded during fiscal 2011, respectively, under the NMH Investment, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan (as amended) in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (ASC 718, formerly FAS 123R). Please refer to Note 19 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein for the relevant assumptions used to determine the compensation expense of our equity awards. The figures in this column also represent the value of the Class H Common Unit awards at the grant date assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved, in accordance with an analysis performed as of September 30, 2012.
(d) Represents cash bonuses under The MENTOR Network Human Services and Corporate Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
(e) Represents earnings in excess of 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and the Executive Deferral Plan.
(f) Includes Company contributions to the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and the Company match on executive contributions to the 401(k) plan and Executive Deferral Plan. The amounts in this column were estimated at the time and have not been restated, as any differences were immaterial. Also included are Company paid parking, tax gross-ups for Company paid parking, imputed income on group term life insurance premiums and Company contributions for supplemental disability insurance and long-term care insurance premiums available to the executive officers. For fiscal 2013, the components of All Other Compensation were as follows:

 

    Company
Contributions

to Executive
Deferred
Compensation
Plan ($)
    Company
Match on
Contributions
to 401(k) and
Executive
Deferral Plan
($)
    Company
Paid  Parking
($)
    Gross-ups
($)
    Group
Term  Life
Insurance
($)
    Supplemental
Disability
Insurance ($)
    Long-Term
Care

Insurance
($)
 

Edward M. Murphy

    60,125        3,806        1,320        614        3,038        5,563        7,803   

Bruce F. Nardella

    45,075        3,806        1,320        614        1,642        2,313        2,583   

Denis M. Holler

    35,475        3,806        1,320        614        1,386        2,565        2,446   

David M. Petersen

    27,675        3,806        —         —          2,360        3,652        3,174   

Linda De Renzo

    24,863        3,806        1,320        614        617        2,162        2,412   

Kathleen P. Federico

    24,075        3,806        1,320        614        590        2,162        2,412   

 

110


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2013

Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan

 

Name

   Threshold
(a) ($)
     Target
(a) ($)
     Maximum
(a) ($)
 

Edward M. Murphy

     250,000         500,000         750,000   

Bruce F. Nardella

     150,000         300,000         450,000   

Denis M. Holler

     83,750         167,500         251,250   

David M. Petersen

     80,000         160,000         240,000   

Linda De Renzo

     71,250         142,500         213,750   

Kathleen P. Federico

     70,000         140,000         210,000   

 

(a) Amounts represent potential payouts relating to fiscal 2013 under The MENTOR Network Human Services and Corporate Management Incentive Compensation Plan, based on percentages of base salary as in effect at September 30, 2013. For a description of the plan, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Incentive Compensation”.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2013 Year-End

Shares and stock options are not included in this table because none were issued during the fiscal year and none were outstanding at fiscal year-end.

 

    Equity Incentive Plan Awards  

Name

  Number and Class
of Earned Units
Not Vested (#)
    Payout Value
of Earned  Units
Not Vested ($) (g)
    Number and Class
of Unearned Units
Not Vested (#)
    Payout Value
of Unearned
Units Not
Vested ($) (g)
 

Edward M. Murphy

    664.13 B Common Units(a)        345.35       
    696.90 C Common Units(a)        348.45       
    26,095.96 D Common Units(a)        12,526.06       
    6,737.50 B Common Units(b)        3,503.50       
    7,070.00 C Common Units(b)        3,535.00       
    7,490.00 D Common Units(b)        3,595.20       
    701,245.51 F Common Units(c)        329,585.39       
        200,000 H Common Units(d)        —    

Bruce F. Nardella

    664.13 B Common Units(a)        345.35       
    696.90 C Common Units(a)        348.45       
    21,723.95 D Common Units(a)        10,427.50       
    962.50 B Common Units(e)        500.50       
    1,010.00 C Common Units(e)        505.00       
    1,070.00 D Common Units(e)        513.60       
    5,775.00 B Common Units(b)        3,003.00       
    6,060.00 C Common Units(b)        3,030.00       
    6,420.00 D Common Units(b)        3,081.60       
    455,617.52 F Common Units(c)        214,140.23       
        150,000 H Common Units(d)        —    

Denis M. Holler

    664.13 B Common Units(a)        345.35       
    696.90 C Common Units(a)        348.45       
    21,723.95 D Common Units(a)        10,427.50       
    481.25 B Common Units(e)        250.25       
    505.00 C Common Units(e)        252.50       
    535.00 D Common Units(e)        256.80       
    6,256.25 B Common Units(b)        3,253.25       
    6,565.00 C Common Units(b)        3,282.50       
    6,955.00 D Common Units(b)        3,338.40       
    355,617.52 F Common Units(c)        167,140.23       
        150,000 H Common Units(d)        —    

David M. Petersen

    664.13 B Common Units(a)        345.35       
    696.90 C Common Units(a)        348.45       
    15,603.14 D Common Units(a)        7,489.51       
    5,775.00 B Common Units(b)        3,003.00       
    6,060.00 C Common Units(b)        3,030.00       
    6,420.00 D Common Units(b)        3,081.60       
    314,780.83 F Common Units(c)        147,946.99       
        100,000 H Common Units(d)        —    

 

111


Table of Contents
    Equity Incentive Plan Awards  

Name

  Number and Class
of Earned Units
Not Vested (#)
    Payout Value
of Earned  Units
Not Vested ($) (g)
    Number and Class
of Unearned Units
Not Vested (#)
    Payout Value
of Unearned
Units Not
Vested ($) (g)
 

Linda De Renzo

    664.13 B Common Units(a)        345.35       
    696.90 C Common Units(a)        348.45       
    13,854.33 D Common Units(a)        6,650.08       
    6,256.25 B Common Units(b)        3,253.25       
    6,565.00 C Common Units(b)        3,282.50       
    6,955.00 D Common Units(b)        3,338.40       
    240,008.39 F Common Units(c)        112,803.94       
        100,000 H Common Units(d)        —    

Kathleen P. Federico

    4,990.33 B Common Units(f)        2,594.97       
    5,236.60 C Common Units(f)        2,618.30       
    5,547.68 D Common Units(f)        2,662.89       
    259,225.39 F Common Units(c)        121,835.93       
        100,000 H Common Units(d)        —    

 

(a) Granted on August 22, 2008 in connection with compensatory grants under the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan, as amended. The units fully vested on May 10, 2011. Because payment of the value of the B, C and D Common Units is deferred until termination of a recipient’s employment with the Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all such awards under the column for equity incentive plan awards that have been earned but have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation”.
(b) Granted on January 12, 2007 in connection with the initial compensatory grants under the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan. The units fully vested on May 10, 2011. Because payment of the value of the B, C and D Common Units is deferred until termination of a recipient’s employment with the Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all such awards under the column for equity incentive plan awards that have been earned but have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation”.
(c) Granted on June 15, 2011, in connection with compensatory grants under the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan, as amended. The units were 75% vested upon grant date, and the remaining 25% vested on December 15, 2012. Because payment of the value of the F Common Units is deferred until termination of a recipient’s employment with the Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all such awards under the column for equity incentive plan awards that have been earned but have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation”. The F Common Units are subject to a put right of the named executive officers, as described under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation”.
(d) Granted on September 20, 2012 in connection with compensatory grants under the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan, as amended. The units will vest if and to the extent that the multiple of investment received by Vestar and its affiliates meets or exceeds 1.5. Because payment of the value of the H Common Units is deferred until the occurrence of a specified liquidity threshold, we have included all such awards under the column for equity incentive plan awards that have not been earned and have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation”.
(e) Granted on August 14, 2007 under the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan, as amended, in recognition of the named executive officer’s promotion. The units fully vested on May 10, 2011, to the extent not already vested. Because payment of the value of the B, C and D Common Units is deferred until termination of a recipient’s employment with the Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all such awards under the column for equity incentive plan awards that have been earned but have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation”.
(f) Granted on April 7, 2009 in connection with compensatory grants under the NMH Investment, LLC 2006 Unit Plan, as amended. The units fully vested on May 10, 2011, to the extent not already vested. Because payment of the value of the B, C and D Common Units is deferred until termination of a recipient’s employment with the Company or the occurrence of a liquidity event, we have included all such awards under the column for equity incentive plan awards that have been earned but have not vested. Vesting is explained in more detail above, under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation”.
(g) Payout value represents fair market value determined as of fiscal year-end, which has been determined to be $0.52 per Class B Common Unit, $0.50 per Class C Common Unit, $0.48 per Class D Common Unit, $0.47 per Class F Common Unit and $0.00 per Class H Common Unit. For purposes of calculating fair market value, we assumed hypothetical transaction costs in a change in control of the Company.

 

112


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

No options were issued, outstanding or exercised during fiscal 2013. For purposes of this disclosure item, certain of the units vested during fiscal 2013 such that if the named executive officer terminated his or her employment voluntarily during fiscal 2013 and NMH Investment had elected to repurchase his or her units, it would have been required to repurchase them at fair market value. The units that vested in fiscal 2013 are set forth in the table below.

 

Name

   Number of F Common
Units Acquired on
Vesting
 

Edward M. Murphy

     175,311.38   

Bruce F. Nardella

     113,904.38   

Denis M. Holler

     88,904.38   

David M. Petersen

     78,695.21   

Linda De Renzo

     60,002.10   

Kathleen P. Federico

     6,486.35   

Pension Benefits

We do not have any pension plans.

Fiscal 2013 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last
Fiscal Year
($) (a)(b)
     Company
Contributions
in Last
Fiscal Year
($) (b)(c)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in Last
Fiscal
Year
($) (b)(d)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($) (e)
     Aggregate
Balance
at
Last
Fiscal
Year End
($) (f)
 

Edward M. Murphy

     13,771         63,931         27,268         —          535,367   

Bruce F. Nardella

     51,750         48,881         81,011         2,750         701,681   

Denis M. Holler

     8,400         39,281         94,732         31         930,256   

David M. Petersen

     37,260         31,481         28,552         8,800         451,747   

Linda De Renzo

     5,509         28,669         11,231         4,720         223,320   

Kathleen P. Federico

     27,580         27,881         45,409         1,900         326,083   

 

(a) Represents amounts contributed to the Executive Deferral Plan during fiscal 2013. The Executive Deferral Plan is available to highly compensated employees to supplement the 401(k) plan. For details about the plan, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Deferred Compensation”, above.
(b) All of the amounts reported under “Executive Contributions in Last Fiscal Year” and “Company Contributions in Last Fiscal Year” are reported as compensation for fiscal 2013 in the Summary Compensation Table. Under “Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year”, the following amounts are reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table that were in excess of 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate are as follows:

 

Edward M. Murphy

   $ 12,577   

Bruce F. Nardella

     61,289   

Denis M. Holler

     65,449   

David M. Petersen

     15,720   

Linda De Renzo

     5,225   

Kathleen P. Federico

     36,151   

 

(c)

Represents Company match (up to 1.5% of base salary) on executive contributions to the Executive Deferral Plan, plus Company contributions to the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. The Executive Deferred

 

113


Table of Contents
  Compensation Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement to provide deferred compensation to executive officers. For details about both these plans, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Deferred Compensation” above.
(d) Represents the 6% return credited to the participant’s account in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for balances in fiscal 2013, plus the executives’ respective returns for amounts invested in the Executive Deferral Plan.
(e) Represents amounts withdrawn from the Executive Deferral Plan and deposited into the executive’s respective 401(k) account in accordance with IRS rules.
(f) Represents aggregate balances in Executive Deferral Plan and Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for each executive as of fiscal year-end. Of the amounts in this column, the following amounts have been reported as Company contributions in the All Other Compensation column in the Summary Compensation Table for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011.

 

     Fiscal
2013
     Fiscal
2012
     Fiscal
2011
 

Edward M. Murphy

   $ 63,931       $ 49,231       $ 94,675   

Bruce F. Nardella

     48,881         40,031         69,831   

Denis M. Holler

     39,281         35,081         64,358   

David M. Petersen

     31,481         28,031         50,625   

Linda De Renzo

     28,669         26,231         66,725   

Kathleen P. Federico

     27,881         N/A         N/A   

Severance and Employment Agreements

Mr. Murphy entered into an amended and restated employment agreement at the time of the Merger, which was amended in 2009 (for compliance with Section 409A under the Internal Revenue Code) and further amended and restated on December 16, 2013, effective as of January 1, 2014, to reflect his resignation as Chief Executive Officer and his election to Executive Chair of the board of directors of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Employment Agreement”). The initial term of the further Amended and Restated Employment Agreement is one year, after which the agreement renews automatically each year for a one-year term, unless terminated earlier by the parties. The Amended and Restated Employment Agreement provides for a base salary of $400,000 per year, subject to review and adjustment from time to time, with an annual bonus from the incentive compensation plan equal to no less than Mr. Murphy’s base salary if the Company reaches certain yearly determined performance objectives. Under the terms of the agreement, if Mr. Murphy is terminated by the Company without “cause” or Mr. Murphy resigns with “good reason”, the Company is obligated to continue to pay him his base salary and targeted incentive compensation for two years following the date of such termination, as well as a pro rata incentive compensation amount for the year in which such termination occurs. The definition of “cause” includes the commission of fraud or embezzlement, an indictment or conviction for a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, willful misconduct, violation of any material written policy of the Company, material neglect of duties, failure to comply with reasonable Board directives and material breach of any agreement with the Company or its securityholders or affiliates. The definition of “good reason” includes a material change in title, duties and responsibilities, a reduction in Mr. Murphy’s annual base salary or annual bonus opportunity (subject to certain exclusions), a material breach by the Company of the amended and restated employment agreement, and relocation of Mr. Murphy’s principal place of work from its current location to a location that is beyond a 50-mile radius of such location.

The Amended and Restated Employment Agreement contains provisions pursuant to which Mr. Murphy has agreed not to disclose our confidential information. Mr. Murphy has also agreed not to solicit our employees or contractors, nor compete with us for a period of two years after his employment with us has been terminated.

Messrs. Holler, Nardella and Petersen and Ms. De Renzo entered severance agreements with us at the time of the Merger, and Ms. Federico entered into the same form of severance agreement upon her hire in December 2008. These agreements were amended and restated during the first quarter of fiscal 2009 for

 

114


Table of Contents

compliance with Section 409A under the Internal Revenue Code. Pursuant to these agreements, in the event that the employment of any such employees is terminated by the Company without “cause” or the named executive officer resigns with “good reason”, they will be, subject to execution and non-revocation of a release, entitled to (i) the payment of an aggregate amount equal to their base salary for one year, (ii) the payment of an amount equal to their annual cash bonuses earned in the year prior to their termination and (iii) continued coverage under our health, medical and welfare benefit plans for a period of one year from the date of termination. “Cause” and “good reason” are defined as such terms are defined in Mr. Murphy’s Amended and Restated Employment Agreement. The severance agreements also contain provisions pursuant to which the executive officer agrees not to disclose our confidential information at any time, or solicit our employees or contractors or compete with us for a period of one year after his or her employment with us has been terminated.

On December 16, 2013, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Bruce Nardella, effective as of January 1, 2014, in connection with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The employment agreement has an initial term of three years, after which the agreement renews automatically each year for a one-year term, unless terminated earlier by the parties. The employment agreement provides for a base salary of $500,000 per year, subject to review and adjustment from time to time, with an annual bonus from the incentive compensation plan equal to no less than Mr. Nardella’s base salary if the Company reaches certain yearly determined performance objectives. Under the terms of the agreement, if Mr. Nardella is terminated by the Company without “cause” or Mr. Nardella resigns with “good reason”, the Company is obligated to continue to pay him his base salary and targeted incentive compensation for two years following the date of such termination, as well as a pro rata incentive compensation amount for the year in which such termination occurs. The definition of “cause” includes the commission of fraud or embezzlement, an indictment or conviction for a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, willful misconduct, violation of any material written policy of the Company, material neglect of duties, failure to comply with reasonable Board directives and material breach of any agreement with the Company or its securityholders or affiliates. The definition of “good reason” includes a material change in title, duties and responsibilities, a material reduction in Mr. Nardella’s annual base salary or annual bonus opportunity (subject to certain exclusions), a material breach by the Company of the amended and restated employment agreement, and relocation of Mr. Nardella’s principal place of work from its current location to a location that is beyond a 50-mile radius of such location.

Mr. Nardella’s employment agreement contains provisions pursuant to which Mr. Nardella has agreed not to disclose our confidential information. Mr. Nardella has also agreed not to solicit our employees or contractors, nor compete with us for a period of two years after his employment with us has been terminated.

Mr. Nardella’s severance agreement was superseded effective as of January 1, 2014 by his employment agreement.

Employment Agreements following this Offering

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the employment agreements with Messrs. Murphy and Nardella. The amended employment agreements are expected to retain the terms of their existing employment agreements, except that the amended employment agreements will provide that (i) if Mr. Murphy or Mr. Nardella is terminated due to death or disability or in connection with a change of control, he will be entitled to accelerated vesting of a pro rata portion of his unvested time-based equity awards and accelerated vesting of other awards and (ii) the payment of severance benefits will be conditioned upon the execution and non-revocation of a release. The amended employment agreements will revise the definition of the scope of our business for purposes of the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions set forth therein. Except as described above, the terms of the employment agreements with Messrs. Murphy and Nardella are not expected to change.

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new employment agreements with each of our executive officers who currently has a severance agreement (including Messrs. Holler and Petersen and Ms. De Renzo and Ms. Federico, who are named executive officers), which will supersede their existing severance agreements with us. The employment agreements will address the terms not covered by the existing severance agreements, including (i) making explicit that the agreement has a term of one year with automatic

 

115


Table of Contents

renewals unless terminated in accordance with the agreement, (ii) specifying the individual’s position, duties, annual base salary and target bonus and (iii) providing for customary business expense reimbursement. The employment agreements for these executive officers will provide that if the executive officer is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason,” he or she will be, subject to execution and non-revocation of a release, entitled to (i) continued payment of his or her base salary for one year, (ii) payment of an amount equal to his or her target bonus, (iii) payment of a pro rata bonus for the year in which such termination occurs if termination occurs within the second half of the year and (iv) a monthly payment of $2,000 for 24 months in lieu of continued coverage under our health, medical and welfare benefit plans. If the executive officer is terminated due to death or disability, he or she will be entitled to (i) payment of a pro rata bonus for the year in which such termination occurs, and (ii) accelerated vesting of a pro rata portion of his or her unvested time based equity awards and accelerated vesting of other equity awards. If the executive officer is terminated (other than for cause and other than due to death or disability) within six months prior to or 24 months following a Change in Control, he or she will be entitled to (1) the same severance payments as provided for in the event of a termination with “cause” or for “good reason,” except that the payment of his or her base salary will continue for 18 months instead of 12 months following such termination and (2) the same acceleration of equity as provided with respect to death or disability. In addition the new employment agreements are expected to update the description of the scope of our business for purposes of the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions set forth therein.

The terms of the new and amended employment agreements are under discussion, and accordingly their definitive terms may vary from those described above.

Estimated Severance and Change-in-Control Payments

Mr. Murphy’s amended and restated employment agreement and the severance agreements of the other named executive officers provide for severance benefits in the event of termination under certain circumstances. The following table shows the amount of potential severance benefits for the named executive officers pursuant to their employment or severance arrangements, assuming the named executive officer was terminated under circumstances qualifying for the benefits and that termination occurred as of September 30, 2013, our fiscal year-end. The table also shows the estimated present value of continuing coverage for the benefits and the amount that would be paid for the repurchase of the B, C, D and F Common Units in NMH Investment, assuming a termination without cause.

 

Name

   Salary
($) (a)
     Bonus
($) (b)
     Repurchase of
Restricted
B, C, D and F
Common
Units ($) (c)
     Value of
Continued
Benefits
($) (d)
     Total
($)
 

Edward M. Murphy

     1,000,000         1,470,858         353,439         65,460         2,889,757   

Bruce F. Nardella

     400,000         282,515         235,895         21,566         939,976   

Denis M. Holler

     335,000         157,737         188,895         26,768         708,400   

David M. Petersen

     320,000         194,635         165,245         23,512         703,392   

Linda De Renzo

     285,000         137,635         130,022         5,389         558,046   

Kathleen P. Federico

     280,000         135,221         129,712         5,155         550,088   

 

(a) Under Mr. Murphy’s employment agreement, salary would continue for two years. For each of the other named executive officers, salary would have continued for one year upon a termination as of September 30, 2013. These amounts would be payable over time in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Effective as of January 1, 2014, under Mr. Nardella’s employment agreement, Mr. Nardella’s salary would continue for two years.
(b)

Mr. Murphy would receive an amount equal to his target annual bonus of 100 percent of base salary under the incentive compensation plan for two years after termination. Each of the other named executive officers would have received an amount equal to the actual annual bonus for the prior fiscal year upon a termination as of September 30, 2013. Effective as of January 1, 2014, under Mr. Murphy’s further amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Murphy would receive an amount equal to his target bonus of 100% of his salary under the incentive compensation plan for two years after termination. Effective January 1, 2014,

 

116


Table of Contents
  under Mr. Nardella’s employment agreement, Mr. Nardella would receive an amount equal to his target bonus of 100% of his salary under the incentive compensation plan for two years after termination. These amounts would be payable over time in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices.
(c) Represents the amount the executive officer would receive for the Class B, C, D and F Common Units, including the original purchase price. The units may be repurchased upon the executive officer’s termination. Assuming a termination without cause on September 30, 2013, the named executive officers would receive fair market value determined as of year-end to be $0.52 per Class B Common Unit, $0.50 per Class C Common Unit, $0.48 per Class D Common Unit, $0.47 per Class F Common Unit. For all of the Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units, Class D Common Units and Class F Common Units, as set forth below:

 

     Number of
Class B
Common
Units
Purchased at
Fair Market
Value
     Number of
Class C
Common
Units
Purchased at
Fair Market
Value
     Number of
Class D
Common
Units
Purchased at
Fair Market
Value
     Number of
Class F
Common
Units
Purchased at
Fair Market
Value
 

Edward M. Murphy

     7,402         7,767         33,586         701,246   

Bruce F. Nardella

     7,402         7,767         29,214         455,618   

Denis M. Holler

     7,402         7,767         29,214         355,618   

David M. Petersen

     6,439         6,757         22,023         314,781   

Linda De Renzo

     6,920         7,262         20,809         240,008   

Kathleen P. Federico

     4,990         5,237         5,548         259,225   

For purposes of calculating fair market value, we assumed hypothetical transaction costs assuming a change in control of the Company. The purchase price may be paid in the form of a promissory note at the discretion of NMH Investment.

 

(d) Mr. Murphy would continue to participate in health and welfare benefit plans at the Company’s expense for two years. All other named executive officers would participate in the health and welfare benefit plans for one year. Amounts are estimated based on the respective named executive officer’s current benefit elections. Effective as of January 1, 2014, Messrs. Murphy and Nardella are permitted to participate in the health and welfare benefit plans at their own expense.

Neither Mr. Murphy’s employment agreement nor the named executive officer’s severance agreements contain provisions for payments upon a change of control of the Company. However, assuming a change of control occurred at September 30, 2013, the Company’s fiscal year-end, under the governing documents, all of the H Common Units would vest. The payout based on estimated fair market value of each named executive officer’s B, C, D, F and H Common Units, as of September 30, 2013, would be as set forth in the following table.

 

Name

   Class B
Common
Units ($)
     Class C
Common
Units ($)
     Class D
Common
Units ($)
     Class F
Common
Units ($)
     Class H
Common
Units ($)
     Total ($)  

Edward M. Murphy

     3,849         3,883         16,121         329,586         —          353,439   

Bruce F. Nardella

     3,849         3,883         14,023         214,140         —          235,895   

Denis M. Holler

     3,849         3,883         14,023         167,140         —          188,895   

David M. Petersen

     3,348         3,379         10,571         147,947         —          165,245   

Linda De Renzo

     3,599         3,631         9,988         112,804         —          130,022   

Kathleen P. Federico

     2,595         2,618         2,663         121,836         —          129,712   

For purposes of calculating fair market value, we assumed hypothetical transaction costs assuming a change in control of the Company. As of fiscal year-end the fair market value has been determined to be $0.52 per Class B Common Unit, $0.50 per Class C Common Unit, $0.48 per Class D Common Unit, $0.47 per Class F Common Unit and $0.00 per Class H Common Unit. The purchase price may be paid in the form of a promissory note at the discretion of NMH Investment.

 

117


Table of Contents

2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2014 Incentive Plan”). The 2014 Incentive Plan will provide for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and other cash-based awards. Directors, officers and other employees of us and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, will be eligible for grants under the 2014 Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2014 Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate high performing officers, directors, employees and consultants by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in our long-term success or compensation based on their performance in fulfilling their personal responsibilities. Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the 2014 Incentive Plan. For further information about the 2014 Incentive Plan, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2014 Incentive Plan.

Administration

The 2014 Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. Among the Compensation Committee’s powers will be to determine the form, amount and other terms and conditions of awards; clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in any provision of the 2014 Incentive Plan or any award agreement; amend the terms of outstanding awards; and adopt such rules, forms, instruments and guidelines for administering the 2014 Incentive Plan as it deems necessary or proper. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to administer and interpret the 2014 Incentive Plan, to grant discretionary awards under the 2014 Incentive Plan, to determine the persons to whom awards will be granted, to determine the types of awards to be granted, to determine the terms and conditions of each award, to determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award, to make all other determinations in connection with the 2014 Incentive Plan and the awards thereunder as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable and to delegate authority under the 2014 Incentive Plan to our executive officers.

Available Shares

The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2014 Incentive Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted will initially be 3,325,500 shares. This amount will automatically increase on the first day each fiscal year the 2014 Incentive Plan is in effect by 3.0% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or a lesser amount determined by the Compensation Committee. The number of shares that will be available for issuance under the 2014 Incentive Plan may be subject to adjustment in the event of a reorganization, stock split, merger or similar change in the corporate structure or the outstanding shares of common stock. In the event of any of these occurrences, we may make any adjustments we consider appropriate to, among other things, the number and kind of shares, options or other property available for issuance under the plan or covered by grants previously made under the plan. The shares that will be available for issuance under the plan may be, in whole or in part, either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. In general, if awards under the 2014 Incentive Plan are for any reason cancelled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the shares covered by such awards may again be available for the grant of awards under the 2014 Incentive Plan. The maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which incentive stock options may be granted is 3,000,000 shares. The maximum grant date fair value of any award granted to any non-employee director during any fiscal year shall not exceed $750,000; provided that the committee may grant awards in excess of such limit to any non-employee director upon a finding by the committee that such non-employee director has or will provide extraordinary services to the Company in such fiscal year.

The maximum number of shares of our common stock with respect to which any stock option, stock appreciation right, shares of restricted stock or other stock-based awards that will be subject to the attainment of specified performance goals and intended to satisfy Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and may be granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan during any fiscal year to any eligible individual will be 3,000,000 shares (per type of award). The total number of shares of our common stock subject to the award of stock options or stock appreciation rights that may be granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan

 

118


Table of Contents

during any fiscal year to any eligible individual will be 3,000,000 shares. There are no annual limits on the number of shares of our common stock with respect to an award of restricted stock that are not subject to the attainment of specified performance goals to eligible individuals. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code for awards under the Plan to qualify as “performance-based compensation,” the following individual participant limitations will apply after the expiration of certain “transition periods” available under Section 162(m) (which, generally, exempt certain grants made pursuant to plans that were in place prior to the consummation of this offering): (a) the maximum number of shares of our common stock subject to any performance award which may be granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan during any fiscal year to any eligible individual will be 3,000,000 shares and, (b) the maximum value of a cash payment made under a performance award which may be granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan during any fiscal year to any eligible individual will be $5,000,000.

Eligibility for Participation

Members of our Board of Directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates will be eligible to receive awards under the 2014 Incentive Plan.

Award Agreement

Awards granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan will be evidenced by award agreements, which need not be identical, that provide additional terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations covering the grant of the award, including, without limitation, additional terms providing for the acceleration of exercisability or vesting of awards in the event of a change of control or conditions regarding the participant’s employment, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Stock Options

The Compensation Committee will be able to grant nonqualified stock options to eligible individuals and incentive stock options only to eligible employees. The Compensation Committee will determine the number of shares of our common stock subject to each option, the term of each option, which may not exceed ten years, or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder, the exercise price, the vesting schedule, if any, and the other material terms of each option. Other than in connection with certain substitutions of options in connection with “corporate transactions” (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.424-1(a)(3)), no incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option may have an exercise price less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of grant or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder, 110% of such share’s fair market value. Options will be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee at grant and the exercisability of such options may be accelerated by the Compensation Committee.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Compensation Committee will be able to grant stock appreciation rights, which we refer to as SARs, either with a stock option, which may be exercised only at such times and to the extent the related option is exercisable, which we refer to as a Tandem SAR, or independent of a stock option, which we refer to as a Non-Tandem SAR. A SAR is a right to receive a payment in shares of our common stock or cash, as determined by the Compensation Committee, equal in value to the excess of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price per share established in connection with the grant of the SAR. The term of each SAR may not exceed ten years. The exercise price per share covered by a SAR will be the exercise price per share of the related option in the case of a Tandem SAR and will be the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant in the case of a Non-Tandem SAR. The Compensation Committee will also be able to grant limited SARs, either as Tandem SARs or Non-Tandem SARs, which may become exercisable only upon the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the 2014 Incentive Plan, or such other event as the Compensation Committee may designate at the time of grant or thereafter.

 

119


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock

The Compensation Committee will be able to award shares of restricted stock. Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee upon the award of restricted stock, the recipient will generally have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote the shares of restricted stock and, conditioned upon full vesting of shares of restricted stock, the right to tender such shares, subject to the conditions and restrictions generally applicable to restricted stock or specifically set forth in the recipient’s restricted stock agreement. The Compensation Committee will be able to determine at the time of award that the payment of dividends, if any, will be deferred until the expiration of the applicable restriction period.

Recipients of restricted stock will be required to enter into a restricted stock agreement with us that states the restrictions to which the shares are subject, which may include satisfaction of pre-established performance goals, and the criteria or date or dates on which such restrictions will lapse.

If the grant of restricted stock or the lapse of the relevant restrictions is based on the attainment of performance goals, the Compensation Committee will establish for each recipient the applicable performance goals, formulae or standards and the applicable vesting percentages with reference to the attainment of such goals or satisfaction of such formulae or standards while the outcome of the performance goals are substantially uncertain. Such performance goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding, or adjusting for, changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions, including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions, and other similar events or circumstances. Section 162(m) of the Code requires that performance awards be based upon objective performance measures. The performance goals for performance-based restricted stock will be based on one or more of the objective criteria set forth on Exhibit A to the 2014 Incentive Plan and are discussed in general below.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Compensation Committee will be able to, subject to limitations under applicable law, make a grant of such other stock-based awards, including, without limitation, performance units, dividend equivalent units, stock equivalent units, restricted stock and deferred stock units under the 2014 Incentive Plan that are payable in cash or denominated or payable in or valued by shares of our common stock or factors that influence the value of such shares. The Compensation Committee will be able to determine the terms and conditions of any such other awards, which may include the achievement of certain minimum performance goals for purposes of compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or a minimum vesting period. The performance goals for performance-based other stock-based awards will be based on one or more of the objective criteria set forth on Exhibit A to the 2014 Incentive Plan and discussed in general below.

Other Cash-Based Awards

The Compensation Committee will be able to grant awards payable in cash. Cash-based awards will be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Compensation Committee will determine, including, without limitation, being subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions. If a cash-based award is subject to vesting conditions, the Compensation Committee will be able to accelerate the vesting of such award in its discretion.

Performance Awards

The Compensation Committee will be able to grant a performance award to a participant payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. The Compensation Committee will be able to grant performance awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code as well as performance awards that are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the performance award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant performance goals either in cash or in shares of restricted stock, based on the then current fair market

 

120


Table of Contents

value of such shares, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Based on service, performance and/or other factors or criteria, the Compensation Committee will be able to, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any performance award.

Performance Goals

The Compensation Committee will be able to grant awards of restricted stock, performance awards, and other stock-based awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. These awards may be granted, vest and be paid based on attainment of specified performance goals established by the committee. These performance goals may be based on the attainment of a certain target level of, or a specified increase or decrease in, one or more of the following measures selected by the committee: (1) earnings per share; (2) operating income; (3) gross income; (4) net income, before or after taxes; (5) cash flow; (6) gross profit; (7) gross profit return on investment; (8) gross margin return on investment; (9) gross margin; (10) operating margin; (11) working capital; (12) earnings before interest and taxes; (13) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization; (14) return on equity; (15) return on assets; (16) return on capital; (17) return on invested capital; (18) net revenues; (19) gross revenues; (20) revenue growth; (21) annual recurring revenues; (22) recurring revenues; (23) sales or market share; (24) total stockholder return; (25) economic value added; (26) specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in all or a portion of our bank debt or other long-term or short-term public or private debt or other similar financial obligations, which may be calculated net of cash balances and other offsets and adjustments as may be established by the Compensation Committee; (27) the fair market value of a share of our common stock; (28) the growth in the value of an investment in our common stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends; or (29) reduction in operating expenses.

To the extent permitted by law, the Compensation Committee will also be able to exclude the impact of an event or occurrence which the Compensation Committee determines should be appropriately excluded, such as (1) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and other unusual or non-recurring charges; (2) an event either not directly related to our operations or not within the reasonable control of management; or (3) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.

Performance goals may also be based on an individual participant’s performance goals, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

In addition, all performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of our performance, or the performance of a subsidiary, division or other operational unit, under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other corporations. The Compensation Committee will be able to designate additional business criteria on which the performance goals may be based or adjust, modify or amend those criteria.

Change in Control

In connection with a change in control, as defined in the 2014 Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee will be able to accelerate vesting of outstanding awards under the 2014 Incentive Plan. In addition, such awards may be, in the discretion of the committee, (1) assumed and continued or substituted in accordance with applicable law; (2) purchased by us for an amount equal to the excess of the price of a share of our common stock paid in a change in control over the exercise price of the awards; or (3) cancelled if the price of a share of our common stock paid in a change in control is less than the exercise price of the award. The Compensation Committee will also be able to provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions of an award at any time.

Stockholder Rights

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, and with respect to an award of restricted stock, a participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares of our common stock covered by any award until the participant becomes the record holder of such shares.

 

121


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination

Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2014 Incentive Plan, our Board of Directors will be able to, at any time, amend any or all of the provisions of the 2014 Incentive Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise, subject to stockholder approval in certain instances; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2014 Incentive Plan, the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination may not be materially adversely affected without the consent of such participant.

Transferability

Awards granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan generally will be nontransferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that the Compensation Committee will be able to provide for the transferability of nonqualified stock options and/or SARs, performance awards or other stock-based awards at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.

Clawback/Recoupment of Awards

The 2014 Incentive Plan will provide that awards granted under the 2014 Incentive Plan are subject to any deduction, forfeiture, recoupment or similar requirements under any clawback policy that we may have in place or any obligation that we may have, including policies implemented after the date an award is granted, pursuant to the listing standards of any exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed, or as required by applicable law including (without limitation) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Effective Date; Term

The 2014 Incentive Plan will be adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders and will become effective prior to the completion of this offering. The 2014 Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date that the 2014 Incentive Plan is adopted or the date of stockholder approval. Any award outstanding under the 2014 Incentive Plan at the time of termination will remain in effect until such award is exercised or has expired in accordance with its terms.

IPO Equity Awards

In connection with this offering, we intend to grant equity awards under the 2014 Incentive Plan to our employees and our non-management directors who are not affiliated with Vestar. The awards to our employees, including our executive officers, are expected to be in the form of stock options and restricted stock units that vest in equal annual increments over a three year period. We expect to award stock options with an aggregate value of approximately $4.4 million and restricted stock units with an aggregate value of approximately $9.6 million to our employees, which represents an aggregate of             shares subject to stock options and an aggregate of             restricted stock units, based on an assumed public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease this number of shares subject to stock options by            shares and would increase or decrease this number of restricted stock units by             units. Of these awards, we expect stock options with an aggregate value of approximately $3.0 million and restricted stock units with an aggregate value of approximately $3.0 million will be awarded to our named executive officers.

The awards to our non-management directors who are not affiliated with Vestar are expected to be in the form of restricted stock units that vest in one year. We expect to award restricted stock units with an aggregate value of approximately $0.5 million to these four directors, which represents an aggregate of             restricted stock units, based on an assumed public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease this number of restricted stock units by             units.

 

122


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

We reimburse directors for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with services provided in such capacity. The table below sets forth the compensation of our outside directors in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2013, Mr. Murphy did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Messrs. Durbin, Elrod and Mundt are employees of Vestar and do not receive any additional compensation for their service as directors of the Company.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
    Equity
Awards
($) (e)
     Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
    All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total ($)  

Gregory T. Torres

     100,000 (a)      —          7,330 (b)      396 (c)      107,726   

Pamela F. Lenehan

     30,000 (d)      —          —         —         30,000   

Guy Sansone

     25,000 (d)      —          —         —         25,000   

 

(a) In 2013, Mr. Torres was paid a salary of $100,000 per year in accordance with his amended and restated employment agreement. Mr. Torres’ amended and restated employment agreement was terminated by the Termination Agreement dated December 16, 2013, by and between Gregory T. Torres and the Company, pursuant to which the Company agreed to make a donation in the amount of $100,000 to Mass INC. Effective as of January 1, 2014, Mr. Torres receives a fee of $5,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended in person and a fee of $1,000 for each meeting attended by phone and each committee meeting attended.
(b) Represents earnings in excess of 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate. Mr. Torres continues to accrue interest on amounts credited to him in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan during his service as our President and Chief Executive Officer.
(c) Represents imputed income for payment of premiums for group term life insurance.
(d) Ms. Lenehan and Mr. Sansone received a fee of $5,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended in person and a fee of $1,000 for each meeting attended by phone and each committee meeting attended.
(e) At September 30, 2013, the last day of our fiscal year, Ms. Lenehan held 3,188.00 E Common Units and Mr. Sansone held 3,187.00 E Common Units.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a new director compensation program for our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with Vestar. These directors will receive an annual retainer of $75,000. These directors will receive fees for committee membership will be paid as follows: (i) $20,000 annual fee for the Chair of the Audit Committee and $10,000 annual fee for other members of the Audit Committee; (ii) $15,000 annual fee for the Chair of the Compensation Committee and $7,500 annual fee for other members of the Compensation Committee, (iii) $10,000 annual fee for the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and $5,000 annual fee for other members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and (iv) $15,000 annual fee for the Chair of the Quality and Risk Management Committee and $7,500 annual fee for other members of the Quality and Risk Management Committee. We do not intend to pay fees for attendance at committee meetings. We also intend to grant deferred or restricted stock units to these directors with a value of $115,000 (to be converted to a number of shares based on our stock price on the grant date), with the initial grant to be made in connection with this offering and future annual grants on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders, beginning with the second annual meeting after this offering. These awards will have vesting periods of one year. We do not intend to impose any holding requirements but intend to adopt a stock ownership guideline for these directors which will require them to hold shares of our common stock with a value equal to three times their annual cash retainer, or $225,000, within five years of this offering, or in the case of directors that join after this offering, within five years of their election to the Board of Directors. These directors will be required to hold 100% of their equity awards until this guideline is met.

 

123


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table shows information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August     , 2014 by:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group;

in each case, giving effect to the             -for-             stock split of our common stock, which occurred on September     , 2014.

The numbers (including percentages) listed below are based on             shares of our common stock outstanding as of August     , 2014, after giving effect to the             -for-             stock split, as if it had occurred on that date.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and our sole stockholder, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

    Common stock
owned before the
offering
    Common stock
owned after the
offering assuming
no option exercise
    Common stock
being sold assuming
full option exercise
    Common stock
owned after the
offering assuming
full option exercise
 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1)

  Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage       Number     Percentage  

Principal Stockholder:

             

NMH Investment LLC (2)

             

Directors, Director Designee and Named Executive Officers:

             

Edward M. Murphy

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Bruce F. Nardella

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Denis M. Holler

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

David M. Petersen

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Linda De Renzo

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Kathleen Federico

             

Chris A. Durbin (3)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

James L. Elrod, Jr. (3)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Pamela F. Lenehan

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Kevin A. Mundt (3)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Guy Sansone

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Gregory T. Torres

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Patrick M. Gray

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

All directors, director designee and executive officers as a group (18 persons)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

 

(1) A “beneficial owner” of a security is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and generally means any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares:

 

   

voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or

 

   

investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

 

124


Table of Contents
(2) The address for NMH Investment is c/o Vestar Capital Partners, Inc., 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10167.
(3) Messrs. Elrod, Mundt and Durbin are Managing Directors of Vestar. Each of Messrs. Elrod, Mundt and Durbin disclaims beneficial ownership of any units of NMH Investment beneficially owned by Vestar, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein.

Beneficial Ownership of NMH Investment’s Equity

Civitas Solutions, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of NMH Investment, whose members include funds affiliated with Vestar and certain members of management. The following table shows information about the beneficial ownership of NMH Investment’s equity, as of August     , 2014 by funds affiliated with Vestar, each of our directors and named executive officers upon completion of this offering and all of our expected directors and executive officers as a group upon completion of this offering. The respective percentages of beneficial ownership of Preferred Units, Class A Common Units, Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units, Class D Common Units, Class E Common Units, Class F Common Units, Class G Common Units and Class H Common Units is based on 1,771,517.5 Preferred Units of NMH Investment, 7,344,831.97 Class A Common Units of NMH Investment, 127,774.92 Class B Common Units of NMH Investment, 134,083.72 Class C Common Units of NMH Investment, 142,052.67 Class D Common Units of NMH Investment, 6,375 Class E Common Units of NMH Investment, 4,414,405.83 Class F Common Units of NMH Investment, 125,000 Class G Common Units of NMH Investment and 1,100,000 Class H Common Units of NMH Investment outstanding as of August     , 2014.

 

    Preferred Units     Class A
Common Units
    Class B
Common Units
    Class C
Common Units
    Class D
Common Units
 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1)

  Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage  

Principal Shareholder:

                   

Funds affiliated with Vestar(2)

    1,728,137        97.55     6,918,627        94.2                                          

Directors, Director Designee and Named Executive Officers:

                   

Edward M. Murphy

    13,000        .73     130,000        1.77     7,401.63        5.79     7,766.9        5.79     8,228.3        5.79

Bruce F. Nardella

    3,000        .17     30,000        .41     7,401.63        5.79     7,766.9        5.79     8,228.3        5.79

Denis M. Holler

    4,016.85        .23     40,168.52        .55     7,401.63        5.79     7,766.9        5.79     8,228.3        5.79

David M. Petersen

    3,120        .18     31,200        .42     6,439.13        5.04     6,756.9        5.04     7,158.3        5.04

Linda De Renzo

    2,000        .11     20,000        .27     6,920.38        5.42     7,261.9        5.42     7,693.3        5.42

Kathleen Federico

    405        .02     3,450        .05     4,990.33        3.91     5,236.6        3.91     5,547.68        3.91

Chris A. Durbin (4)

                                                                     

James L. Elrod, Jr. (4)

                                                                     

Pamela F. Lenehan

    975        .06     2,750        .04                                          

Kevin A. Mundt (4)

                                                                     

Guy Sansone

                                                                     

Gregory T. Torres

    2,500        .14     25,000        .34                                          

Patrick M. Gray

                                                                     

All directors, director designee and executive officers as a group (18 persons)

    29,016.85        1.64     282,568.52        3.85     40,554.73        31.74     42,556.1        31.74     45,084.18        31.74

 

125


Table of Contents
    Class E
Common Units
    Class F
Common Units
    Class G
Common Units
    Class H
Common Units
 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1)

  Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage  

Principal Shareholder:

               

Funds affiliated with Vestar(2)

                                                       

Directors, Director Designee and Named Executive Officers:

               

Edward M. Murphy

                  701,245.51        15.89                   200,000        18.18

Bruce F. Nardella

                  555,617.52        12.59                   250,000        22.73

Denis M. Holler

                  355,617.52        8.06                   150,000        13.64

David M. Petersen

                  314,780.83        7.13                   100,000        9.09

Linda De Renzo

                  240,008.39        5.44                   100,000        9.09

Kathleen Federico

                  259,225.39        5.87                   100,000        9.09

Chris A. Durbin (4)

                                                       

James L. Elrod, Jr. (4)

                                                       

Pamela F. Lenehan

    3,188        50.01                                          

Kevin A. Mundt (4)

                                                       

Guy Sansone

    3,187        49.99                                          

Gregory T. Torres

                                                       

Patrick M. Gray

                                                       

All directors, director designee and executive officers as a group (18 persons)

    6,375        100     2,426,495.16        54.97                   900,000        81.82

 

(1) A “beneficial owner” of a security is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and generally means any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares:

 

   

voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or

 

   

investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

In computing the number of securities beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, securities that the person currently has the right to acquire within 60 days of                     , 2014 are deemed outstanding. Such securities, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

(2) The address for Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. is c/o Vestar Capital Partners, Inc., 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10167.
(3) Includes 1,727,280 Preferred Units and 6,915,196 Class A Common Units held by Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. (the “Fund”), and 857 Preferred Units and 3,431 Class A Common Units held by Vestar/NMH Investors, LLC (“Vestar/NMH”). Vestar Associates V, L.P. (“Vestar Associates V”) is the general partner of the Fund and the managing member of Vestar/NMH, and has voting and investment power over the securities held or controlled by the Fund and Vestar/NMH. Vestar Managers V, Ltd. (“VMV”) is the general partner of Vestar Associates V. Daniel S. O’Connell is the sole director of VMV and as a result he may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the Fund and Vestar/NMH. Each of Vestar Associates V, VMV and Mr. O’Connell disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities beneficially owned by the Fund and Vestar/NMH, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein. The address of the Fund, Vestar/NMH, Vestar Associates, VMV and Mr. O’Connell is 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167.
(4) Messrs. Elrod, Mundt and Durbin are Managing Directors of Vestar. Each of Messrs. Elrod, Mundt and Durbin disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by the Fund, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein.

 

126


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Set forth below are certain transactions and relationships between us and our directors, executive officers and our sole stockholder that have occurred during the last three years.

Limited Liability Company Agreement

Under the Seventh Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (as amended, the “Limited Liability Company Agreement”) of NMH Investment, by and among NMH Investment, Vestar, an affiliate of Vestar, the management and director investors and future parties to such agreement, the initial management committee consists of members elected by a plurality vote of the holders of NMH Investment’s Class A Common Units consisting of the designees of Vestar as determined in accordance with the Securityholders Agreement described below and one additional person. The management committee currently has eight members. Any member of the management committee may be removed at any time by the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding Class A Common Units. The management committee currently consists of the same individuals as our board of directors.

The management committee manages and controls the business and affairs of NMH Investment and has the power to, among other things, amend the Limited Liability Company Agreement, approve any significant corporate transactions and appoint officers. It can also delegate such authority by agreement or authorization.

The Limited Liability Company Agreement also contains agreements among the parties with respect to the allocation of net income and net loss and the distribution of assets among the holders of the Preferred Units and the Common Units. The value of the Preferred Units accrues over time so that holders of the Preferred Units are entitled to receive a specified rate of return upon distributions by NMH Investment prior to any distributions in respect of the Common Units. On July 5, 2007, NMH Holdings, LLC paid a dividend to its parent, NMH Investment, which was used by NMH Investment to pay a return of capital with respect to its Preferred Units. NMH Investment froze the accrual of the Preferred Units as of December 31, 2010, and NMH Investment restarted the accrual of the Preferred Units from July 1, 2013.

Management Unit Subscription Agreements

In connection with the Merger, NMH Investment entered into several agreements with management investors and with Mr. Torres, pursuant to which such investors subscribed for and purchased Preferred Units and Class A Common Units (which is the only class of voting equity interests in NMH Investment). Robert Melia, our Cambridge Operating Group President, and Kathleen Federico, our Chief Human Resources Officer, also subscribed for and purchased Preferred Units and Class A Common Units after their respective start dates with the Company. The Preferred Units and 30% of the Class A Common Units were vested with respect to appreciation upon issuance. The remaining 70% of the units vest ratably over 49 months, and thus all of the issuances except for Mr. Melia’s and Ms. Federico’s were fully vested as of July 2010.

In addition, NMH Investment has previously entered into agreements with management investors, including all of the executive officers, whereby such management investors were granted non-voting Class B management Common Units, Class C Common Units, Class D Common Units, Class F Common Units and/or, for certain investors, Class G Common Units or Class H Common Units, all at either nominal or no cost. The Class B, Class C and Class D Common Units’ rights to share in an increase in value of NMH Investment are fully vested for all holders. With respect to the executive officers except for Mr. Cohen, based on the fact they were hired before December 31, 2008, the Class F Common units were 75% vested when issued, and the remaining 25% vested as of December 15, 2012. Mr. Cohen was issued Class F Common Units at no cost in December 2011 after he joined the Company. His Class F Common Units are vesting over a three-year period, with one-third vesting each year upon the anniversary of the date the units were issued to him. The Class G Common Units vest upon the consummation of a sale of the Company or an initial public offering of the Company. The Class H

 

127


Table of Contents

Common Units vest upon the consummation of a sale of the Company, although their value, if any, will depend on the multiples of investment return achieved by Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. (“Vestar”) and certain of its affiliates. Additionally, upon an initial public offering of the Company, the Class H Common Units vest if certain multiples of investment return are achieved by Vestar and certain of its affiliates.

In the aggregate, the Class B, Class C, Class D and Class F Common Units represent the right to receive 10.0% of the increase in value of the common equity interests in NMH Investment. The Class G Common Units will share with the Class A Common Units the increase in value of the common equity interests in NMH Investment that was formerly allocated solely to the Class A Common Units. The Class H Common Units were issued only to certain executive officers and as such their terms are described in “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation”.

NMH Investment may be required to purchase a certain percentage of an executive officer’s Preferred, Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D and Class F Common Units in the event of such investor’s disability, death or retirement. In addition, NMH Investment has the right to purchase all or a portion of a management investor’s units upon the termination of such investor’s active employment with the Company or its affiliates. The price at which the units will be purchased will vary depending on a number of factors, including (i) the circumstances of such termination of employment and whether the management investor engages in certain proscribed competitive activities following employment, (ii) the length of time such units were held and (iii) the financial performance of NMH Investment over a certain specified time period. However, NMH Investment shall not be obligated to purchase any units at any time to the extent that the purchase of such units, or a payment to NMH Investment by one of its subsidiaries in order to fund such purchase, would result in a violation of law, a financing default or adverse accounting consequences, or if a financing default exists which prohibits such purchase or payment. From time to time, NMH Investment may enter into additional management subscription agreements with the management investors or additional members of management pursuant to which it may issue additional units.

Director Unit Subscription Agreements

In connection with her election to our board of directors in December 2008, Pamela F. Lenehan entered into a Director Unit Subscription Agreement with NMH Investment. Ms. Lenehan subscribed for specified amounts of Preferred Units, Class A Common Units and Class E Common Units of NMH Investment for an aggregate of $125,159. These units were issued to Ms. Lenehan in January 2009. In connection with his election to our board of directors in December 2009, Guy Sansone was offered the opportunity to subscribe for 3,187 Class E Common Units of NMH Investment for an aggregate of $159.35. These units were issued to Mr. Sansone in September 2010.

Securityholders Agreement

Pursuant to the Securityholders Agreement among NMH Investment, Vestar, an affiliate of Vestar, the management and director investors, Mr. Torres and any future parties to such agreement as amended (collectively, the “Securityholders”), the units of NMH Investment beneficially owned by the Securityholders are subject to certain restrictions on transfer, as well as the other provisions described below.

The Securityholders Agreement provides that the Securityholders will vote all of their units to elect and continue in office a management committee or board of directors of NMH Investment and each of its subsidiaries composed of:

(a) up to seven designees of Vestar; and

(b) the Company’s chief executive officer.

In addition, each Securityholder has agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, that he or she will vote all of his units as directed by Vestar in connection with amendments to NMH Investment’s organizational

 

128


Table of Contents

documents, mergers or other business combinations, the disposition of all or substantially all of NMH Investment’s property and assets, reorganizations, recapitalizations or the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of NMH Investment.

Prior to the earlier of (i) a sale of a majority of the equity or voting interests of NMH Investment, NMH Holdings, LLC or certain of their holding company subsidiaries, or in a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of NMH Investment and its subsidiaries, except for any transactions with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Vestar or of NMH Investment and (ii) the fifth anniversary of the date of purchase, the investors will be prohibited from transferring units to a third party, subject to certain exceptions.

The Securityholders Agreement provides (i) the management with “tag-along” rights with respect to transfers of securities beneficially owned by Vestar, its partners or their transferees, and (ii) Vestar with “take-along” rights with respect to securities owned by the investors in a sale of a majority of the equity or voting interests of NMH Investment, NMH Holdings, LLC or certain of their holding company subsidiaries, or in a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of NMH Investment and its subsidiaries. In addition, Vestar has certain rights to require NMH Investment (or its successors) to register securities held by it under the Securities Act up to eight times, and Vestar and the other Securityholders have certain rights to participate in publicly registered offerings of NMH Investment’s common equity initiated by NMH Investment or other third parties.

Director Nominating Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a director nominating agreement with NMH Investment, which will contain provisions relating to nominations for the election of directors. The director nominating agreement will provide that NMH Investment or affiliates of Vestar will have the right to nominate: (i) eight of nine directors so long as NMH Investment and affiliates of Vestar collectively own at least 40% of the total voting power of the Company; (ii) seven of nine directors so long as NMH Investment and affiliates of Vestar collectively own at least 35% of the total voting power of the Company; (iii) six of nine directors so long as NMH Investment and affiliates of Vestar collectively own at least 30% of the total voting power of the Company; (iv) five of nine directors so long as NMH Investment and affiliates of Vestar collectively own at least 25% of the total voting power of the Company; (v) four of nine directors so long as NMH Investment and affiliates of Vestar collectively own at least 20% of the total voting power of the Company; (vi) three of nine directors so long as NMH Investment and affiliates of Vestar collectively own at least 15% of the total voting power of the Company; (vii) two of nine directors so long as NMH Investment and affiliates of Vestar collectively own at least 10% of the total voting power of the Company; (viii) one of nine directors so long as NMH Investment and affiliates of Vestar collectively own at least 5% of the total voting power of the Company. In each case we will agree to take certain actions to support those nominees for election and include the nominees in the proxy statements for the stockholders meetings at which directors are to be elected.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with NMH Investment. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, NMH Investment will be entitled to request that we register the shares of our common stock held by NMH Investment on a long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be “shelf registrations.” NMH Investment will also be entitled to participate in certain registered offerings by us, subject to the terms and conditions in the registration rights agreement. We will pay NMH Investment’s expenses in connection with NMH Investment’s exercise of these rights. The registration rights described in this paragraph apply to (i) shares of our common stock held by NMH Investment as of the closing of this offering, (ii) any of our capital stock (or that of our subsidiaries) issued or issuable with respect to the common stock described in clause (i) with respect to any dividend, distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, or certain other corporate transactions, and (iii) any of our common stock held by Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. or its affiliates (“Registrable Securities”). These registration rights are also for the benefit of any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities. However, any

 

129


Table of Contents

particular securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been sold in a registered public offering, sold in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act or repurchased by us or our subsidiaries. In addition, with our consent and the consent of the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities, any Registrable Securities held by a person other than Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. and its affiliates will cease to be Registrable Securities if they can be sold without limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Management Agreement

Vestar and NMHI are parties to a management agreement relating to certain advisory and consulting services rendered by Vestar. In consideration of those services, NMHI has agreed to pay to Vestar an aggregate per annum management fee equal to the greater of (i) $850,000 or (ii) an amount per annum equal to 1.00% of NMHI’s consolidated earnings before depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes for each fiscal year before deduction of Vestar’s fee, determined as set forth in NMHI’s senior credit agreement. NMHI also agreed to indemnify Vestar and its affiliates from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the performance by Vestar of its services pursuant to the management agreement. The management agreement will terminate at such time as Vestar and its partners and their respective affiliates hold, directly or indirectly in the aggregate, less than 20% of the voting power of NMHI’s outstanding voting stock, upon a sale of NMHI or upon the completion of an initial public offering. This agreement also provides for the payment of reasonable and customary fees to Vestar for services in connection with a sale of NMHI, an initial public offering by or involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries or any extraordinary acquisition by or involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries; provided that such fees shall be paid only with the consent of the directors of NMHI who are not affiliated with or employed by Vestar.

Pursuant to the management agreement, NMHI paid $1.3 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million of management fees to Vestar in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. During the nine months ended June 30, 2014, NMHI paid $0.8 million of management fees to Vestar and as of June 30, 2014 has accrued $0.2 million of management fees to Vestar. In connection with this offering, we will pay Vestar a transaction advisory fee of $8.0 million, which has been approved by a majority of our directors who are not affiliated with or employed by Vestar. The management agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

NMHI and Civitas are parties to an indemnification agreement with each of NMHI’s directors and executive officers. Under the form of indemnification agreement, directors and executive officers are indemnified against certain expenses, judgments and other losses resulting from involvement in legal proceedings arising from service as a director or executive officer. Civitas will advance expenses incurred by directors or executive officers in defending against such proceedings, and indemnification is generally not available for proceedings brought by an indemnified person (other than to enforce his or her rights under the indemnification agreement). If an indemnified person elects or is required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement for which Civitas is jointly liable, Civitas will contribute to the expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by the indemnified person in proportion to the relative benefits received by Civitas (and its officers, directors and employees other than the indemnified person) and the indemnified person, as may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of NMHI (and its officers, directors and employees other than the indemnified person) and the indemnified person in connection with the events that resulted in such losses, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. NMHI is a guarantor of Civitas’ obligations under this agreement.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Historically, our related party transactions with executive officers and directors were generally reviewed by our board of directors or Audit Committee, and we did not have formal policies and procedures regarding the review and approval of related party transactions.

 

130


Table of Contents

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt policies and procedures whereby our Audit Committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving or ratifying related party transactions. For purposes of the policy, a “related party transaction” means a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which the Company was, is or will be a participant and the amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000, and in which our executive officers, directors, director nominees or any stockholder beneficially owning in excess of five percent of our stock (each, a “related party”) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (including any transactions requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K). Any related party who intends to enter into a related party transaction shall promptly disclose that intention and all material facts with respect to such transaction to our Chief Legal Officer. The Chief Legal Officer will then promptly communicate that information to the Audit Committee of the Board. The Audit Committee will review all related party transactions and approve such transactions (subject to a delegation of authority as provided in the policy). In determining whether to approve or ratify a related party transaction, the Audit Committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable than the terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any such vote.

 

131


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On January 31, 2014, NMHI and NMH Holdings, LLC entered into the senior credit agreement with Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders named therein, for the senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a $600.0 million term loan facility, of which $50.0 million was deposited in a cash collateral account in support of issuance of letters of credit under an institutional letter of credit facility, and a $100.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The term loan facility has a seven-year maturity and the senior revolver has a five-year maturity; provided, that if NMHI’s senior notes are not refinanced in full on or prior to the date that is three months prior to February 15, 2018, such maturity dates will spring forward to November 15, 2017. The senior credit agreement provides that NMHI may make one or more offers to the lenders, and consummate transactions with individual lenders that accept the terms contained in such offers, to extend the maturity date of the lender’s term loans and/or revolving commitments, subject to certain conditions, and any extended term loans or revolving commitments will constitute a separate class of term loans or revolving commitments.

All of NMHI’s obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by NMH Holdings, LLC and the Subsidiary Guarantors. Pursuant to the guarantee and security agreement, among NMH Holdings, LLC, as parent guarantor, NMHI, certain of NMHI’s subsidiaries, as subsidiary guarantors and Barclays Bank, PLC, as administrative agent, subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are secured by a pledge of 100% of NMHI’s capital stock and the capital stock of domestic subsidiaries owned by NMHI and any other domestic Subsidiary Guarantor and 65% of the capital stock of any first tier foreign subsidiaries, and a security interest in substantially all of NMHI’s tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of NMH Holdings, LLC and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

The senior revolver includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as the “swingline loans.” Any issuance of letters of credit or making of a swingline loan will reduce the amount available under the senior revolver. As of June 30, 2014, NMHI had no borrowings under the senior revolver and approximately $44.7 million of letters of credit issued under the institutional letter of credit facility.

At NMHI’s option, NMHI may add one or more term loan facilities or increase the commitments under the senior revolver in an aggregate amount of up to $125.0 million plus any additional amounts so long as certain conditions, including a consolidated first lien leverage ratio (as defined in the senior credit agreement) of not more than 4.50 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis, are satisfied. The covenants in NMHI’s indenture governing the senior notes effectively limit the amount of incremental borrowings that NMHI may incur.

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest, at NMHI’s option, at: (i) an ABR rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate of Barclays Bank PLC, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.0%, and (c) the Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month beginning on such day plus 100 basis points, plus a margin of 2.75% (provided that the ABR rate applicable to the term loan facility will not be less than 2.00% per annum); or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (provided that the Eurodollar rate applicable to the term loan facility shall not be less than 1.00% per annum), plus a margin of 3.75%. Following the completion of this offering, the applicable margin will be decreased by 0.50% per annum if our consolidated leverage ratio is less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00. This decrease will become effective as of the first business day immediately following the first date on which NMHI delivers a quarterly compliance certificate setting forth such calculation. NMHI is also required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the senior revolver at an initial rate of 0.50% of the average daily unutilized commitments thereunder. NMHI must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

The senior credit agreement requires NMHI to make mandatory prepayments, subject to certain exceptions, with: (i) beginning in fiscal year 2015, 50% (which percentage will be reduced upon NMHI’s achievement of

 

132


Table of Contents

certain first lien leverage ratios) of NMHI’s annual excess cash flow; (ii) 100% of net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course assets sales or other dispositions of property, subject to certain exceptions and thresholds; and (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any debt incurrence, other than debt permitted under the senior credit agreement. Excess cash flow is defined in our senior credit agreement as (A) the sum of (i) consolidated net income (as defined in the senior credit agreement), plus (ii) the net decrease in working capital, plus (iii) noncash charges previously deducted from consolidated net income, plus (iv) non-cash losses from assets sales, minus (B) the sum of (i) certain amortization and other mandatory prepayment of indebtedness, plus (ii) unfinanced capital expenditures plus (iii) the cash portion of permitted investments plus (iv) noncash gains previously including in consolidated net income, plus (v) the net increase in working capital, plus (vi) certain cash payments of long-term liabilities, plus (vii) cash restricted payments, plus (viii) cash expenditures not expensed during such period, plus (ix) penalties paid in connection with the repayment of indebtedness, plus (x) certain cash distributions from the SRS business, plus (xi) aggregate unfinanced portion of contract consideration for acquisition or capital expenditures to be consummated, plus (xii) aggregate amount of cash amounts received in such period but excluded from consolidated net income, plus (xiii) certain cash payments in respect of earnout obligations, plus (xiv) certain voluntary prepayments of indebtedness, plus (xv) certain cash payments of non-cash charges added back in a prior period, plus (xvi) all charges or expenses incurred in such period but excluded from consolidated net income. NMHI is required to repay the term loan facility portion of the senior secured credit facilities in quarterly principal installments of 0.25% of the principal amount commencing on June 30, 2014, with the balance payable at maturity. The senior credit agreement permits NMHI to offer to the lenders newly issued notes in exchange for their term loans in one or more permitted debt exchange offers, subject to the conditions set forth in the senior credit agreement. In addition, if, on or prior to July 31, 2014, NMHI prepays or reprices any portion of the term loan facility, NMHI will be required to pay a prepayment premium of 1% of the loans being prepaid or repriced.

The senior credit agreement contains a springing financial covenant. If, at the end of any fiscal quarter, NMHI’s usage of the senior revolver exceeds 30% of the commitments thereunder, then NMHI is required to maintain at the end of each such fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2014, a consolidated leverage ratio of not more than 5.50 to 1.00. This consolidated ratio will step down to 5.00 to 1.00 commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017.

The senior credit agreement also contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, NMHI’s ability and the ability of NMHI’s subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) create liens on assets; (iii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (iv) sell assets; (v) pay dividends and distributions or repurchase NMHI’s capital stock; (vi) enter into swap transactions; (vii) make investments, loans or advances; (viii) repay certain junior indebtedness; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) enter into sale and leaseback transactions; (xi) amend material agreements governing certain of NMHI’s junior indebtedness; (xii) change NMHI’s lines of business; (xiii) make certain acquisitions; and (xiv) limitations on the letter of credit cash collateral account. If NMHI withdraws any of the $50.0 million from the cash collateral account supporting the issuance of letters of credit, NMHI must use the cash to either prepay the term loan facility or to secure any other obligations under the senior secured credit facilities in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the administrative agent. The senior credit agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Senior Notes

On February 9, 2011, NMHI issued $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 12.50% senior notes due 2018, which we refer to herein as the senior notes.

The senior notes mature on February 15, 2018 and bear interest at a rate of 12.50% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2011. The senior notes are NMHI’s unsecured obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by certain of NMHI’s existing subsidiaries.

 

133


Table of Contents

NMHI may redeem the senior notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering to redeem all of the $212 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes at a redemption price of 106.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.

The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that limit NMHI’s ability and the ability of NMHI’s restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) create liens on assets; (iv) transfer or sell assets; (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of NMHI’s assets. The indenture governing the senior notes also provides for customary events of default.

 

134


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary of certain provisions of our capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and the provisions of applicable law. Copies of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capitalization

General

Upon the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of 350,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of August     , 2014, we had outstanding              shares of common stock.

After giving effect to this offering, we will have              shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following summary describes all material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

As of August     , 2014, there was one stockholder of record of our common stock.

Preferred Stock

We do not have any shares of preferred stock outstanding. Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time on terms it may determine, to divide shares of preferred stock into one or more series and to fix the designations, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The issuance of our preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the trading price of our common stock, restricting dividends on our capital stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our capital stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of our company.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that the presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at a stockholders’ meeting shall constitute a quorum. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law or our certificate of incorporation, and except for the election of directors, which is determined by a plurality vote. There are no cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

Each holder of shares of our capital stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property as may be declared by our Board of Directors from time to time out of our assets or funds legally available for dividends or other distributions. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy.” These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our preferred stock.

 

135


Table of Contents

Other Rights

Each holder of common stock is subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. This offering is not subject to pre-emptive rights.

Liquidation Rights

If our company is involved in a consolidation, merger, recapitalization, reorganization, or similar event, each holder of common stock will participate pro rata in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

Anti-takeover Effects of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the Board of Directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give the Board of Directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor

Action by Written Consent, Special Meeting of Stockholders and Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once Vestar and its affiliates cease to beneficially own more than 40% of our outstanding shares. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can be called only pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that we would have if there were no vacancies or, until the date that Vestar ceases to beneficially own more than 40% of our outstanding shares, at the request of Vestar and its affiliates. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the Board of Directors to call a special meeting. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws require advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders, including the nomination of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider the proposals specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered a timely written notice in proper form to our secretary, of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting any stockholder actions, even if they are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed with or without cause at any time upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors until Vestar ceases to beneficially

 

136


Table of Contents

own more than 40% of our outstanding shares. After such time, directors may only be removed from office only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws is required to approve such amendment, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed by a majority vote of our Board of Directors, provided that, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, after the date on which Vestar ceases to beneficially own more than 40% of our outstanding shares, any amendment, alteration, change, or repeal of our amended and restated bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. Additionally, after the date on which Vestar ceases to beneficially own more than 40% of our outstanding shares, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, voting as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

Section 203 of the DGCL provides that if a person acquires 15% or more of the voting stock of a Delaware corporation, such person becomes an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in certain “business combinations” with the corporation for a period of three years from the time such person acquired 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, unless: (1) the board of directors approves the acquisition of stock or the merger transaction before the time that the person becomes an interested stockholder, (2) the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at the time the merger transaction commences (excluding voting stock owned by directors who are also officers and certain employee stock plans), or (3) the merger transaction is approved by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote at a meeting, not by written consent, of stockholders of 2/3 of the holders of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. A Delaware corporation may elect in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws not to be governed by this particular Delaware law.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will opt into Section 203 of the DGCL, and will therefore be subject to Section 203.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our Board of Directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board of Directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board of Directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Corporate Opportunity

Messrs. Durbin, Elrod and Mundt, who are managing directors of Vestar, serve on our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or

 

137


Table of Contents

in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may from time to time be presented to Vestar or any of its officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, managers, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) and that may be a business opportunity for Vestar, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by law by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us. Neither Vestar nor any of its representatives has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries.

Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law that derivative actions brought in the name of the Company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and certain other actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc. Its address is 1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.

Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “CIVI”.

 

138


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the              shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining              shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to certain restrictions on transfer pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, these remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market (after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below) only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as described below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, persons who are not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale may sell shares of our common stock beneficially held upon the earlier of (1) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale or (2) a one-year holding period.

At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal              approximately              shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of             ; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

139


Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general and subject to certain restrictions under the Stockholders Agreement, the expiration of the applicable lock-up restrictions, under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors or officers who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding periods of Rule 144 and subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

Stock Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the new equity incentive plan we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, and each of our directors and executive officers and our sole stockholder, NMH Investment, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities, LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances). For additional information, see “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, NMH Investment, LLC, which will hold an aggregate of              shares of our common stock, and its transferees will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Except for shares purchased by affiliates, registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described under “Underwriting” in this prospectus. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information.

 

140


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. This summary applies to you only if you are a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock that purchases the shares in this offering and will hold such shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (generally, property held for investment). This summary also assumes that no item of income or gain in respect of the such common stock at any time will be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized (or deemed to be created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and other administrative pronouncements, and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations described in this summary.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation (such as the alternative minimum tax or the additional 3.8% Medicare tax on “net investment income,” and does not address any aspects of other federal taxes (such as gift and estate taxes) or state, local or non-U.S. taxes that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate or an entity subject to the U.S. anti-inversion rules, a bank or other financial institution, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a trader, broker or dealer in securities or currencies, a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity), a person who acquired shares of our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, a person whose functional currency is other than the United States dollar, or a person who has acquired shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment).

We have not sought and do not expect to seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our common stock that differ from those discussed below.

 

141


Table of Contents

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete description of all U.S. federal income tax consequences for non-U.S. holders relating to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. If you are considering the purchase of shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

Dividends

In general, cash distributions on shares of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent any such distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first be treated as a return of capital reducing a non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock (determined on a share by share basis), but not below zero, and thereafter will be treated as gain from the sale of stock, the treatment of which is discussed below under “Gain on Disposition of Shares of Common Stock.”

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do pay dividends, subject to the discussions below of backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) legislation, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate (and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below) for dividends generally will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a “United States person” as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if shares of our common stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries (including certain foreign partnerships), satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment to the non-U.S. holder of any dividends, and may be required to be updated periodically.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Shares of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below of backup withholding and the FATCA legislation, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax, unless:

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or other disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our common stock (the “applicable period”).

We believe that we have not been, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we are not currently or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain not otherwise taxable only if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owned more than five

 

142


Table of Contents

percent of our outstanding common stock at some time during the applicable period. You should consult your tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a USRPHC.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder, regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury (generally on an applicable IRS Form W-8) that it is not a “United States person” as defined under the Code (and the payer does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is such a United States person), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a “United States person” (as defined under the Code), and the payer does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the non-U.S. holder is such a United States person, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Common Stock Held by or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010, known as the “FATCA” legislation, generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and on the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to certain “foreign financial institutions” (as specifically defined under FATCA), unless such institution (i) enters into an agreement with the U.S. government, or (ii) is required by and complies with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction, in either case to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. or other relevant tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners). The FATCA legislation also generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a non-U.S. entity that is not a “foreign financial institution” unless such entity provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity (if any), which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity (or more than zero percent in the case of some entities), or another exception applies. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. Under final U.S. Treasury Regulations and subsequent administrative guidance, this legislation only applies to payments of dividends made after June 30, 2014 and payments of gross proceeds made after December 31, 2016. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

143


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters and joint book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

Avondale Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby (other than those shares of common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the shares are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling stockholder will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us and the selling stockholder for the shares.

 

     Us      Selling Stockholder  
     No Exercise      Full Exercise      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                    $                    $                

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.

The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be approximately $         (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions). We have agreed to pay expenses of the selling stockholder in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $25,000.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to             shares from the selling stockholder at

 

144


Table of Contents

the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised to the extent the underwriters sell more than             shares in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter’s percentage underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting section.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers and our sole stockholder, NMH Investment, have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain limited exceptions, we and they will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of each of Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of common stock (including, without limitation, shares of common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (other than the stock and shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans, or other employee compensation plans existing on the date of this prospectus), or sell or grant options, rights or warrants with respect to any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of shares of common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to any shares of common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common stock or any of our other securities (other than any registration statement on Form S-8), or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. With respect to our sole stockholder, the exceptions to the above restrictions include the ability to distribute its shares of our common stock to its members, which include certain of our directors and executive officers, provided that such members agree to the above restrictions.

If:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

the 180-day restricted period described above will be extended (and the restrictions above will continue to apply) until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of the material event, unless Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, in their discretion, confirm to us in writing that such extension will not be required.

Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, in their discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. At least three business days before the effectiveness of any release or waiver of any of the restrictions described above with respect to an officer or director of the Company, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC will notify us of the impending release or waiver, and we have agreed to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, except where the release or waiver is

 

145


Table of Contents

effected solely to permit a transfer of common stock that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms as the lock-up agreements described above to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of transfer.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to the consummation of this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives considered:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

   

the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.

Indemnification

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

146


Table of Contents

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Listing on the New York Stock Exchange

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CIVI.”

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for the issuer and its affiliates, for which they received or may in the future receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are lenders under our senior revolver.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer or its affiliates. If the underwriters or their affiliates have a lending relationship with us, certain of those underwriters or their affiliates may hedge, their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, the underwriters and their affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the shares of common stock offered hereby. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the shares of common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell to, or a solicitation of an offer to buy from, anyone in any country or jurisdiction (i) in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized, (ii) in which any person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or (iii) in which any such offer or solicitation would otherwise be unlawful. No action has been taken that would, or is intended to, permit a public offer of the shares of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any other offering or publicity material relating to the shares of common stock in any country or jurisdiction (other than the United States) where any such action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, each underwriter has undertaken that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell any shares of common stock or have in its possession, distribute or publish any prospectus, form of

 

147


Table of Contents

application, advertisement or other document or information in any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will, to the best of its knowledge and belief, result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations and all offers and sales of shares of common stock by it will be made on the same terms.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated herein may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to legal entities which are qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

by the underwriters to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common stock shall result in a requirement for us, the selling stockholder or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any common stock under, the offers contemplated here in this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each underwriter, the selling stockholder and us that:

 

   

it is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive; and

 

   

in the case of any common stock acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the common stock acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in the circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters has been given to the offer or resale or (ii) where common stock have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of such common stock to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

For the purposes of this representation and the provision above, the expression an “offer of common stock to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

This prospectus has only been communicated or caused to have been communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated as an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity

 

148


Table of Contents

(within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000 (the “FSMA”)) as received in connection with the issue or sale of the common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us. All applicable provisions of the FSMA will be complied with in respect to anything done in relation to the common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

 

149


Table of Contents

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

 

150


Table of Contents

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

   

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

   

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Residents of Canada

The offering of the common stock in Canada is being made on a private placement basis in reliance on exemptions from the prospectus requirements under the securities laws of each applicable Canadian province and territory where the common stock may be offered and sold, and therein may only be made with investors that are purchasing as principal and that qualify as both an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and as a “permitted client” as such term is defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligation. Any offer and sale of the common stock in any province or territory of Canada may only be made through a dealer that is properly registered under the securities legislation of the applicable province or territory wherein the common stock is offered and/or sold or, alternatively, by a dealer that qualifies under and is relying upon an exemption from the registration requirements therein.

Any resale of the common stock by an investor resident in Canada must be made in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, which may require resales to be made in accordance with prospectus and registration requirements, statutory exemptions from the prospectus and registration requirements or under a discretionary exemption from the prospectus and registration requirements granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. These resale restrictions may under certain circumstances apply to resales of the common stock outside of Canada.

Upon receipt of this document, each Canadian investor hereby confirms that it has expressly requested that all documents evidencing or relating in any way to the sale of the securities described herein (including for greater certainty any purchase confirmation or any notice) be drawn up in the English language only. Par la réception de ce document, chaque investisseur canadien confirme par les présentes qu’il a expressément exigé que tous les documents faisant foi ou se rapportant de quelque manière que ce soit à la vente des valeurs mobilières décrites aux présentes (incluant, pour plus de certitude, toute confirmation d’achat ou tout avis) soient rédigés en anglais seulement .

 

151


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois will pass upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby on our behalf. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents Vestar and some of its affiliates from time to time in connection with various legal matters, and some of the partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are, through various entities, investors in investment funds affiliated with Vestar. The underwriters are represented by Latham  & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2013, included in this Prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

We will be subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and will file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC, which will be available for inspection and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials will be obtainable from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials will also be accessible electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet at www.sec.gov and our website at www.civitas-solutions.com . Please note that our website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. The information to be contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein by reference.

 

152


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013

  F-2

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

  F-3

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

  F-4

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

  F-5

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-6

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-20

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-21

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-22

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012
and 2011

  F-23

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit) for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-24

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-26

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2013
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 47,526      $ 19,440   

Restricted cash

     1,963        807   

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $9,665 and $12,494 at June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, respectively

     143,112        144,954   

Deferred tax assets, net

     17,524        18,424   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     20,088        18,641   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     230,213        202,266   

Property and equipment, net

     156,080        153,635   

Intangible assets, net

     318,603        336,191   

Goodwill

     239,234        235,525   

Restricted cash

     50,000        50,000   

Other assets

     37,364        43,652   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,031,494      $ 1,021,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 25,240      $ 26,568   

Accrued payroll and related costs

     80,902        65,340   

Other accrued liabilities

     51,532        45,066   

Obligations under capital lease, current

     454        430   

Current portion of long-term debt

     6,000        5,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     164,128        143,004   

Other long-term liabilities

     60,120        68,936   

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     64,866        69,816   

Obligations under capital lease, less current portion

     6,174        6,509   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     798,253        779,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     1,093,541        1,067,784   

Commitments and contingencies

    

SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

    

Shareholder’s deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized and 10 shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     90,318        90,325   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (530     (1,880

Accumulated deficit

     (151,835     (134,960
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s deficit

     (62,047     (46,515
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit

   $ 1,031,494      $ 1,021,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2013  

Net revenue

   $ 938,861      $ 893,541   

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation expense shown separately below)

     734,887        700,401   

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     108,811        110,879   

Depreciation and amortization

     50,987        47,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     159,798        158,849   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     44,176        34,291   

Other income (expense):

    

Management fee of related party

     (1,041     (985

Other income, net

     499        628   

Extinguishment of debt

     (14,699     —     

Interest income

     163        109   

Interest expense

     (53,204     (58,482
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (24,106     (24,439

Benefit for income taxes

     (7,212     (8,437
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (16,894     (16,002

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     19        (2,678
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,875   $ (18,680
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per common share, basic and diluted:

    

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (1,688     (1,600

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

     2        (268
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,686   $ (1,868
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

     10        10   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(Amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2013  

Net loss

   $ (16,875   $ (18,680

Other comprehensive gain, net of tax:

    

Gain on derivative instrument net of tax for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 of $899 and $732, respectively

     1,350        1,035   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (15,525   $ (17,645
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2013  

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (16,875   $ (18,680

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Accounts receivable allowances

     12,487        12,643   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     20,931        19,006   

Amortization of intangible assets

     28,745        28,171   

Amortization and write-off of original issue discount and initial purchasers discount

     6,659        2,212   

Amortization and write-off of financing costs

     9,707        2,130   

Stock-based compensation

     103        253   

Deferred income taxes

     (4,382     (9,948

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

     (420     220   

Non-cash impairment charge

     1,310       6,362   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (10,645     (12,508

Other assets

     6,057        (8,260

Accounts payable

     (1,069     (8,181

Accrued payroll and related costs

     15,562        2,922   

Other accrued liabilities

     8,814        5,168   

Other long-term liabilities

     (10,316     11,144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     66,667        32,654   

Investing activities

    

Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash received

     (15,178     (475

Purchases of property and equipment

     (24,271     (22,334

Changes in restricted cash

     (1,156     490   

Proceeds from sale of assets

     894        1,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (39,711     (21,033

Financing activities

    

Issuance of debt

     598,500        30,000   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (586,026     (4,125

Proceeds from borrowings under senior revolver

     9,300        467,100   

Repayments of borrowings under senior revolver

     (9,300     (486,100

Repayments of capital lease obligations

     (311     (323

Dividend to NMH Investment

     (110     (39

Payments of financing costs

     (10,923     (2,048
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,130        4,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     28,086        16,086   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     19,440        125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 47,526      $ 16,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 42,666      $ 45,755   

Cash paid for income taxes, net

   $ 393      $ 1,283   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

    

Accrual for acquisition paid in July 2014

   $ 1,500      $ —     

Accrued property, plant and equipment

   $ 646      $ 441   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2014

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

Civitas Solutions, Inc., formerly known as NMH Holdings, Inc. (“Civitas”), is a wholly owned subsidiary of NMH Investment, LLC (“NMH Investment”). Substantially all of the equity interests of NMH Investment are owned by Vestar Capital Partners and certain of the Company’s executive officers and directors. Civitas is the sole member of NMH Holdings, LLC, which is the sole stockholder of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. (“NMHI”). Civitas, through its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is a leading provider of home- and community-based health and human services to adults and children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities, acquired brain injury and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses; and to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges. Since the Company’s founding in 1980, the Company’s operations have grown to 36 states. The Company provides residential services to approximately 12,500 clients, some of whom also receive periodic services. Approximately 15,700 clients receive periodic services from the Company in non-residential settings.

The Company designs customized service plans to meet the unique needs of its clients, which it delivers in home- and community-based settings. Most of the Company’s service plans involve residential support, typically in small group homes, host home settings, or specialized community facilities, designed to improve the clients’ quality of life and to promote their independence and participation in community life. Other services offered include supported living, day and transitional programs, vocational services, case management, family-based and outpatient therapeutic services, post-acute treatment and neurorehabilitation, neurobehavioral rehabilitation and physical, occupational and speech therapies, among others. The Company’s customized service plans offer its clients as well as the payors of these services, an attractive, cost-effective alternative to health and human services provided in large, institutional settings.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and pursuant to the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring accruals, necessary to present fairly the financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation. Operating results for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 may not necessarily be indicative of results to be expected for any other interim period or for the full year.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Technical Corrections and Improvements — In October 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2012-04”) . The amendments in this update cover a wide range of Topics in the Accounting Standards Codification. These amendments include technical corrections and improvements to the Accounting Standards Codification and conforming amendments

 

F-6


Table of Contents

related to fair value measurements. The amendments in this update were effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of the fiscal year ending September 30, 2014. This adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Technical Corrections and Improvements Related to Glossary Terms – In March 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-06, Technical Corrections and Improvements Related to Glossary Terms (“ASU 2014-06”). The amendments in this Update relate to glossary terms and cover a wide range of Topics in the Codification. The amendments in this Update were effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of the fiscal year ending September 30, 2014. This adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes— In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): - Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present the reserve for uncertain tax positions when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance requires the reserve for uncertain tax positions to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to the deferred tax asset for a tax loss or other tax carryforward that would be applied in the settlement of the uncertain tax position. This guidance, which was effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014, did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Reporting Discontinued Operations— In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08 , Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (“ASU 2014-08”). ASU 2014-08 changes the definition of a discontinued operation to include only those disposals of components of an entity that represent a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results, and changes the criteria and enhances disclosures for reporting discontinued operations. The pronouncement is to be applied prospectively, and is effective for our fiscal year that begins October 1, 2014. We do not expect that the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

3. Long-Term Debt

As of June 30, 2014 and September 31, 2013, the Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

(in thousands)

   June 30,

2014

    September 30,

2013

 

Term loan principal and interest due in quarterly installments through January 31, 2021, subject to acceleration to November 15, 2017

   $ 598,500      $ —     

Prior term loan, principal and interest repaid on January 31, 2014

     —          546,525   

Original issue discount on term loan, net of accumulated amortization

     (1,334     (4,403

Senior notes, due February 15, 2018; semi-annual cash interest payments due each February 15th and August 15th (interest rate of 12.50%)

     212,000        250,000   

Original issue discount and initial purchase discount on senior notes, net of accumulated amortization

     (4,913     (7,003
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     804,253        785,119   

Less current portion

     (6,000     (5,600
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 798,253      $ 779,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On January 31, 2014, NMHI and NMH Holdings, LLC completed a refinancing transaction by entering into the senior secured credit facilities consisting of a term loan facility and a senior revolver. In connection with the refinancing transaction, the prior senior secured credit facilities were repaid and replaced with the senior secured credit facilities. NMHI incurred $11.1 million of expenses related to the refinancing transaction including $7.2 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and $3.9 million related to the write-off of original issue discount related to the prior indebtedness. These expenses are recorded on the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations as Extinguishment of debt.

On February 26, 2014, NMHI redeemed $38.0 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 12.50% senior notes due 2018 (the “senior notes”), in accordance with the provisions of the indenture governing the senior notes. In connection with the partial redemption of the senior notes, NMHI incurred $3.6 million of expenses including $2.4 million related to redemption premium, $1.0 million related to the write-off of original issue discount and initial purchaser discount, and $0.2 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs. These expenses are recorded on the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations as Extinguishment of debt.

As of September 30, 2013, NMHI did not have any borrowings under the prior senior revolving credit facility (the “prior senior revolver”).

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On January 31, 2014, NMHI and NMH Holdings, LLC entered into a new senior credit agreement (the “senior credit agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders named therein, for the new senior secured credit facilities (the “senior secured credit facilities”), consisting of a $600.0 million term loan facility (the “term loan facility”), of which $50.0 million was deposited in a cash collateral account in support of issuance of letters of credit under an institutional letter of credit facility (the “institutional letter of credit facility”), and a $100.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “senior revolver”). The term loan facility has a seven-year maturity and the senior revolver has a five-year maturity; provided, that if the senior notes are not refinanced in full on or prior to the date that is three months prior to February 15, 2018, such maturity dates shall spring forward to November 15, 2017. The senior credit agreement provides that NMHI may make one or more offers to the lenders, and consummate transactions with individual lenders that accept the terms contained in such offers, to extend the maturity date of the lender’s term loans and/or revolving commitments, subject to certain conditions, and any extended term loans or revolving commitments will constitute a separate class of term loans or revolving commitments.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

All of NMHI’s obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by NMH Holdings, LLC and the subsidiary guarantors named therein (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). Pursuant to the Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2014 (the “guarantee and security agreement”), among NMH Holdings, LLC, as parent guarantor, NMHI, certain of NMHI’s subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors and Barclays Bank, PLC, as administrative agent, subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are secured by a pledge of 100% of NMHI’s capital stock and the capital stock of certain domestic subsidiaries and a security interest in substantially all of NMHI’s tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of NMH Holdings, LLC and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest, at NMHI’s option, at: (i) an ABR rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate of Barclays Bank PLC, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.0%, and (c) the Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month beginning on such day plus 100 basis points, plus 2.75% (provided that the ABR rate applicable to the term loan facility will not be less than 2.00% per annum); or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (provided that the Eurodollar rate applicable to the term loan facility will not be less than 1.00% per annum), plus 3.75%. NMHI is also required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the senior revolver at an initial rate of 0.50% of the average daily unutilized commitments thereunder. NMHI must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

Term loan

As of June 30, 2014, NMHI had $598.5 million of borrowings under the term loan. At June 30, 2014, the variable interest rate on the term loan was 4.75%.

The senior credit agreement requires us to make mandatory prepayments, subject to certain exceptions, with: (i) beginning in fiscal year 2015, 50% (which percentage will be reduced upon our achievement of certain first lien leverage ratios) of our annual excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit agreement); (ii) 100% of net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course assets sales or other dispositions of property, subject to certain exceptions and thresholds; and (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any debt incurrence, other than debt permitted under the senior credit agreement. NMHI is required to repay the term loan facility portion of the senior secured credit facilities in quarterly principal installments of 0.25% of the principal that commenced on June 30, 2014, with the balance payable at maturity. The senior credit agreement permits NMHI to offer to the lenders newly issued notes in exchange for their term loans in one or more permitted debt exchange offers, subject to the conditions set forth in the senior credit agreement. In addition, if, on or prior to July 31, 2014, NMHI prepays or reprices any portion of the term loan facility, it will be required to pay a prepayment premium of 1% of the loans being prepaid or repriced.

Prior term loan

The prior term loan was issued at a price equal to 98.5% of its face value. The prior senior credit agreement also included an annual provision for the prepayment of a portion of the outstanding term loan amounts beginning in fiscal 2011 equal to an amount ranging from 0 to 50% of a calculated amount, depending on NMHI’s leverage ratio, if NMHI generated certain levels of cash flow. NMHI was not required to make such a prepayment of its prior term loan. NMHI was required to repay the prior term loan in quarterly principal installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount, with the balance payable at maturity.

Senior revolver

During the nine months ended June 30, 2014, NMHI drew $9.3 million under the senior revolver and repaid $9.3 million during the period. At June 30, 2014, NMHI had no outstanding borrowings under the senior revolver and $100.0 million of availability under the senior revolver. NMHI had $44.7 million of standby letters of credit issued under the institutional letter of credit facility primarily related to the Company’s workers’ compensation insurance coverage. NMHI’s institutional letter of credit facility provided for the issuance of letters of credit up to the $50.0 million limit, and letters of credit in excess of that amount reduced availability under NMHI’s senior revolver. The interest rate for borrowings under the senior revolver was 6.0% as of June 30, 2014.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The senior revolver includes borrowing capacity available for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as the “swingline loans.” Any swingline loans or other borrowings under the senior revolver would have maturities less than one year, and would be reflected under Current portion of long-term debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Prior senior revolver

The prior senior revolver provided for borrowings of up to $75.0 million.

Senior Notes

In February 2011, NMHI issued $250.0 million of 12.5% senior notes due 2018 (the “senior notes”) at a price equal to 97.7% of their face value, for net proceeds of $244.3 million. The net proceeds were further reduced by an initial purchasers’ discount of $5.6 million. The senior notes are NMHI’s unsecured obligations and are guaranteed by certain of NMHI’s existing subsidiaries.

NMHI redeemed $38 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes on February 26, 2014, in accordance with the provisions of the indenture governing the senior notes. The redemption price of the senior notes was 106.250% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date.

Covenants

The senior credit agreement and indenture governing the senior notes contain negative covenants, including, among other things, limitations on the ability of NMHI and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt, transfer or sell assets, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The senior credit agreement contains a springing financial covenant that requires NMHI to maintain a specified consolidated leverage ratio in the event NMHI borrows in excess of 30% of its senior revolver commitment. If at the end of any fiscal quarter our usage of the senior revolver exceeds 30% of the commitments thereunder, we are required to maintain, at the end of each such fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2014, a consolidated first lien leverage ratio of not more than 5.50 to 1.00. This consolidated first lien leverage ratio will step down to 5.00 to 1.00 commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017. The springing financial covenant was not in effect as of June 30, 2014 as our usage of the senior revolver did not exceed the threshold for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.

NMHI is restricted under its debt agreements from paying dividends to NMH Holdings, LLC in excess of $15.0 million, except for dividends used for the repurchase of equity from former officers and employees, for the payment of management fees and taxes, and certain other exceptions, including the declaration and payment of dividends of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds contributed to NMHI in a public offering of common stock.

Derivatives

NMHI entered into an interest rate swap in a notional amount of $400.0 million effective March 31, 2011, maturing on September 30, 2014. NMHI entered into this interest rate swap to hedge the risk of changes in the floating rate of interest on borrowings under the term loan.

On October 15, 2012, NMHI amended the terms of its interest rate swap agreement in connection with the amendment and restatement of the terms of the prior senior secured credit facilities. The notional amount of the interest rate swap of $400.0 million and maturity date of September 30, 2014 remained unchanged. Under the new terms of the interest rate swap, NMHI receives from the counterparty a quarterly payment based on a rate equal to the greater of 3-month LIBOR and 1.25% per annum, and NMHI makes payments to the counterparty

 

F-10


Table of Contents

based on a fixed rate of 2.08% per annum, in each case on the notional amount of $400.0 million, settled on a net payment basis. Based on the applicable margin of 5.25% under NMHI’s prior term loan, this swap effectively fixed NMHI’s cost of borrowing for $400.0 million of the prior term loan at 7.3% per annum for the term of the swap. As a result of the modification of the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, the fair value of the interest rate swap was increased by $68 thousand and the increase in fair value is being amortized into Other income (expense) over the remaining term of the interest rate swap agreement.

Prior to the January 31, 2014 refinancing transaction, NMHI accounted for the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge and the effectiveness of the hedge relationship was assessed on a quarterly basis. The fair value of the swap agreement, representing the price that would be paid to transfer the liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, was recorded in current liabilities (under Other accrued liabilities) and was determined based on pricing models and independent formulas using current assumptions. The change in fair market value was recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

In conjunction with the January 31, 2014 refinancing transaction, NMHI de-designated the interest rate swap agreement as a cash flow hedge. Subsequent to the January 31, 2014 refinancing transaction, prospective mark to market adjustments will be recognized in earnings and accumulated mark to market adjustments are being amortized and recognized in earnings over the term of the interest rate swap agreement which matures on September 30, 2014. For the nine months ended June 30, 2014, NMHI recognized $1.4 million of interest expense, related to the amortization of the previously mark to market adjustments. As of June 30, 2014, the unamortized historical mark to market adjustments balance included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheet was $0.5 million net of tax effect of $0.4 million.

4. Shareholder’s Equity

Common Stock

All of the outstanding shares of Civitas’ common stock are held by NMH Investment. The holder of the Civitas’ common stock is entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by Civitas’ Board of Directors. In addition, the holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share.

Dividends to NMH Investment

During the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company paid dividends of $110 thousand and $39 thousand, respectively, to NMH Investment to fund the repurchases of equity units from employees upon or after their departures from the Company.

5. Business Combinations

The operating results of the businesses acquired are included in the consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. The Company accounted for the acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting and, as a result, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net tangible assets was allocated to specifically identified intangible assets, with the residual being allocated to goodwill.

During the nine months ended June 30, 2014, the Company acquired seven companies complementary to its business for a total cash consideration of $16.6 million of which $1.5 million was paid in July 2014.

Show-Me Health Care. On November 29, 2013, the Company acquired the assets of Show-Me Health Care for $1.2 million. Show-Me Health Care is located in Missouri and provides community-based supportive living services to individuals with developmental disabilities. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $0.3 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.9 million of intangible assets which included $0.7 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of 12 years, $0.2 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of 10 years, and $14 thousand of non-compete/non-solicit agreement with a useful life of 5 years.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Occazio, Inc. (“Occazio”) . On January 2, 2014, the Company acquired the assets of Occazio for $5.5 million. Occazio is located in Indiana and provides residential, home care and home health care services to consumers with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $1.4 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $3.9 million of intangible assets which included $2.9 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of 12 years, $0.7 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of 10 years, $0.2 million trade name with a useful life of 5 years, and $24 thousand of non-compete/non-solicit agreement with a useful life of 5 years. The remaining purchase price was allocated to tangible assets.

Rose View Group Home, LLC (“Rose View”). On January 31, 2014, the Company acquired the assets of Rose View for $0.2 million. Rose View is located in Ohio and provides group home and related services to individuals with developmental disabilities.

Momentum Rehabilitation Services, Inc., D/B/A Ann Arbor Rehabilitation Centers (“Ann Arbor”) . On February 7, 2014, the Company acquired the assets of Ann Arbor for $4.8 million. Ann Arbor is located in Michigan and provides comprehensive on and off-campus residential housing and personalized daily services to adults with traumatic brain injury. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $1.0 million of goodwill in the Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $3.8 million of intangible assets which included $3.7 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of 12 years, $0.1 million trade name with a useful life of 5 years, and $33 thousand of non-compete/non-solicit agreement with a useful life of 5 years.

Tender Loving Care Metro LLC (“Tender Loving Care”). On April 7, 2014, the Company acquired the assets of Tender Loving Care for $3.0 million. Tender Loving Care is located in Minnesota and provides residential and related services to individuals with traumatic brain injury and mental illness. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $0.5 million of goodwill in the Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $2.4 million of intangible assets which included $2.0 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of 12 years, $0.3 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of 10 years, and $0.1 million of non-compete/non-solicit agreement with a useful life of 5 years.

AmeriServe International of Arizona, Inc.(“AmeriServe”). On June 30, 2014, the Company acquired the assets of AmeriServe for $ 0.4 million. AmeriServe is located in Arizona and provides group home services, day program services and related services to individuals with developmental disabilities. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $0.1 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.3 million of intangible assets which included $0.2 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of 12 years, $39 thousand of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of 10 years, and $12 thousand of non-compete/non-solicit agreement with a useful life of 5 years.

G&D Alternative Living, Inc. (“G&D”) . On June 30, 2014, the Company acquired the assets of G&D for $1.5 million. G&D is located in Ohio and provides group home services, day program services and related services to individuals with developmental disabilities. Based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired at the date of acquisition, the Company recorded $0.3 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $1.1 million of intangible assets which included $0.9 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of 12 years, $0.1 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of 10 years, and $45 thousand of non-compete/non-solicit agreement with a useful life of 5 years. The purchase price allocation for G&D has been prepared on a preliminary basis and is subject to change as additional information becomes available concerning the fair value of the intangible assets acquired. Any adjustments to the purchase price allocation will be made as soon as practicable but no later than one year from June 30, 2015, the acquisition date.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired assumed at the date of the acquisition:

 

(in thousands)    Show-Me
Health Care
     Occazio      Rose View      Ann Arbor      Tender Loving
Care
     AmeriServe      G&D      Total  

Identifiable intangible assets

   $ 895       $ 3,863       $ 143       $ 3,800       $ 2,396       $ 288       $ 1,082       $ 12,467   

Property and equipment

     9         216         —          50         16         43         102         436   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

   $ 904       $ 4,079       $ 143       $ 3,850       $ 2,412       $ 331       $ 1,184       $ 12,903   

Goodwill

   $ 336       $ 1,421       $ 57       $ 972       $ 538       $ 69       $ 316       $ 3,709   

On June 30, 2014, Adult Day Health, Inc., a newly formed subsidiary of the Company, agreed to acquire Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance for an aggregate purchase price of up to $38.3 million in cash. Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance operates adult day health facilities in the Boston area. Massachusetts Adult Day Health Alliance provides outpatient, center-based services that provide health, therapeutic and social support to adults in a group environment.

Pro forma Results of Operations

The following table presents the unaudited pro forma financial results as if the 2014 acquisitions had occurred on October 1, 2012 (in thousands). The pro forma information presented below does not intend to indicate what the Company’s results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had in fact occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented nor does it intend to be a projection of the impact on future results or trends. The Company has determined that the presentation of the results of operations for each of these acquisitions, from the date of acquisition, is impracticable due to the integration of the operations upon acquisition.

 

     Nine Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2013  

Pro forma net revenues

   $ 949,110       $ 915,464   

Income from operations

     45,924         37,883   

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The changes in goodwill for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 are as follows:

 

     Human
Services
     Post-Acute
Specialty
Rehabilitation
Services
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance as of October 1, 2013

   $ 169,524       $ 66,001       $ 235,525   

Goodwill acquired through acquisitions

     2,199         1,510         3,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2014

   $ 171,723       $ 67,511       $ 239,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following as of June 30, 2014:

 

Description

   Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Intangible
Assets, Net
 
(in thousands)                     

Agency contracts

   $ 474,246       $ 218,786       $ 255,460   

Non-compete/non-solicit

     4,113         2,238         1,875   

Relationship with contracted caregivers

     10,963         8,742         2,221   

Trade names

     4,067         2,782         1,285   

Trade names (indefinite life)

     42,400         —          42,400   

Licenses and permits

     46,895         31,783         15,112   

Intellectual property

     904         654         250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 583,588       $ 264,985       $ 318,603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets consist of the following as of September 30, 2013:

 

Description

   Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Intangible
Assets, Net
 
(in thousands)                     

Agency contracts

   $ 464,480       $ 195,737       $ 268,743   

Non-compete/non-solicit

     4,929         2,058         2,871   

Relationship with contracted caregivers

     10,963         7,905         3,058   

Trade names

     3,787         2,431         1,356   

Trade names (indefinite life)

     42,400         —          42,400   

Licenses and permits

     45,760         28,343         17,417   

Intellectual property

     904         558         346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 573,223       $ 237,032       $ 336,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense for continuing operations was $28.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to $29.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. During the nine months ended June 30, 2014 there was no amortization expense for discontinued operations. During the nine months ended June 30, 2013 there was $0.2 million of amortization expense for discontinued operations.

Additionally, during the three and nine months ended June 30, 2014, the Company determined that certain intangible assets associated with programs that it voluntarily withdrew from within the Human Services segment were impaired. As a result, the Company recorded $1.3 million of additional expense for the write-off of these intangible assets. This charge is included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The estimated remaining amortization expense related to intangible assets with finite lives for the three months remaining in fiscal 2014 and each of the four succeeding years and thereafter is as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

2014

   $ 8,957   

2015

     36,200   

2016

     34,301   

2017

     30,273   

2018

     29,377   

Thereafter

     137,095   
  

 

 

 
   $ 276,203   
  

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

7. Related Party Transactions

Management Agreement

On February 9, 2011, the Company entered into an amended and restated management agreement with Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. (“Vestar”) relating to certain advisory and consulting services for an annual management fee equal to the greater of (i) $850 thousand or (ii) an amount equal to 1.0% of the Company’s consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and management fee for each fiscal year determined as set forth in the Company’s senior credit agreement.

As part of the management agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify Vestar and its affiliates from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the performance by Vestar of its services pursuant to the management agreement. The management agreement will terminate upon such time that Vestar and its partners and their respective affiliates hold, directly or indirectly in the aggregate, less than 20% of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or upon initial public offering of common stock meeting certain specified requirements.

This agreement provides for the payment of reasonable and customary fees to Vestar for services in connection with a sale of the Company, an initial public offering by or involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries or any extraordinary acquisition by or involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries; provided, that such fees shall only be paid with the consent of the directors of the Company who are not affiliated with or employed by Vestar. The Company recorded $1.0 million of management fees and expenses for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. The accrued liability related to the management agreement was $0.2 million and $0.5 million at June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, respectively.

Lease Agreements

The Company leases several offices, homes and other facilities from its employees, or from relatives of employees, primarily in the states of Minnesota, Florida and California. These leases have various expiration dates extending out as far as January 2019. Related party lease expense was $0.8 million and $1.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

8. Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures and reports its financial assets and liabilities on the basis of fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

A three-level hierarchy for disclosure has been established to show the extent and level of judgment used to estimate fair value measurements, as follows:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs (quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability).

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. These values are generally determined using pricing models which utilize management estimates of market participant assumptions.

Valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured using Level 3 inputs may include methodologies such as the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach, and may use unobservable inputs such as projections, estimates and management’s interpretation of current market data. These unobservable inputs are only utilized to the extent that observable inputs are not available or cost-effective to obtain.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value at June 30, 2014 consist of:

 

(in thousands)

   Total     Quoted
Market Prices
(Level 1)
     Significant  Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ (827   $ —         $ (827   $ —    

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value at September 30, 2013 consist of:

 

(in thousands)

   Total     Quoted
Market Prices
(Level 1)
     Significant  Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ (3,165   $ —        $ (3,165   $ —    

Interest rate swap agreements. The fair value of the swap agreements was recorded in current liabilities (under Other accrued liabilities) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these agreements was determined based on pricing models and independent formulas using current assumptions that included swap terms, interest rates and forward LIBOR curves and the Company’s credit risk.

At June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, the carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and variable rate debt approximated fair value. The carrying value and fair value of the Company’s fixed rate debt instruments are set forth below:

 

     June 30, 2014      September 30, 2013  

(in thousands)

   Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Senior notes (issued February 9, 2011)

   $ 207,087       $ 226,310       $ 242,997       $ 268,750   

The fair values were estimated using calculations based on quoted market prices when available and company—specific credit risk. If the Company’s long-term debt was measured at fair value, it would have been categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

9. Income Taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rate for the interim periods was based on management’s estimate of the Company’s annual effective tax rate for the applicable year. For the nine months ended June 30, 2014, the Company’s effective income tax rate was 29.9%, as compared to an effective tax rate of 34.5% for the nine months ended June 30, 2013. These rates differ from the federal statutory income tax rate primarily due to nondeductible permanent differences such as meals and nondeductible compensation, and net operating losses not benefited.

The Company files a federal consolidated return and files various state income tax returns. The Company files various state income tax returns and, generally, is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the taxing authorities for years prior to September 30, 2010. The Company did not have a reserve for uncertain income tax positions at June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013. The Company does not expect any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as charges to income tax expense.

10. Segment Information

The Company has two reportable segments, Human Services and Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services (“SRS”).

The Human Services segment delivers home and community-based human services to adults and children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities and to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges. Human Services is organized in a reporting structure composed of two operating segments

 

F-16


Table of Contents

which are aggregated into one reportable segment based on similarity of the economic characteristics and services provided.

The SRS segment delivers health care and community-based health and human services to individuals who have suffered acquired brain and/or spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses. This segment is organized in a reporting structure composed of two operating segments which are aggregated based on similarity of economic characteristics and services provided.

Activities classified as “Corporate” in the table below relate primarily to unallocated home office items.

The Company generally evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on income (loss) from operations. The following is a financial summary by reportable operating segment for the periods indicated.

 

For the nine months ended June 30,

   Human
Services
     Post-Acute
Specialty
Rehabilitation
Services
     Corporate     Consolidated  
     (in thousands)  

2014

          

Net revenue

   $ 769,186       $ 169,675       $ —       $ 938,861   

Income (loss) from operations

     71,974         12,414         (40,213     44,176   

Total assets

     610,679         220,763         200,052        1,031,494   

Depreciation and amortization

     35,082         14,021         1,884        50,987   

Purchases of property and equipment

     11,110         10,661         2,500        24,271   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     17,430         587         (42,123     (24,106

2013

          

Net revenue

   $ 737,883       $ 155,658       $ —       $ 893,541   

Income (loss) from operations

     62,530         12,588         (40,827     34,291   

Depreciation and amortization

     34,543         11,679         1,748        47,970   

Purchases of property and equipment

     11,913         6,349         4,072        22,334   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     13,724         2,585         (40,748     (24,439

Revenue derived from contracts with state and local governmental payors in the state of Minnesota, the Company’s largest state, which is included in the Human Services segment, accounted for approximately 14% of the Company’s revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to 14% for the nine months ended June 30, 2013.

11. Accruals for Self-Insurance

The Company maintains insurance for professional and general liability, workers’ compensation liability, automobile liability and health insurance liabilities that includes self-insured retentions. The Company intends to maintain such coverage in the future and is of the opinion that its insurance coverage is adequate to cover potential losses on asserted claims. Employment practices liability is fully self-insured.

The Company records expenses related to claims on an incurred basis, which includes estimates of fully developed losses for both reported and unreported claims. The accruals for the health, workers’ compensation, automobile, and professional and general liability programs are based on analyses performed by management and take into account reports by independent third parties. Accruals are periodically reevaluated and increased or decreased based on new information.

For professional and general liability, from October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2013, the Company was self-insured for the first $4.0 million of each and every claim with no aggregate limit. Commencing October 1, 2013,

 

F-17


Table of Contents

the Company is self-insured for $4.0 million per claim and $28.0 million in the aggregate. In connection with the acquisition by Vestar on June 29, 2006 (the “Merger”), the Company purchased additional insurance for certain claims relating to pre-Merger periods subject to $1.0 million per claim and up to $2.0 million in aggregate retentions.

For workers’ compensation, the Company has a $350 thousand per claim retention with statutory limits. Automobile liability has a $100 thousand per claim retention, with additional insurance coverage above the retention. The Company purchases specific stop loss insurance as protection against extraordinary claims liability for health insurance claims. Stop loss insurance covers claims that exceed $300 thousand on a per member basis.

The Company reports its self-insurance liabilities on a gross basis without giving effect to insurance recoveries. Anticipated insurance recoveries are presented in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Self-insured liabilities are presented in Accrued payroll and related costs, Other accrued liabilities and Other long-term liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets.

12. Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is in the health and human services business and, therefore, has been and continues to be subject to substantial claims alleging that the Company, its employees or its independently contracted host-home caregivers (“Mentors”) failed to provide proper care for a client. The Company is also subject to claims by its clients, its employees, its Mentors or community members against the Company for negligence, intentional misconduct or violation of applicable laws. Included in the Company’s recent claims are claims alleging personal injury, assault, abuse, wrongful death and other charges. Regulatory agencies may initiate administrative proceedings alleging that the Company’s programs, employees or agents violate statutes and regulations and seek to impose monetary penalties on the Company. The Company could be required to incur significant costs to respond to regulatory investigations or defend against civil lawsuits and, if the Company does not prevail, the Company could be required to pay substantial amounts of money in damages, settlement amounts or penalties arising from these legal proceedings.

The Company is also subject to potential lawsuits under the False Claims Act and other federal and state whistleblower statutes designed to combat fraud and abuse in the health care industry. These lawsuits can involve significant monetary awards that may incentivize private plaintiffs to bring these suits. If the Company is found to have violated the False Claims Act, it could be excluded from participation in Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act provides a mandate for more vigorous and widespread enforcement activity to combat fraud and abuse in the health care industry.

The Company is also subject to employee-related claims under state and federal law, including claims for discrimination, wrongful discharge or retaliation; claims for wage and hour violations under the Fair Labor Standards Act or state wage and hour laws.

Two of the Company’s subsidiaries were named defendants in an action recently pending in the Illinois Circuit Court, Cook County, Law Division. The action was brought September 10, 2009, on behalf of a minor with disabilities by her guardian ad litem and biological parents who sought damages for injuries suffered by the minor during a foster home placement coordinated by the Company. The case was dismissed on June 10, 2014 after a settlement was reached by the parties. The Company paid $1.5 million towards the settlement of this action and the balance of the settlement was paid by the Company’s insurers.

The Company reserves for costs related to contingencies in accordance with aggregate estimates, or when a loss is not included in its estimates and the loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable or a range of loss can be determined. These accruals represent management’s best estimate of probable loss. Disclosure is also provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or its reasonably possible that the amount of loss will exceed the recorded provision. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability

 

F-18


Table of Contents

and the determination as to whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. These revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.

13. Subsequent Events

Acquisitions

Subsequent to June 30, 2014, the Company acquired three businesses for cash consideration of $3.1 million. The Company is in the process of determining the fair value of net assets acquired.

We have considered the impact of subsequent events through August 18, 2014.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Boston, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Civitas Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NMH Holdings, Inc.) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholder’s equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Civitas Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries at September 30, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

May 27, 2014

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     September 30,  
     2013     2012  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,440      $ 125  

Restricted cash

     807        1,134   

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $12,494 and $9,250 at September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     144,954        153,991   

Deferred tax assets, net

     18,424        18,764   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     18,641        20,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     202,266        194,988   

Property and equipment, net

     153,635        151,548   

Intangible assets, net

     336,191        372,385   

Goodwill

     235,525        234,263   

Restricted cash

     50,000        50,000   

Other assets

     43,652        42,696   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,021,269      $ 1,045,880   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 26,568      $ 33,640   

Accrued payroll and related costs

     65,340        60,010   

Other accrued liabilities

     45,066        50,385   

Obligations under capital lease, current

     430        461   

Current portion of long-term debt

     5,600        24,300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     143,004        168,796   

Other long-term liabilities

     68,936        64,893   

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     69,816        81,340   

Obligations under capital lease, less current portion

     6,509        8,384   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     779,519        752,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     1,067,784        1,075,811   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

    
SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT     

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized and 10 shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     90,325        90,091   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,880     (3,358

Accumulated deficit

     (134,960     (116,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s deficit

     (46,515     (29,931
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit

   $ 1,021,269      $ 1,045,880   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Amounts in thousands except share amounts)

 

    Year Ended September 30,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Net revenue

  $ 1,198,653      $ 1,123,118      $ 1,062,773   

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation expense shown separately below)

    935,143        874,778        823,009   

Operating expenses:

     

General and administrative

    146,040        140,221        144,011   

Depreciation and amortization

    64,146        60,534        61,330   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    210,186        200,755        205,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    53,324        47,585        34,423   

Other income (expense):

     

Management fee of related party

    (1,359     (1,325     (1,271

Other income (expense), net

    929        2        (142

Extinguishment of debt

    —         —         (23,684

Interest income

    137        332        22   

Interest expense

    (78,075     (79,445     (67,511
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

    (25,044     (32,851     (58,163

Benefit for income taxes

    (9,472     (19,283     (19,287
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (15,572     (13,568     (38,876

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax of $1,731, $446 and $2,937

    (2,724     (701     (4,625
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (18,296   $ (14,269   $ (43,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per common share, basic and diluted:

     

Loss from continuing operations

  $ (1,557   $ (1,357   $ (3,888

Loss from discontinued operations

    (273     (70     (462
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (1,830   $ (1,427   $ (4,350
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    10        10        10   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Net loss

   $ (18,296   $ (14,269   $ (43,501

Other comprehensive loss (gain), net of tax:

      

Gain (loss) on derivative instrument net of tax for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 of $1,027, $447 and $(2,727), respectively

     1,478        659        (4,017
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (16,818   $ (13,610   $ (47,518
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit)

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

(Loss) Income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Shareholder’s
Equity

(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount          

Balance at October 1, 2010

    10      $ —        $ 87,269      $ —        $ (58,894   $ 28,375   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    —          —          —          (4,017     —          (4,017

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          3,675        —          —          3,675   

Dividend to NMH Investment

    —          —          (1,450     —          —          (1,450

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (43,501     (43,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

    10        —          89,494        (4,017     (102,395     (16,918

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —          —          —          659        —          659   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          672        —          —          672   

Dividend to NMH Investment

    —          —          (75     —          —          (75

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (14,269     (14,269
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2012

    10        —          90,091        (3,358     (116,664     (29,931

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —          —          —          1,478        —          1,478   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          273        —          —          273   

Dividend to NMH Investment

    —          —          (39     —          —          (39

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (18,296     (18,296
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

    10      $ —        $ 90,325      $ (1,880   $ (134,960   $ (46,515
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Year Ended September 30,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Operating activities

     

Net loss

  $ (18,296   $ (14,269   $ (43,501

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Accounts receivable allowances

    18,286        12,902        11,670   

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    25,753        24,118        23,306   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    37,600        36,885        39,755   

Amortization and write-off (in 2011) of original issue discount and initial purchasers discount

    2,946        2,956        3,115   

Amortization and write-off (in 2011) of financing costs

    2,851        2,395        11,290   

Stock-based compensation

    273        672        3,675   

Deferred income taxes

    (12,212     (16,103     (23,729

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

    165        283        (56

Change in the fair value of contingent consideration

    —         —         (2,545

Non-cash impairment charge

    6,344        955        11,893   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

    (9,249     (33,092     (19,424

Other assets

    553        (2,087     2,790   

Accounts payable

    (5,930     5,961        (1,045

Accrued payroll and related costs

    5,330        3,324        6,580   

Other accrued liabilities

    (2,719     6,562        6,764   

Other long-term liabilities

    4,043        (2,211     252   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    55,738        29,251        30,790   

Investing activities

     

Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash received

    (9,275     (16,544     (12,688

Purchases of property and equipment

    (31,901     (29,995     (20,878

Changes in restricted cash

    327        (198     (49,890

Proceeds from sale of assets

    1,472        4,075        914   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (39,377     (42,662     (82,542

Financing activities

     

Repayments of long-term debt

    (5,525     (5,300     (714,172

Issuance of long term-debt, net of original issue discount

    30,000        —         760,767   

Proceeds from borrowings under senior revolver

    469,400        679,200        30,600   

Repayments of borrowings under senior revolver

    (488,400     (660,200     (30,600

Repayments of capital lease obligations

    (434     (399     (244

Cash paid for contingent consideration

    —         —         (4,975

Dividend to NMH Investment

    (39     (75     (1,450

Payments of financing costs

    (2,048     (78     (14,421
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    2,954        13,148        25,505   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    19,315        (263     (26,247

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    125       388        26,635   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 19,440      $ 125     $ 388   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

     

Cash paid for interest

  $ 71,670      $ 73,110      $ 60,263   

Cash paid for income taxes, net

  $ 1,665      $ 441      $ 1,601   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

     

Accrued property, plant and equipment

  $ 919      $ 2,093      $ 1,601   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

     

Capital lease obligation incurred to acquire assets

  $ —       $ 2,434      $ 5,302   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

September 30, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation

Civitas Solutions, Inc., formerly known as NMH Holdings, Inc. (“Civitas”), is a wholly owned subsidiary of NMH Investment, LLC (“NMH Investment”). Substantially all of the equity interests of NMH Investment are owned by Vestar Capital Partners and certain of the Company’s executive officers and directors. Civitas is the sole member of NMH Holdings, LLC, which is the sole stockholder of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. (“NMHI”). Civitas, through its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is a leading provider of home- and community-based health and human services to adults and children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities, acquired brain injury and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses; and to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges. Since the Company’s founding in 1980, the Company’s operations have grown to 35 states. The Company provides residential services to approximately 12,300 clients, some of whom also receive periodic services. Approximately 16,700 clients receive periodic services from the Company in non-residential settings.

The Company designs customized service plans to meet the unique needs of its clients, which it delivers in home- and community-based settings. Most of the Company’s service plans involve residential support, typically in small group homes, host home settings, or specialized community facilities, designed to improve the clients’ quality of life and to promote their independence and participation in community life. Other services offered include supported living, day and transitional programs, vocational services, case management, family-based and outpatient therapeutic services, post-acute treatment and neurorehabilitation, neurobehavioral rehabilitation and physical, occupational and speech therapies, among others. The Company’s customized service plans offer its clients as well as the payors of these services, an attractive, cost-effective alternative to health and human services provided in large, institutional settings.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

These accounting policies and estimates are periodically reevaluated, and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers short-term investments with maturity dates of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily consist of bank deposits and the carrying value of cash equivalents approximates fair value.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of a cash collateral account set up to support the issuance of letters of credit under the Company’s institutional letter of credit facility and funds provided from government payors restricted for client use.

Financial Instruments

Financial instruments include cash, accounts receivables, variable and fixed rate debt, and accounts payable. The carrying value of these instruments approximates their fair values with the exception of the fixed rate debt.

Concentrations of Credit and Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, self-insurance receivables and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with federally insured commercial banks in the United States, which, at times may exceed federally insured limits. The unlimited coverage by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) expired on December 31, 2012. Accounts are currently guaranteed by the FDIC up to $250 thousand. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company derived approximately 87%, 87% and 90% of its revenue from state and local government payors for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These entities fund a significant portion of their payments to the Company through federal matching funds, which pass through various state and local government agencies.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is reported net of allowances for unauthorized sales and estimated sales adjustments. Revenue is also reported net of any state provider taxes or gross receipts taxes levied on services the Company provides. Sales adjustments are estimated based on an analysis of historical sales adjustments and recent developments in payment trends. Revenue is recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the service has been provided, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.

The Company recognizes revenue for services performed pursuant to contracts with various state and local government agencies and private health care agencies as follows: cost-reimbursement contract revenue is recognized at the time the service costs are incurred and units-of-service contract revenue is recognized at the time the service is provided. For the Company’s cost-reimbursement contracts, the rate provided by the payor is based on a certain level of service and types of costs incurred in delivering the service. From time to time, the Company receives payments under cost-reimbursement contracts in excess of the allowable costs required to support those payments. In such instances, the Company estimates and records a liability for such excess payments. At the end of the contract period, any balance of excess payments is maintained as a liability until it is reimbursed to the payor. Revenue in the future may be affected by changes in rate-setting structures, methodologies or interpretations that may be enacted in states where the Company operates or by the federal government.

Cost of Revenue

The Company classifies expenses directly related to providing services as Cost of revenue, except for depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue, which are shown separately in the consolidated statements of operations. Direct costs and expenses principally include salaries and benefits for service provider employees, per diem payments to independently contracted host-home caregivers (“Mentors”), residential occupancy expenses, which are primarily comprised of rent and utilities related to facilities providing direct care, certain client expenses such as food and medicine and transportation costs for clients requiring services, and professional and general liability expense.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The Company provides for depreciation using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Estimated useful lives for buildings are 30 years. The useful lives for computer hardware and software are three years, the useful lives for furniture and equipment range from three to five years and the useful lives for vehicles are five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining lease term or seven years. Capital lease assets are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the useful life of the asset. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as incurred. When assets are sold or retired, the corresponding cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the period of the sale or retirement.

Internal Use Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with its internally developed software that are incurred subsequent to the preliminary project stage. Specifically, the Company capitalizes the payroll and payroll-related costs of employees who are directly involved with and who devote time to the Company’s software development project and other applicable third-party costs, and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software of three years. Amortization begins when the internal-use software is ready for its intended use.

Internal use software development costs of $1.3 million have been capitalized for the year ended September 30, 2013. The capitalized amounts were included as part of construction in progress on the consolidated balance sheets in Property and equipment. Because the Company believes that the project is not substantially complete and ready for its intended use, no amortization expense has been recorded to date.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from government agencies, not-for-profit providers and commercial insurance companies. An estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded to the extent it is probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be collected. In evaluating the collectibility of accounts receivable, the Company considers a number of factors, including payment trends in individual states, age of the accounts and the status of ongoing disputes with third party payors. Complex rules and regulations regarding billing and timely filing requirements in various states are also a factor in our assessment of the collectibility of accounts receivable. Actual collections of accounts receivable in subsequent periods may require changes in the estimated allowance for doubtful accounts. Changes in these estimates are charged or credited to revenue as a contractual allowance in the consolidated statements of operations in the period of the change in estimate.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company reviews costs of purchased businesses in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill), and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, unless significant changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment may have occurred sooner. The Company conducts its annual impairment test for both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on July 1 of each year.

The Company is required to test goodwill on a reporting unit basis, of which there are two for each of the Company’s operating segments. The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The Company has elected to bypass the qualitative assessments for fiscal 2013 and proceed directly to the two-step impairment test. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value then the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill in

 

F-28


Table of Contents

order to determine the amount of impairment to be recognized. The excess of the carrying value of goodwill above the implied goodwill, if any, would be recognized as an impairment charge. Fair values are established using discounted cash flow and comparative market multiple methods.

For its indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The Company has elected to bypass the qualitative assessments for fiscal 2013 and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test. The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets requires the determination of the fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the difference. Fair values are established using the Relief from Royalty method.

The fair value of a reporting unit is based on discounted estimated future cash flows. The assumptions used to estimate fair value include management’s best estimates of future growth, capital expenditures, discount rates and market conditions over an estimate of the remaining operating period. As such, actual results may differ from these estimates and lead to a revaluation of the Company’s goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. If updated estimates indicate that the fair value of goodwill or any indefinite-life intangibles is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment charge is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the period of the change in estimate.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable based on the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset is determined not to be recoverable, a write-down to fair value is recorded.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined by multiplying the differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases for assets and liabilities by the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such differences are recovered or settled. These deferred tax assets and liabilities are separated into current and long-term amounts based on the classification of the related assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and netted by jurisdiction. Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets are estimated based on the Company’s assessment of its ability to realize such amounts.

The Company also recognizes the benefits of tax positions when certain criteria are satisfied. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense which is consistent with the recognition of these items in prior reporting periods.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company reports derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in current operations or in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) depending upon whether the derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction.

The Company, from time to time, enters into interest rate swap agreements to hedge against variability in cash flows resulting from fluctuations in the benchmark interest rate, on the Company’s debt. These agreements

 

F-29


Table of Contents

involve the exchange of variable interest rates for fixed interest rates over the life of the swap agreement without an exchange of the notional amount upon which the payments are based. On a quarterly basis, the differential to be received or paid as interest rates change is accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In addition, on a quarterly basis the mark to market valuation is recorded as an adjustment to gain (loss) on derivative instrument within the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The related amount receivable from or payable to counterparties is included as an asset or liability, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Stock-Based Compensation

NMH Investment, the Company’s parent, adopted an equity-based compensation plan in 2006, and from time to time it has issued units of limited liability company interests pursuant to such plan, consisting of Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units, Class D Common Units, Class E Common Units, Class F Common Units, Class G Common Units and Class H Common Units. The units are limited liability company interests and are available for issuance to the Company’s employees and members of the Board of Directors for incentive purposes. For purposes of determining the compensation expense associated with these grants, management values the business enterprise using a variety of widely accepted valuation techniques which considered a number of factors such as the Company’s financial performance, the values of comparable companies and the lack of marketability of the Company’s equity. The Company then uses the option pricing method to determine the fair value of these units at the time of grant using valuation assumptions consisting of the expected term in which the units will be realized; a risk-free interest rate equal to the U.S. federal treasury bond rate consistent with the term assumption; expected dividend yield, for which there is none; and expected volatility based on the historical data of equity instruments of comparable companies. For Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units, Class D Common Units, Class E Common Units and Class F Common Units, the estimated fair value of the units, less an assumed forfeiture rate, is recognized in expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards. The Class G Common Units and Class H Common Units vest upon a liquidity event and/or upon the occurrence of certain investment return conditions, for which the compensation expense will then be recognized in its entirety when probable.

Accruals for Self-Insurance

The Company maintains professional and general liability, workers’ compensation, automobile liability and health insurance with policies that include self-insured retentions. It is fully self-insured for employment practices liability claims. The Company records expenses related to claims on an incurred basis, which includes estimates of fully developed losses for both reported and unreported claims. The accruals for the health and workers’ compensation, automobile, employment practices and professional and general liability programs are based on analyses performed internally by management and may take into account reports by independent third parties. Accruals relating to prior periods are periodically re-evaluated and increased or decreased based on new information.

Self-Insurance Gross versus Net Presentation

The Company reports its insurance liabilities on a gross basis without giving effect to insurance recoveries. Anticipated insurance recoveries are presented in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Self-insured liabilities are presented in Accrued payroll and related costs, Other accrued liabilities and Other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Legal Contingencies

The Company is regularly involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings in the operation of its business. For claims that are not accounted for in its self-insurance reserves, the Company reserves for costs when a potential loss for any claim, asserted or unasserted, is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated or a range of loss can be determined. These accruals represent management’s best estimate of probable

 

F-30


Table of Contents

loss. Disclosure is also provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when its reasonably possible that the amount of loss will exceed the recorded provision. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. These revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial position.

Subsequent Events

We have considered the impact of subsequent events through May 27, 2014.

Discontinued Operations

The Company analyzes its operations that have been divested or classified as held-for-sale to determine if they qualify for discontinued operations accounting. Only operations that qualify as a component of an entity, as defined by the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), can be classified as a discontinued operation. In addition, only components where the cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from ongoing operations by the end of the assessment period and where the Company does not have significant continuing involvement with the divested operations would qualify for discontinued operations accounting.

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Presentation of Comprehensive Income— In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 eliminated the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. The final standard requires entities to present net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 and was applied retrospectively. Additionally, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”) in February 2013. Under ASU 2013-02, an entity is required to provide information about the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the income statement or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income by the net income line item. ASU 2013-02 was effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2013. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2013-02 impacted the presentation of other comprehensive loss as the Company previously presented the components of other comprehensive loss as part of the statement of changes in stockholder’s equity (deficit).

Intangibles—Goodwill and Other— In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-08, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”). Under ASU 2011-08, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. Additionally, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the impairment test, and perform the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. ASU 2011-08 was effective for the Company in fiscal 2013. The adoption of this provision did not impact the consolidated financial statements as the Company has elected to proceed directly to the first step of the impairment test.

Intangibles-Goodwill and Other —In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-02, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets for Impairment (“ASU 2012-02”). ASU 2012-02 amends the guidance in ASC 350, to provide an option to first

 

F-31


Table of Contents

make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount before applying the quantitative impairment test. An entity is required to perform the quantitative test only if it determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinitely-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. ASU 2012-02 was effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption being permitted. The adoption of this provision did not impact the consolidated financial statements as the Company has elected to proceed directly to the first step of the impairment test.

Technical Corrections and Improvements— In October 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2012-04”) . The amendments in this update cover a wide range of Topics in the Accounting Standards Codification. These amendments include technical corrections and improvements to the Accounting Standards Codification and conforming amendments related to fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2012-04 will not have a material impact to its consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes— In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): - Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”) . ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present the reserve for uncertain tax positions when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance requires the reserve for uncertain tax positions to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to the deferred tax asset for a tax loss or other tax carryforward that would be applied in the settlement of the uncertain tax position. This guidance, which is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Reporting Discontinued Operations— In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (“ASU 2014-08”) . ASU 2014-08 changes the definition of a discontinued operation to include only those disposals of components of an entity that represent a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results, and changes the criteria and enhances disclosures for reporting discontinued operations. The pronouncement is to be applied prospectively, and is effective for our fiscal year that begins October 1, 2014. We do not expect that the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

4. Business Combinations

The operating results of the businesses acquired are included in the consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. The Company accounted for the acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting and, as a result, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net tangible assets was allocated to specifically identified intangible assets, with the residual being allocated to goodwill.

Fiscal 2013 Acquisitions

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013, the Company acquired three companies complementary to its business for total fair value consideration of $9.3 million.

Beyond Abilities. On September 20, 2013, the Company acquired the assets of Beyond Abilities for $4.4 million. Beyond Abilities is located in Wisconsin and provides residential and support services to individuals with cognitive disabilities and challenging behaviors. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $1.3 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax

 

F-32


Table of Contents

purposes. The Company acquired $0.1 million of tangible assets and $3.0 million of intangible assets, which included $1.5 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of twelve years, $0.9 million of non-compete/non-solicit agreement with a useful life of 5 years, and $0.6 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of 10 years.

Community Links. On August 30, 2013, the Company acquired the assets of Community Links for $4.4 million. Community Links is located in Michigan and provides comprehensive supportive services to adults with traumatic brain injury. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $1.3 million of goodwill in the Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $3.1 million of intangible assets which primarily included $3.0 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of twelve years. The remaining purchase price was allocated to tangible assets.

Carolina Autism. On November 1, 2012, the Company acquired the assets of Carolina Autism for $0.5 million. Carolina Autism is located in South Carolina and provides group home services, behavioral services and related services primarily to individuals diagnosed with autism and pervasive development disorders. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $14 thousand of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.4 million of intangible assets which included $0.2 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of 10 years, $0.1 million of non-complete/non-solicit agreement with a useful life of five years and $0.1 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of 12 years. The remaining purchase price was allocated to tangible assets.

The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:

 

(in thousands)

   Beyond
Abilities
     Community
Links
     Carolina
Autism
     TOTAL  

Identifiable intangible assets

   $ 2,984       $ 3,078       $ 420       $ 6,482   

Other assets, current and long term

     —          16         2         18   

Property and equipment

     136         46         39         221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

   $ 3,120       $ 3,140       $ 461       $ 6,721   

Goodwill

   $ 1,280       $ 1,260       $ 14       $ 2,554   

Fiscal 2012 Acquisitions

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, the Company acquired seven companies complementary to its business for total fair value consideration of $16.5 million.

Families Together. On November 30, 2011, the Company acquired the assets of Families Together, Inc. (“Families Together”) for $3.0 million. Families Together is located in North Carolina and provides intensive in-home services, day treatment, case management, outpatient therapy and similar periodic services to children and their families. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $0.9 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $2.1 million of intangible assets which included $1.0 million of non-compete agreement with a useful life of five years, $0.8 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years, and $0.3 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of ten years.

SCVP. On March 26, 2012, the Company acquired the assets of SCVP, Inc. (“SCVP”) for $0.4 million. SCVP is located in Oregon and provides day program services and related services to individuals with developmental disabilities. The Company acquired $0.3 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of ten years and $0.1 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment. The goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Copper Family Community Care . On April 5, 2012, the Company acquired the assets of Copper Family Community Care, Inc. (“Copper Family”) for $2.6 million. Copper Family is located in Wisconsin and provides group home services and related services to individuals with developmental disabilities. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded $0.7 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.1 million of tangible assets and $1.8 million of intangible assets, which included $1.4 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years and $0.4 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of ten years.

Alpha Group Administrators. On August 31, 2012, the Company acquired the assets of Alpha Group Administrators, Inc. (“Alpha Group”) for $2.3 million. Alpha Group is located in Arizona and provides specialized care through group home services and day treatment services for clients with complex behavioral challenges, as well as intellectual and developmental disabilities. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded $0.1 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.3 million of tangible assets and $1.9 million of intangible assets, which included $1.6 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of twelve years and $0.3 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of ten years.

Radical Rehab Solutions. On August 31, 2012, the Company acquired the assets of Radical Rehab Solutions, LLC (“Radical Rehab”) for $8.0 million. Radical Rehab is located in Kentucky and provides community-based, post-acute rehabilitation programs for clients with acquired brain injury. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded $1.6 million of goodwill in the Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.1 million of tangible assets and $6.3 million of intangible assets which included $5.4 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of twelve years, $0.7 million of licenses and permits with a weighted average useful life of ten years, and $0.2 million of non-compete/non-solicit with a weighted average useful life of five years.

Other Acquisitions. Additionally, during the first quarter of 2012, the Company acquired selected assets of Zumbro House, Inc., which provides group home services to individuals with developmental disabilities in the Mankato, Minnesota area and Georgia Rehabilitation Institute d/b/a Walton Rehabilitation Health System, a provider of acquired brain injury services in Georgia, for total cash of $0.2 million, $0.1 million of which was allocated to intangible assets.

The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:

 

(in thousands)

   Families
Together
     SCVP      Copper
Family
     Alpha
Group
     Radical
Rehab
     Other
Acquisitions
     TOTAL  

Identifiable intangible assets

   $ 2,102       $ 291       $ 1,836       $ 1,927       $ 6,340       $ 89       $ 12,585   

Other assets, current and long term

     —          —          —          —          41         —          41   

Property and equipment

     6         5         116         288         62         20         497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

   $ 2,108       $ 296       $ 1,952       $ 2,215       $ 6,443       $ 109       $ 13,123   

Goodwill

   $ 892       $ 154       $ 687       $ 85       $ 1,557       $ 46       $ 3,421   

Fiscal 2011 Acquisitions

During fiscal 2011, the Company acquired seven companies complementary to its business for total fair value consideration of $12.6 million.

New Start Homes. On October 1, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of New Start Homes, Inc. (“New Start Homes”) for total fair value consideration of $0.7 million. New Start Homes is a health facility located in California that provides congregate living inpatient services to mentally alert individuals who have spinal cord injuries, neurological illnesses or injuries or similar conditions and may be ventilator dependent. As a result of the New Start Homes acquisition, the Company recorded $0.2 million of goodwill in the Post-Acute

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Specialty Rehabilitation segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.5 million of intangible assets which included $0.3 million in agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years and $0.2 million in license and permits with a weighted average useful life of ten years.

ViaQuest Behavorial Health. On October 26, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of ViaQuest Behavorial Health of Pennsylvania, LLC (“ViaQuest”) for total cash of $1.1 million. ViaQuest provides residential and periodic services to individuals with behavioral health issues. As a result of the ViaQuest acquisition, the Company initially recorded $0.4 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $0.6 million of intangibles assets which primarily included $0.5 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years. The remaining purchase price was allocated to tangible assets. During fiscal 2011, the Company wrote off $0.2 million of goodwill and $0.2 million of intangible assets related to underperforming programs within the Viaquest operations.

Phoenix Homes. On December 31, 2010, the Company acquired the assets of Phoenix Homes, Inc. (“Phoenix Homes”) for total cash of $1.1 million. Phoenix Homes is a licensed child-placing agency that provides community-based, family focused therapeutic foster care to families and children in crisis or at risk in Maryland and Rhode Island. As a result of this acquisition, the Company initially recorded $0.1 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $1.0 million of intangibles assets which primarily included $0.7 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years. During fiscal 2012, the Company wrote off $0.1 million of goodwill and $0.9 million of intangible assets related to underperforming programs within the Phoenix Homes operations.

Inclusive Solutions. On June 1, 2011, the Company acquired the assets of MEIS, LLC and New Life Enterprises N.W. Ohio, Inc., d/b/a Inclusive Solutions (“Inclusive Solutions”) for total cash of $2.0 million. Inclusive Solutions operates in Ohio and provides community based services to individuals with developmental disabilities. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded $0.6 million of goodwill in the Human Services segment, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The acquired intangible assets included $0.5 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years and $0.4 million of license and permits with a weighted average useful life of ten years. The remaining purchase price was allocated to tangible assets.

Communicare. On June 23, 2011, the Company acquired the assets of Communicare, LLC (“Communicare”) for total fair value consideration of $8.1 million, which initially included $0.8 million of accrued contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration on the date of acquisition was $0.8 million and was subsequently reduced to zero at September 30, 2011. The subsequent adjustment was recognized as an increase to earnings and included in General and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. As of June 23, 2012, the termination date of the contingency payout, the purchased entity did not meet certain earnings targets and therefore no additional earn out payment was made related to the $0.8 million accrued contingency consideration.

Communicare provides health, rehabilitation and residential services in the state of Florida to individuals with brain injuries, neuromuscular disorders, spinal cord injuries, pulmonary disorders, congenital anomalies, developmental disabilities and similar conditions. The Company recorded $3.8 million of goodwill in the Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segment as a result of the Communicare acquisition, which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired $4.2 million of intangible assets which primarily included $2.0 million of agency contracts with a weighted average useful life of eleven years and $1.6 million of non-compete with an estimated useful life of five years. The remaining purchase price was allocated to tangible assets and liabilities.

Other Acquisitions. During fiscal 2011, the Company acquired the assets of SunnySide Homes of Redwood Falls, Inc., which consists of two group homes and TheraCare of New Jersey, Inc., a provider of behavioral health services for total cash of $0.3 million and $0.2 million of which was allocated to intangible assets.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:

 

(in thousands)

  New Start
Homes
    ViaQuest     Phoenix     Inclusive
Solutions
    Communicare     Other
Acquisitions
    TOTAL  

Accounts receivable

  $ —       $ 191      $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 191   

Other assets, current and long term

    —         —         4        —         —         —         4   

Identifiable intangible assets

    450        641        951        984        4,238        317        7,581   

Property and equipment

    3        —         —         413        91        —         507   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    —         (116     —         —         (800     —         (916
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

  $ 453      $ 716      $ 955      $ 1,397      $ 3,529      $ 317      $ 7,367   

Goodwill

  $ 197      $ 384      $ 120      $ 603      $ 3,795      $ 122      $ 5,221   

Pro forma Results of Operations

The unaudited pro forma results of operations provided below for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 are presented as though acquisitions made during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 had occurred at the beginning of the period immediately prior to the year of acquisition. The pro forma information presented below does not intend to indicate what the Company’s results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had in fact occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented nor does it intend to be a projection of the impact on future results or trends. The Company has determined that the presentation of the results of operations for each of these acquisitions, from the date of acquisition, is impracticable due to the integration of the operations upon acquisition.

 

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
September 30,
2013
     Year Ended
September 30,
2012
     Year Ended
September 30,
2011
 

Net revenue

   $ 1,208,808       $ 1,154,893       $ 1,096,872   

Income from operations

     55,591         53,373         40,315   

5. Discontinued Operations

FAS Virginia

During fiscal 2013, the Company closed certain Human Services operations in the state of Virginia, Family Advocacy Services, LLC (“FAS Virginia”) and recorded a pre-tax loss of $3.6 million for fiscal 2013. FAS Virginia was included in the Human Services segment and the results of the operations are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the prior periods have been reclassified. Loss from discontinued operations for FAS Virginia for fiscal 2013 included a $3.4 million write-off of intangible assets.

Mentor Rhode Island

During fiscal 2013, the Company adopted a plan to sell its Human Services operations in the state of Rhode Island (“Mentor Rhode Island”). The Company completed the sale in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 and recorded a pre-tax loss of $0.8 million for fiscal 2013. The operations of Mentor Rhode Island are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the prior periods have been reclassified. Loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2013 included a $0.7 million impairment charge related to the write-off of intangible assets.

RCDS

During fiscal 2011, the Company closed its business operations in the state of New York, Rockland Child Development Services, Inc. (“RCDS”) and recognized a pre-tax loss of $8.0 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. RCDS was acquired in December 2006 and, as a result of this closure, the Company no

 

F-36


Table of Contents

longer provides services in New York. RCDS was included in the Human Services segment and the results of operations are reported separately as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and the prior periods have been reclassified. Loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2011 included a $3.1 million write-off of goodwill and a $2.8 million write-off of intangible assets.

Other

Also during fiscal 2011, the Company closed its Human Services operations in the states of Nebraska and New Hampshire and recognized a total pre-tax loss of $0.2 million for fiscal 2011. The results of operations are reported separately as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations.

The net revenue and loss before income taxes for the Company’s discontinued operations at September 30:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenue

   $ 2,339      $ 6,455      $ 14,489   

Loss before income taxes

     (4,455     (1,147     (7,563

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The changes in goodwill for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     Human
Services
    Post-Acute
Specialty
Rehabilitation
Services
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Balance as of October 1, 2011

   $ 167,779      $ 63,138       $ 230,917   

Goodwill acquired through acquisitions

     1,860        1,561         3,421   

Goodwill written off related to disposal of businesses

     (75     —          (75

Balance as of September 30, 2012

     169,564        64,699         234,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill acquired through acquisitions

     1,294        1,260         2,554   

Goodwill written off related to disposal of businesses

     (1,334     —          (1,334

Adjustments to goodwill, net

     —         42         42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

   $ 169,524      $ 66,001       $ 235,525   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

During fiscal 2013, the Company wrote off goodwill of underperforming programs within the Human Services segment which were closed as of September 30, 2013. The total charge was $1.3 million and is included in General and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the adjustments to goodwill reflect the final purchase price for acquisitions, as determined during the measurement period.

Annual Goodwill Impairment Testing

The Company tests goodwill at least annually for possible impairment. The Company completes the annual testing of impairment on July 1 of each fiscal year. In addition to its annual test, the Company regularly evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential impairment of these assets.

The Company elected to bypass the qualitative assessments for fiscal 2013 and proceed directly to the two-step impairment test. The process of testing goodwill for impairment involves the determination of the fair value of the applicable reporting units. The test consists of a two-step process. The first step is the comparison of the fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if the carrying value exceeds the fair value.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The second step measures the amount of an impairment loss, and is only performed if the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit. We estimated the fair value of each of our reporting units using the income approach. We forecasted future cash flows by reporting unit for each of the next seven years and applied a long-term growth rate to the final year of the forecasted cash flows. The cash flows were then discounted using our estimated discount rate. We compared the estimated fair value to the carrying value. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value by more than 25%. The Company performed its annual impairment testing for its reporting units as of July 1, 2013, its annual impairment date, and concluded based on the first step of the process that there was no goodwill impairment.

The Company has consistently employed the income approach to estimate the current fair value when testing for impairment of goodwill. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the income approach to forecast operating cash flows, including revenue growth, tax rates, capital spending, discount rate and working capital changes.

Cash flow forecasts are based on business unit operating plans and historical relationships. The income approach is sensitive to changes in long-term terminal growth rates and the discount rate. The long-term terminal growth rates are consistent with the Company’s historical long-term terminal growth rates, as the current economic trends are not expected to affect the long-term terminal growth rates of the Company. The discount rate was selected based on the estimated rate of return as well as time value of money.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following as of September 30, 2013:

 

Description

   Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
     Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Intangible
Assets, Net
 
(in thousands)       

Agency contracts

     9 years       $ 464,480       $ 195,737       $ 268,743   

Non-compete/non-solicit

     3 years         4,929         2,058         2,871   

Relationship with contracted caregivers

     3 years         10,963         7,905         3,058   

Trade names

     4 years         3,787         2,431         1,356   

Trade names (indefinite life)

     —          42,400         —          42,400   

Licenses and permits

     4 years         45,760         28,343         17,417   

Intellectual property

     3 years         904         558         346   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 573,223       $ 237,032       $ 336,191   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets consist of the following as of September 30, 2012:

 

Description

   Weighted
Average
Remaining Life
     Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Intangible
Assets, Net
 
(in thousands)       

Agency contracts

     10 years       $ 467,639       $ 167,976       $ 299,663   

Non-compete/non-solicit

     3 years         3,949         1,301         2,648   

Relationship with contracted caregivers

     4 years         11,051         6,831         4,220   

Trade names

     5 years         3,774         2,078         1,696   

Trade names (indefinite life)

     —          42,400         —          42,400   

Licenses and permits

     5 years         45,194         23,911         21,283   

Intellectual property

     4 years         904         429         475   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 574,911       $ 202,526       $ 372,385   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amortization expense for continuing operations was $38.4 million, $36.5 million and $38.2 million, respectively. The amortization expense for discontinued operations was $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $1.5 million for fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Annual Indefinite Life Impairment Testing

The Company tests indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually for possible impairment. Accordingly, the Company completes the annual testing of impairment for indefinite-lived intangible assets on July 1 of each fiscal year. In addition to its annual test, the Company regularly evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential impairment of these assets.

The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the non-amortizing intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess is recognized. The Company has consistently employed the relief from royalty model to estimate the current fair value when testing for impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets.

In addition, the Company evaluates the remaining useful life of its indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually to determine whether events or circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. If events or circumstances indicate that the useful lives of indefinite-lived intangible assets are no longer indefinite, the assets will be tested for impairment.

The Company elected to bypass the qualitative assessments for fiscal 2013 and proceeded directly to the quantitative impairment test. The Company performed its annual impairment testing as of July 1, 2013, its annual impairment date, and concluded that there is no impairment to its indefinite lived trade names. The fair value of these assets was determined using management’s estimates about future cash flows.

Long Lived Impairment Testing

During the assessment of long-lived assets that was performed during fiscal 2013, the Company determined that certain of its intangible assets were impaired related to underperforming programs within the Human Services segment, which consisted primarily of $0.9 million of agency contracts and $0.1 million of licenses and permits. Additionally in fiscal 2011, the Company determined that the carrying value of certain of its agency contracts and licenses and permits in the Human Services and Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services segments exceeded their fair value. The fair value of these assets was determined using management’s estimates about future cash flows, which is a Level 3 financial measurement.

As a result, the Company recorded $1.0 million and $2.7 million of amortization expense related to the write-off of these intangible assets for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2011, respectively. This charge is included in Depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

The estimated remaining amortization expense related to intangible assets with finite lives for each of the five succeeding years and thereafter is as follows:

 

Year Ending September 30,

   (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 37,188   

2015

     35,385   

2016

     33,475   

2017

     29,284   

2018

     28,361   

Thereafter

     130,098   
  

 

 

 
   $ 293,791   
  

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

7. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following at September 30:

 

     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Buildings and land

   $ 123,046      $ 123,478   

Vehicles

     45,846        41,113   

Computer hardware

     29,661        25,233   

Leasehold improvements

     38,755        29,269   

Furniture and fixtures

     12,931        11,151   

Office and telecommunication equipment

     8,115        8,012   

Construction in progress

     2,246        1,539   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     260,600        239,795   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (106,965     (88,247
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 153,635      $ 151,548   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, depreciation expense for continuing operations was $25.7 million, $24.1 million and $23.1 million, respectively, and depreciation expense for discontinued operations was $20 thousand, $47 thousand and $0.2 million, respectively.

8. Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following at September 30:

 

     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Prepaid business expense

   $ 2,906       $ 4,005   

Prepaid insurance

     1,309         1,631   

Anticipated insurance recoveries

     9,966         11,267   

Other

     4,460         4,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 18,641       $ 20,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following at September 30:

 

     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Accrued insurance

   $ 18,756       $ 19,930   

Accrued swap valuation liability

     3,165         5,638   

Due to third party payors

     3,569         5,444   

Deferred revenue

     7,678         5,412   

Other

     11,898         13,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other accrued liabilities

   $ 45,066       $ 50,385   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following at September 30:

 

     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Accrued self-insurance reserves

   $ 54,781       $ 53,647   

Other

     14,155         11,246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

   $ 68,936       $ 64,893   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Long-term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt consists of the following at September 30:

 

     2013     2012  
     (in thousands)  

NMHI’s Term loan (including the Incremental Term Loan), principal and interest due in quarterly installments through February 9, 2017

   $ 546,525      $ 522,050   

Original issue discount on term loan, net of accumulated amortization

     (4,403     (5,737

NMHI’s Senior notes, due February 15, 2018; semi-annual cash interest payments due each February 15th and August 15th (interest rate of 12.50%)

     250,000        250,000   

Original issue discount and initial purchaser discount on senior notes, net of accumulated amortization

     (7,003     (8,615

NMHI’s Senior revolver, due February 9, 2016; quarterly cash interest payments at a variable interest rate

     —         19,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     785,119        776,698   

Less current portion

     5,600        24,300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 779,519      $ 752,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On February 9, 2011, NMHI entered into senior secured credit facilities (as discussed below) and issued $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 12.50% senior notes due 2018 (the “senior notes”).

In connection with the refinancing transactions, all previous outstanding debt was repaid. The Company incurred $23.7 million of net expenses related to the refinancing transactions

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On February 9, 2011, NMHI entered into a senior credit agreement (the “senior credit agreement”) for senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a (i) six-year $530.0 million term loan facility, of which $50.0 million was deposited in a cash collateral account in support of issuance of letters of credit under an institutional letter of credit facility (the “institutional letter of credit facility”) and a (ii) $75.0 million five-year senior secured revolving credit facility. The Company refers to these facilities, as amended on October 15, 2012, as the “senior secured credit facilities.

On October 15, 2012, NMHI entered into an Amendment Agreement (the “Amendment Agreement”), to amend and restate the senior credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities. The Amendment Agreement converted the existing term loan facility into a tranche B-1 term loan facility in aggregate principal amount of $522.1 million (the “term loan”). The proceeds were used to prepay the existing term loan facility. Total fees incurred related to the Amendment Agreement were $1.7 million, of which a majority of the amount is being amortized over the life of the term loan. The Amendment Agreement also replaced NMHI’s existing $75.0 million revolving credit facility and the borrowings thereunder with a new $75.0 million revolving credit

 

F-41


Table of Contents

facility (the “senior revolver”). The interest rates under the senior secured credit facilities were unchanged by the Amendment Agreement, except that the LIBOR floor applicable to borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities was reduced by 0.50%.

The interest rate on borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities is equal to (i) a rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month beginning on such day plus 100 basis points (subject to an ABR floor of 2.25% per annum), plus 4.25%; or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% per annum), plus 5.25%, at NMHI’s option.

Term loan

The original term loan was issued at a price equal to 98.5% of its face value. The senior credit agreement also includes an annual provision for the prepayment of a portion of the outstanding term loan amounts beginning in fiscal 2011 equal to an amount ranging from 0 to 50% of a calculated amount, depending on the Company’s leverage ratio, if the Company generates certain levels of cash flow. NMHI has not been required to make such a prepayment of its term loan as of September 30, 2013. The Company is required to repay the term loan in quarterly principal installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount, with the balance payable at maturity.

On February 4, 2013, NMHI entered into an Incremental Amendment No. 1 (the “Incremental Amendment No. 1”) to the Amendment Agreement. The Incremental Amendment No. 1 provided for an additional $30.0 million term loan (the “incremental term loan”) under NMHI’s existing term loan. The net proceeds of the incremental term loan were used to repay $29.8 million of outstanding borrowings under the senior revolver. Total fees incurred related to the Incremental Amendment No.1 were $0.4 million which are being amortized over the remaining period of the term loan. NMHI is required to repay the incremental term loan in quarterly principal installments of 0.25% of the principal amount, with the balance payable at maturity of the term loan. All of the other terms of the incremental term loan are identical to the term loan.

At September 30, 2013, NMHI had $546.5 million of borrowings under the term loan (including the incremental term loan). At September 30, 2013, the variable interest rate on the term loan was 6.5%.

Senior revolver

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013, NMHI drew $469.4 million under the senior revolver and repaid $488.4 million during the period (including borrowings and repayments prior to the Amendment Agreement). At September 30, 2013, NMHI had no outstanding borrowings under the senior revolver and $75.0 million of availability under the senior revolver. NMHI had $42.2 million of standby letters of credit issued under the institutional letter of credit facility primarily related to the Company’s workers’ compensation insurance coverage. Letters of credit can be issued under NMHI’s institutional letter of credit facility up to the $50.0 million limit and letters of credit in excess of that amount reduce availability under the Company’s senior revolver. The interest rate for borrowings under the senior revolver was 7.5% as of September 30, 2013.

The senior revolver includes borrowing capacity available for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as the “swingline loans.” Any swingline loans or other borrowings under the senior revolver, would have maturities less than one year, and would be reflected under Current portion of long-term debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Senior Notes

In connection with the refinancing transactions in February 2011, NMHI issued $250.0 million of 12.5% senior notes due 2018 (the “senior notes”) at a price equal to 97.7% of their face value, for net proceeds of $244.3 million. The net proceeds were reduced by an initial purchasers’ discount of $5.6 million. The senior notes are NMHI’s unsecured obligations and are guaranteed by certain of NMHI’s existing subsidiaries.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Derivatives

NMHI entered into an interest rate swap in a notional amount of $400.0 million effective March 31, 2011, maturing on September 30, 2014. NMHI entered into this interest rate swap to hedge the risk of changes in the floating rate of interest on borrowings under the term loan. Under the terms of the swap, NMHI received from the counterparty a quarterly payment based on a rate equal to the greater of 3-month LIBOR and 1.75% per annum, and NMHI made payments to the counterparty based on a fixed rate of 2.55% per annum, in each case on the notional amount of $400.0 million, settled on a net payment basis.

On October 15, 2012, NMHI amended the terms of its interest rate swap agreement in connection with the amendment and restatement of the terms of the senior secured credit facilities. The notional amount of the interest rate swap of $400.0 million and maturity date of September 30, 2014 remained unchanged. Under the new terms of the interest rate swap, NMHI receives from the counterparty a quarterly payment based on a rate equal to the greater of 3-month LIBOR and 1.25% per annum, and NMHI makes payments to the counterparty based on a fixed rate of 2.08% per annum, in each case on the notional amount of $400.0 million, settled on a net payment basis. Based on the applicable margin of 5.25% under NMHI’s term loan, this swap effectively fixed NMHI’s cost of borrowing for $400.0 million of the term loan at 7.3% per annum for the term of the swap. As a result of the modification of the terms of the interest rate swap agreement, the fair value of the interest rate swap was increased by $68 thousand and the increase in fair value is being amortized into Other income (expense) over the remaining term of the interest rate swap agreement.

NMHI accounts for the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge and the effectiveness of the hedge relationship is assessed on a quarterly basis. The fair value of the swap agreement, representing the price that would be paid to transfer the liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, was $3.2 million, or $1.9 million after taxes, at September 30, 2013. The fair value was recorded in current liabilities (under Other accrued liabilities) and was determined based on pricing models and independent formulas using current assumptions. The change in fair market value is recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Annual maturities

Annual maturities of the Company’s debt for the years ended September 30 are as follows.

Amounts due at any year end may increase as a result of the provision in the senior credit agreement that requires a prepayment of a portion of the outstanding term loan amounts if the Company generates certain levels of cash flow.

 

     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 5,600   

2015

     5,600   

2016

     5,600   

2017

     529,725   

2018

     250,000   

Thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 796,525   
  

 

 

 

New Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On January 31, 2014, NMHI and NMH Holdings, LLC entered into a new senior credit agreement (the “new senior credit agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders named therein, for the new senior secured credit facilities (the “senior secured credit facilities”), consisting of a $600.0 million term loan facility (the “term loan facility”), of which $50.0 million was deposited in a cash

 

F-43


Table of Contents

collateral account in support of issuance of letters of credit under an institutional letter of credit facility (the “institutional letter of credit facility”), and a $100.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “senior revolver”). The term loan facility has a seven-year maturity and the senior revolver has a five-year maturity provided, that if NMHI’s senior notes due 2018 are not refinanced in full on or prior to the date that is three months prior to February 15, 2018, such maturity dates shall spring forward to November 15, 2017. The senior credit agreement provides that NMHI may make one or more offers to the lenders, and consummate transactions with individual lenders that accept the terms contained in such offers, to extend the maturity date of the lender’s term loans and/or revolving commitments, subject to certain conditions, and any extended term loans or revolving commitments will constitute a separate class of term loans or revolving commitments.

All of NMHI’s obligations under the new senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by NMH Holdings, LLC and the subsidiary guarantors named therein (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). Pursuant to the Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2014 (the “guarantee and security agreement”), among NMH Holdings, LLC as parent guarantor, NMHI, certain subsidiaries of NMHI, as subsidiary guarantors and Barclays Bank, PLC, as administrative agent, subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are secured by a pledge of 100% of NMHI’s capital stock and the capital stock of certain domestic subsidiaries and a security interest in substantially all of NMHI’s tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of NMH Holdings, LLC and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Borrowings under the new senior secured credit facilities bear interest, at NMHI’s option, at: (i) an ABR rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate of Barclays Bank PLC, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.0%, and (c) the Eurodollar rate for an interest period of one-month beginning on such day plus 100 basis points, plus 2.75% (provided that the ABR rate applicable to the term loan facility will not be less than 2.00% per annum); or (ii) the Eurodollar rate (provided that the Eurodollar rate applicable to the term loan facility will not be less than 1.00% per annum), plus 3.75%. NMHI is also required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the senior revolver at an initial rate of 0.50% of the average daily unutilized commitments thereunder. NMHI must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

In connection with this refinancing transaction, the prior senior secured credit facilities were repaid and replaced with the senior secured credit facilities. The Company incurred $11.1 million of expenses related to the refinancing transaction including $7.2 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and $3.9 million related to the write-off of original issue discount related to the prior indebtedness.

Covenants

The new senior credit agreement and the indenture governing the senior notes contain negative financial and non-financial covenants, including, among other things, limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, create liens on assets, transfer or sell assets, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. NMHI was in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2014.

In addition, the new senior credit agreement contains a springing financial covenant. If, at the end of any fiscal quarter, NMHI’s usage of the senior revolver exceeds 30% of the commitments thereunder, NMHI is required to maintain at the end of each such fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2014, a consolidated first lien leverage ratio of not more than 5.50 to 1.00. This consolidated first lien leverage ratio will step down to 5.00 to 1.00 commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017.

The new senior credit agreement also contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) create liens on assets; (iii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (iv) sell assets; (v) pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock; (vi) enter into swap transactions; (vii) make investments, loans or advances; (viii) repay certain junior indebtedness; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) enter into

 

F-44


Table of Contents

sale and leaseback transactions; (xi) amend material agreements governing certain of our junior indebtedness; (xii) change our lines of business; (xiii) make certain acquisitions; and (xiv) limitations on the letter of credit cash collateral account. If NMHI withdraws any of the $50.0 million from the cash collateral account supporting the issuance of letters of credit, it must use the cash to either prepay the term loan facility or to secure any other obligations under the senior secured credit facilities in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the administrative agent. The senior credit agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

NMHI is restricted under its debt agreements from paying dividends to Civitas in excess of $15.0 million, except for dividends used for the repurchase of equity from former officers and employees, for the payment of management fees and taxes, and certain other exceptions, including the declaration and payment of dividends of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds contributed to NMHI in a public offering of common stock.

Senior Notes

On February 26, 2014, NMHI redeemed $38.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior notes, in accordance with the provisions of the indenture governing the senior notes. In connection with the partial redemption of the senior notes, the Company incurred $3.6 million of expenses including $2.4 million related to redemption premium, $1.0 million related to the write-off of original issue discount and initial purchaser discount, and $0.2 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs.

10. Shareholder’s Equity

Common Stock

All of the outstanding shares of Civitas’ common stock are held by NMH Investment. The holder of Civitas’ common stock is entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by Civitas’ Board of Directors. In addition, the holder is entitled to one vote per share.

Dividends to NMH Investment

During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company paid dividends of $39 thousand, $75 thousand and $1.5 million, respectively, to its direct parent NMH Investment to fund the repurchases of equity units from employees upon or after their departures from the Company.

11. Employee Savings and Retirement Plans

The Company has a multi-company plan (the “Plan”) which covers all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Under the Plan, employees may contribute a portion of their earnings, which are invested in mutual funds of their choice. After January 1, the Company makes a matching contribution for the previous calendar year on behalf of all participants employed on the last day of the year. This matching contribution vests immediately. In addition, there is a profit sharing feature of the Plan, whereby, at the discretion of management, an allocation may be made to all of the eligible employees in one or more of its business units. Profit sharing contributions vest ratably over three years with forfeitures available to cover plan costs and employer matches in future years. The Company made contributions of $4.0 million, $4.2 million and $3.7 million, for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The Company has the following two deferred compensation plans:

The Company’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement for senior management, in which the Company contributes to the executive’s account a percentage of the executive’s base compensation. This contribution is made at the end of the year for service rendered during the year. The Company contributed $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The unfunded accrued liability was $2.6 million and $2.2 million as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and was included in Other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s Executive Deferral Plan, available to highly compensated employees, is a plan in which participants contribute a percentage of salary and/or bonus earned during the year. Employees contributed $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $1.0 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The accrued liability related to this plan was $6.7 million and $5.0 million as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and was included in Other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In connection with the Company’s Executive Deferral Plan, the Company has purchased Company Owned Life Insurance (“COLI”) policies on certain plan participants. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for funding the accrued liability. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies was $5.5 million and $4.0 million as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and was included in Other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

12. Related Party Transactions

Management Agreements

On February 9, 2011, NMHI entered into an amended and restated management agreement with Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. (“Vestar”) relating to certain advisory and consulting services for an annual management fee equal to the greater of (i) $850 thousand or (ii) an amount equal to 1.0% of NMHI’s consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and management fee for each fiscal year determined as set forth in NMHI’s senior credit agreement.

As part of the management agreement, NMHI agreed to indemnify Vestar and its affiliates from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the performance by Vestar of its services pursuant to the management agreement. The management agreement will terminate upon such time that Vestar and its partners and their respective affiliates hold, directly or indirectly in the aggregate, less than 20% of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of NMHI or upon an initial public offering of common stock meeting certain specified requirements.

This agreement provides for the payment of reasonable and customary fees to Vestar for services in connection with a sale of NMHI, an initial public offering by or involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries or any extraordinary acquisition by or involving NMH Investment or any of its subsidiaries; provided, that such fees shall only be paid with the consent of the directors of NMHI who are not affiliated with or employed by Vestar. The Company recorded $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million of management fees and expenses for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The accrued liability related to the management agreement was $0.5 million and $0.4 million at September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

Consulting Agreements

During fiscal 2011, the Company engaged Alvarez & Marsal Healthcare Industry Group (“Alvarez & Marsal”) to provide certain transaction advisory and other services. A director of the Company, Guy Sansone, is a Managing Director at Alvarez & Marsal and the head of its Healthcare Industry Group. The engagement

 

F-46


Table of Contents

resulted in aggregate fees of $1.0 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, and was approved by the Company’s Audit Committee. Mr. Sansone is not a member of the Company’s Audit Committee and was not personally involved in the engagement.

The Company engaged Duff & Phelps, LLC as a financial advisor in connection with the refinancing transactions in 2011. According to public filings, at the time of this transaction Vestar owned 12.4% of the Class A common stock of Duff & Phelps Corporation, the parent company of Duff & Phelps, LLC, and one of Vestar’s principals served on the Board of Directors of Duff & Phelps Corporation but was not personally involved in the engagement. The engagement resulted in fees of approximately $0.2 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, with the Vestar members abstaining from voting.

Lease Agreements

The Company leases several offices, homes and other facilities from its employees, or from relatives of employees, primarily in the states of Minnesota, Florida, and California. These leases have various expiration dates extending out as far as March 2018. Related party lease expense was $1.6 million, $1.6 million and $3.7 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

13. Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures and reports its financial assets and liabilities on the basis of fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

A three-level hierarchy for disclosure has been established to show the extent and level of judgment used to estimate fair value measurements, as follows:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs (quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability).

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. These values are generally determined using pricing models which utilize management estimates of market participant assumptions.

Valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured using Level 3 inputs may include methodologies such as the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach, and may use unobservable inputs such as projections, estimates and management’s interpretation of current market data. These unobservable inputs are only utilized to the extent that observable inputs are not available or cost-effective to obtain.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value at September 30, 2013 consist of:

 

(in thousands)

   Total     Quoted
Market Prices
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ (3,165   $ —        $ (3,165   $ —    

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value at September 30, 2012 consist of:

 

(in thousands)

   Total     Quoted
Market Prices
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ (5,638   $ —        $ (5,638   $ —    

Interest rate swap agreements. The fair value of the swap agreements was recorded in current liabilities (under Other accrued liabilities) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these agreements was determined based on pricing models and independent formulas using current assumptions that included swap terms, interest rates and forward LIBOR curves and the Company’s credit risk.

At September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, the carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and variable rate debt approximated fair value. The carrying value and fair value of the Company’s fixed rate debt instruments are set forth below:

 

     September 30, 2013      September 30, 2012  

(in thousands)

   Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Senior notes (issued February 9, 2011)

   $ 242,997       $ 268,750       $ 241,385       $ 251,785   

The fair values were estimated using calculations based on quoted market prices when available and company—specific credit risk. If the Company’s long-term debt was measured at fair value, it would have been categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

14. Leases

Operating leases

The Company leases office and client residential facilities, vehicles and certain office equipment in several locations under operating lease arrangements, which expire at various dates through 2027. In addition to base rents presented below, the majority of the leases require payments for additional expenses such as taxes, maintenance and utilities. Certain of the leases contain renewal options at the Company’s option and some have escalation clauses which are recognized as rent expense on a straight line basis. Total rent expense for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $54.3 million, $49.0 million and $47.7 million, respectively.

During fiscal 2012, the Company completed two sale-leaseback transactions under which it sold two properties to unrelated third parties. Net proceeds from these sales were $2.8 million. Concurrent with these sales, the Company entered into agreements to lease the properties back from the purchasers over an initial lease term of seven and ten years, respectively, each with two, five-year renewal options. The Company classified these leases as operating leases, actively uses or plans to actively use the leased properties and considers the lease as normal leaseback for accounting purposes. The Company deferred a $0.1 million gain on these transactions which includes both a current and non-current portion, with the current portion based on the amount that is expected to amortize over the next 12 months.

In fiscal 1995, the Company entered into an initial five year operating lease agreement for its corporate office with a total expected minimum lease commitment of $2.4 million. The lease has been extended and amended through eleven amendments, and as of September 30, 2013, the Company had total expected minimum lease commitments of $5.8 million over the lease term. The lease expires in 2017 and the Company has the option to extend the lease term. Total rent expense related to this lease was $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.5 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Future minimum lease payments for non-cancellable operating leases for the fiscal years ending September 30, are as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 47,261   

2015

     38,046   

2016

     29,847   

2017

     24,335   

2018

     16,599   

Thereafter

     42,062   
  

 

 

 
   $ 198,150   
  

 

 

 

Capital leases

The Company leases certain facilities under various non-cancellable capital leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2025. Assets acquired under capital leases with an original cost of $7.8 million and $9.5 million and related accumulated amortization of $1.6 million and $1.3 million are included in property and equipment, net for fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Additionally during fiscal 2013, the Company retired two of its capital leases. The assets had a total net carrying value of $1.3 million and a related capital lease obligation of $1.5 million. As a result of the retirement of these assets, a $0.2 million gain was recorded in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The following is a schedule of the future minimum lease payments under the capital leases at September 30:

 

     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 430   

2015

     451   

2016

     497   

2017

     549   

2018

     608   

Thereafter

     4,404   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 6,939   
  

 

 

 

Interest expense on capital leases during fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

15. Accruals for Self-Insurance and Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company maintains insurance for professional and general liability, workers’ compensation liability, automobile liability and health insurance liabilities that includes self-insured retentions. The Company intends to maintain such coverage in the future and is of the opinion that its insurance coverage is adequate to cover potential losses on asserted claims. Employment practices liability is fully self-insured.

The Company records expenses related to claims on an incurred basis, which includes estimates of fully developed losses for both reported and unreported claims. The accruals for the health, workers’ compensation, automobile, and professional and general liability programs are based on analyses performed by management and take into account reports by independent third parties. Accruals are periodically reevaluated and increased or decreased based on new information.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

For professional and general liability, from October 1, 2010 through September 30, 2011, the Company was self-insured on a claims made basis for $2.0 million per claim and $8.0 million in the aggregate, and for $500 thousand per claim in excess of the aggregate. From October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2013, the Company was self-insured on a claims made basis for the first $4.0 million of each and every claim with no aggregate limit. Commencing October 1, 2013, the Company is self-insured on a claims basis for $4.0 million per claim and $28.0 million in the aggregate. In connection with the acquisition by Vestar on June 29, 2006 (the “Merger”), the Company purchased additional insurance for certain claims relating to pre-Merger periods subject to $1.0 million per claim and up to $2.0 million in aggregate retentions.

For workers’ compensation, the Company has a $350 thousand per claim retention with statutory limits. Automobile liability has a $100 thousand per claim retention, with additional insurance coverage above the retention. The Company purchases specific stop loss insurance as protection against extraordinary claims liability for health insurance claims. Stop loss insurance covers claims that exceed $300 thousand on a per member basis.

The Company reports its self-insurance liabilities on a gross basis without giving effect to insurance recoveries. Anticipated insurance recoveries are presented in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Self-insured liabilities are presented in Accrued payroll and related costs, Other accrued liabilities and Other long-term liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets.

16. Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is in the health and human services business and, therefore, has been and continues to be subject to substantial claims alleging that the Company, its employees or its independently contracted host-home caregivers (“Mentors”) failed to provide proper care for a client. The Company is also subject to claims by its clients, its employees, its Mentors or community members against the Company for negligence, intentional misconduct or violation of applicable laws. Included in the Company’s recent claims are claims alleging personal injury, assault, abuse, wrongful death and other charges. Regulatory agencies may initiate administrative proceedings alleging that the Company’s programs, employees or agents violate statutes and regulations and seek to impose monetary penalties on the Company. The Company could be required to incur significant costs to respond to regulatory investigations or defend against civil lawsuits and, if the Company does not prevail, the Company could be required to pay substantial amounts of money in damages, settlement amounts or penalties arising from these legal proceedings.

The Company is also subject to potential lawsuits under the False Claims Act and other federal and state whistleblower statutes designed to combat fraud and abuse in the health care industry. These lawsuits can involve significant monetary awards that may incentivize private plaintiffs to bring these suits. If the Company is found to have violated the False Claims Act, it could be excluded from participation in Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act provides a mandate for more vigorous and widespread enforcement activity to combat fraud and abuse in the health care industry.

Finally, the Company is also subject to employee-related claims under state and federal law, including claims for discrimination, wrongful discharge or retaliation; claims for wage and hour violations under the Fair Labor Standards Act or state wage and hour laws.

Two subsidiaries are named defendants in an action currently pending in the Illinois Circuit Court, Cook County, Law Division. The action was brought September 10, 2009, on behalf of a minor with disabilities by her guardian ad litem and biological parents who seek damages for injuries suffered by the minor during a foster home placement coordinated by the Company. On May 22, 2014, we reached an agreement in principle to settle this action and a related lawsuit against our insurer. We have agreed to pay $1.5 million towards the settlement of this action, with the balance of the settlement to be paid by our insurers.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The Company reserves for costs related to contingencies in accordance with aggregate estimates, or when a loss is not included in its estimates and the loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. While the Company believes the provision for legal contingencies is adequate, the outcome of the legal proceedings is difficult to predict and the Company may settle legal claims or be subject to judgments for amounts that differ from the Company’s estimates.

17. Income Taxes

The benefit for income taxes consists of the following at September 30:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ —       $ (4,892   $ 33   

State

     1,009        47        1,365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current taxes payable

     1,009        (4,845     1,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal

     (8,029     (11,499     (17,194

State

     (2,452     (2,939     (3,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax benefit

     (10,481     (14,438     (20,685
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

   $ (9,472   $ (19,283   $ (19,287
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company paid income taxes, net of any refunds, during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 of $1.7 million, $0.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at September 30 are as follows:

 

     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Gross deferred tax assets:

    

Deferred compensation

   $ 1,155      $ 1,006   

Interest rate swap agreements

     1,253        2,280   

Accrued workers’ compensation

     11,195        11,346   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     28,082        27,679   

Allowance for bad debts

     4,484        3,173   

Tax credits

     5,188        5,188   

Other

     2,768        3,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     54,125        53,912   

Valuation allowance

     (10,193     (9,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     43,932        44,365   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation

     (2,200     (5,955

Amortization of goodwill and intangible assets

     (87,953     (95,695

Other accrued liabilities

     (5,171     (5,291
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (51,392   $ (62,576
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The Company is required to record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. After consideration of all the evidence, both positive and negative, management determined that valuation allowances at September 30, 2013 and 2012 of $10.2 million and $9.5 million, respectively, were necessary to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be realized. The valuation allowances primarily related to certain state net operating loss carryforwards.

For federal purposes, the Company had $47.8 million of net operating loss carryforwards as of September 30, 2013, which expire in 2033, and $48.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards as of September 30, 2012, which expire in 2032. For state purposes, the Company had $231.5 million of net operating loss carryforwards for fiscal 2013, which expire from 2014 through 2033, and $217.4 million of net operating loss carryforwards for fiscal 2012, which expire from 2013 through 2032.

The following is a reconciliation between the statutory and effective income tax rates at September 30:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Federal income tax at statutory rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     3.6        5.6        2.4   

Nondeductible comp

     (0.3     (0.7     (1.6

Other nondeductible expenses

     (0.2     (1.1     (0.9

Credits

     —         —         (0.1

Unrecognized tax benefit

     —         15.2        0.1   

Other

     (0.3     4.7        (1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     37.8     58.7     33.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Companies may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

As of September 30, 2011, there was $4.9 million in total unrecognized tax benefits that was recognized during the year ended September 30, 2012. This had a $3.8 million favorable impact on the Company’s effective tax rate for fiscal 2012. No unrecognized tax benefit was recognized for the year ended September 30, 2013. The Company does not expect any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense which is consistent with the recognition of these items in prior reporting periods. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had accrued a total of $1.8 million in interest and penalties, of which the benefit was recognized during the year ended September 30, 2012. No interest and penalties were accrued as of September 30, 2013 and 2012.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Balance at September 30, 2011

   $ 4,857   

Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitation

     (4,857
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2012

   $ —    

Reduction due to effective settlement

     —    
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

   $ —    

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Civitas files a federal consolidated return and files various state income tax returns and, generally, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the taxing authorities for years prior to September 30, 2010. The Company believes that it has appropriate support for the income tax positions taken and to be taken on the Company’s income tax returns. In addition, the Company believes its accruals for income tax liabilities are adequate for all open years based on an assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of the tax laws as applied to the facts of each matter.

18. Segment Information

The Company has two reportable segments, Human Services and Post-Acute Specialty Rehabilitation Services (“SRS”).

The Human Services segment delivers home and community-based human services to adults and children with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities and to youth with emotional, behavioral and/or medically complex challenges. Human Services is organized in a reporting structure composed of two operating segments which are aggregated into one reportable segment based on similarity of the economic characteristics and services provided.

The SRS segment delivers health care and community-based health and human services to individuals who have suffered acquired brain injury, spinal injuries and other catastrophic injuries and illnesses. This segment is organized in a reporting structure composed of two operating segments which are aggregated based on similarity of economic characteristics and services provided.

Activities classified as “Corporate” in the table below relate primarily to unallocated home office items.

The Company generally evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on income from operations. The following is a financial summary by reportable operating segment for the periods indicated.

 

As of and for the Year Ended September 30,

   Human
Services
     Post-Acute
Specialty
Rehabilitation
Services
     Corporate     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

2013

          

Net revenue

   $ 990,232       $ 208,421       $ —       $ 1,198,653   

Income (loss) from operations

     91,667         17,293         (55,636     53,324   

Total assets

     655,140         207,475         158,654        1,021,269   

Depreciation and amortization

     45,812         15,948         2,386        64,146   

Purchases of property and equipment

     17,791         10,491         3,619        31,901   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     26,579         3,893         (55,516     (25,044

2012

          

Net revenue

   $ 937,652       $ 185,466       $ —       $ 1,123,118   

Income (loss) from operations

     80,280         20,376         (53,071     47,585   

Total assets

     692,015         216,663         137,202        1,045,880   

Depreciation and amortization

     43,368         14,389         2,777        60,534   

Purchases of property and equipment

     17,659         10,218         2,118        29,995   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     15,183         7,798         (55,832     (32,851

2011

          

Net revenue

   $ 887,297       $ 175,476       $ —       $ 1,062,773   

Income (loss) from operations

     77,209         18,434         (61,158     34,485   

Depreciation and amortization

     44,070         13,374         3,886        61,330   

Purchases of property and equipment

     12,495         6,909         1,474        20,878   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     17,290         7,012         (82,465     (58,163

 

F-53


Table of Contents

19. Stock-Based Compensation

Under its equity-based compensation plan adopted in 2006, NMH Investment previously issued units of limited liability company interests consisting of Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units, Class D Common Units and Class E Common Units to the Company’s employees and members of the Board of Directors as incentive compensation. As of September 30, 2013, there were 192,500 Class B Common Units, 202,000 Class C Common Units, 388,881 Class D Common Units, and 6,375 Class E Common Units authorized for issuance under the plan. These units derive their value from the value of the Company.

On June 15, 2011, NMH Investment issued Class F Common Units, a class of non-voting common equity units of NMH Investment, as incentive compensation. Up to 5,396,388 Class F Common Units may be issued under the 2006 Unit Plan to management of the Company as equity-based compensation. In addition, the terms of the Class B, C and D Common Units were amended in June 2011 to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding unvested Class B, C and D Common Units so that they became 100% vested.

For participants who have been continuously employed by the Company since December 31, 2008, 75% of the Class F Common Units vested upon grant and 25% of the Class F Common Units vested on December 15, 2012 (or 18 months following the date of grant) assuming continuous employment with the Company on that date. For participants who had not been continuously employed by the Company since December 31, 2008, 50% of the Class F Common Units vested upon grant, 25% of the Class F Common Units vested on December 15, 2012 and 25% of the Class F Common Units vest on June 15, 2014 (or 36 months following the date of grant), in each case, if the participant continues to be employed by the Company on that date. Class F Common Units awarded after the initial issuances in June 2011 will vest in three equal tranches on each of the first three anniversaries of their respective issuance date.

On August 13, 2012, an amendment was made to the Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan that authorized the issuance of two new classes of non-voting equity units of NMH Investment of up to 130,000 Class G Common Units and up to 1,200,000 Class H Common Units. The Class G Common Units vest upon the consummation of a sale of the Company or an initial public offering of the Company. The Class H Common Units vest upon the consummation of a sale of the Company. Additionally, upon an initial public offering of the Company, the Class H Common Units vest if certain multiples of investment return are achieved by Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. and certain of its affiliates. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013, there were no events that triggered the vesting of the Class G or Class H Common Units and therefore the Company did not recognize any stock-based compensation expense associated with either of these classes of units.

For purposes of determining the compensation expense associated with these grants, management valued the business enterprise using a variety of widely accepted valuation techniques which considered a number of factors such as the financial performance of the Company, the values of comparable companies and the lack of marketability of the Company’s equity. The Company then used the option pricing method to determine the fair value of the units granted.

The fair value of the units issued during fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was calculated using the following assumptions:

 

     FY2013    FY2012    FY2011

Risk-free interest rate

   0.21-0.27%    0.21-0.27%    0.68%

Expected term

   1.7-2.4 years    1.7-2.4 years    3 years

Expected volatility

   40.0%    40.0%    50.0%

The estimated fair value of the units, less an assumed forfeiture rate of 9.3%, was recognized as expense in the Company’s consolidated financial statements on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards with the exception of the Class G Common Units and Class H Common Units. The assumed forfeiture rate is based on an average of the Company’s historical forfeiture rates, which the Company estimates is indicative of future forfeitures.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The Company recorded $0.3 million, $0.7 million and $3.7 million of stock-based compensation expense for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense is included in General and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The summary of activity under the plan is presented below:

 

     Units
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested balance at September 30, 2012

     1,935,786       $ 0.69   

Granted

     129,762         0.79   

Forfeited

     25,710         0.66   

Vested

     643,854         0.97   
  

 

 

    

Nonvested balance at September 30, 2013

     1,395,984         0.57   
  

 

 

    

As of September 30, 2013, there was $0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the units. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.95 years.

20. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

The following table summarizes information about the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales allowances for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Provision      Write-Offs     Balance at
End of
Period
 
     (In thousands)  

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2013

   $ 9,250       $ 18,286       $ (15,042   $ 12,494   

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2012

   $ 7,957       $ 12,902       $ (11,609   $ 9,250   

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2011

   $ 7,225       $ 11,670       $ (10,938   $ 7,957   

As of September 30, 2013, the Company also had $7.5 million of accounts receivable collateralized by liens, net of $1.4 million allowances, recorded as part of Other assets within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

21. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

The following table presents consolidated statement of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the period which began December 31, 2011 and ended September 30, 2013. This information is derived from the Company’s unaudited financial statements, which in the opinion of management contain all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such financial data. Operating results for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.

 

    For The Quarters Ended (1)  
    December 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
 

Net revenue

  $ 272,751      $ 277,187      $ 283,703      $ 289,477      $ 293,635      $ 295,571      $ 304,335      $ 305,112   

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

    (5,005     (1,343     (2,808     (4,412     (8,349     (5,246     (2,407     430   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    (59     (229     113        (526     (25     (2,589     (64     (46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,064   $ (1,572   $ (2,695   $ (4,938   $ (8,374   $ (7,835   $ (2,471   $ 384   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

 

(1) During fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2013, the Company sold its home health business, closed certain Human Services operations in the state of Maryland, Colorado, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New York and Virginia, sold its Rhode Island ARY business and closed its Rhode Island I/DD business. All fiscal years presented reflect the classification of these businesses as discontinued operations.

22. Subsequent Events

On October 11, 2013, the Company announced an executive transition plan under which the current President and Chief Operating Officer would also become the Chief Executive Officer and the sole principal executive officer effective January 1, 2014. NMH Investment authorized grants of 100,000 Class F Common Units and 100,000 Class H Common Units to our President and Chief Operating Officer in connection with his promotion. Additionally, effective January 1, 2014, the current Chief Executive Officer would become the Executive Chair of the Board and would remain a full-time executive employee of the Company but would cease to be a co-principal executive officer. Also effective January 1, 2014, the current Executive Chair of the Board would step down as Chairman but would remain a director.

During the six months ended March 31, 2014, the Company acquired four companies complementary to its business for total cash consideration of $11.8 million.

On April 7, 2014, the Company acquired Tender Loving Care Metro, LLC which is complementary to its Human Service business. Aggregate cash consideration for this acquisition was $3.0 million. The Company is in the process of completing the allocation of the purchase prices to the fair value of net assets acquired.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

            Shares

LOGO

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2014

 

Barclays

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

Raymond James

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

Avondale Partners

Until                     , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. We have agreed to pay the expenses of the selling stockholder in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 32,200   

FINRA filing fee

     38,000   

Listing fee

     *   

Printing expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such

 

II-1


Table of Contents

proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The proposed form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Item 16. Exhibits

 

(a) Exhibits

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

The following schedule is filed herewith pursuant to the requirements of Regulation S-X:

 

Schedule Number

 

Description

I

  Condensed Parent Company Financial Information

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is provided in our consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule I—Condensed Parent Company Financial Information

Civitas Solutions, Inc. Parent-Only Condensed Balance Sheets

 

     September 30,  
(in thousands)    2013     2012  

Assets

    

Cash

   $ 125      $ 125   

Other assets

     771        771   

Deferred income taxes

     13,420        13,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 14,316      $ 14,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities & shareholder’s deficit

    

Equity in losses of subsidiary in excess of investment

     60,831        44,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 60,831      $ 44,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock, $.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized and 10 shares issued and outstanding

    

Additional paid-in-capital

     90,325        90,091   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,880     (3,358

Accumulated deficit

     (134,960     (116,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s deficit

     (46,515     (29,931
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit

   $ 14,316      $ 14,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Civitas Solutions, Inc. Parent-Only Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

 

     For the Year Ended September 30,  
(in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

General and administrative expenses

   $        $        $ (63

Equity in net loss of subsidiary

     (18,296     (14,380     (37,844
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,296     (14,380     (37,907

Extinguishment of debt

         (4,346

Interest expense

         (5,852
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (18,296     (14,380     (48,105

Benefit for income taxes

       (111     (4,604
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (18,296   $ (14,269   $ (43,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive gain (loss)

     1,478        659        (4,017
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (16,818   $ (13,610   $ (47,518
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Civitas Solutions, Inc. Parent-Only Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the Year Ended September 30,  
(in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (18,296   $ (14,269   $ (43,501

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in net loss of subsidiary

     18,296        14,380        37,844   

Deferred income taxes

       (1,542     (4,205

Non-cash extinguishment of debt

         1,878   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Other assets

       (388     (138

Other accrued liabilities

         8,773   

Other long-term liabilities

       1,819        (119
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     —          —          532   

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

      

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

      

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:

      

Dividends from NMHI

     39        75        207,855   

Dividends to NMH Investment, LLC

     (39     (75     (1,450

Repayment of long-term debt

         (206,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     —          —          (594

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          (62

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     125        125        187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 125      $ 125      $ 125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes to Condensed Civitas Solutions, Inc. Parent-Only Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Nature of Operations

Civitas Solutions, Inc., formerly known as NMH Holdings, Inc. (“Civitas”), was incorporated in Delaware on June 15, 2007. Civitas has no other operations beyond its ownership of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. (“NMHI”).

The condensed Civitas financial information includes the activity of Civitas and its investment in NMHI using the equity method only. The consolidated activity of Civitas and its subsidiaries are not included and are meant to be read in conjunction with the Civitas consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.

Note 2 - Dividend from Subsidiaries

Civitas received dividends of $39 thousand, $75 thousand and $1.5 million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This cash was used to fund the repurchases of equity units from employees upon or after their departures.

NMHI is restricted from paying dividends to Civitas, in excess of $15.0 milllion, except for dividends used for the repurchase of equity from former officers and employees and for the payment of management fees and taxes, and certain other exceptions, including the declaration and payment of dividends of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds contributed to NMHI in a public offering of common stock.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on August 26, 2014.

 

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

By:    

 

/s/ Bruce F. Nardella

  Name:  Bruce F. Nardella
  Title:    Chief Executive Officer and Director

* * * *

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on August 26, 2014:

 

Signature

  

Title

*

Edward M. Murphy

   Executive Chair and Director

/s/ Bruce F. Nardella

Bruce F. Nardella

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

*

Denis M. Holler

  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

*

Chris A. Durbin

   Director

*

James L. Elrod, Jr.

   Director

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

*

Pamela F. Lenehan

   Director

*

Kevin A. Mundt

   Director

*

Guy Sansone

   Director

*

Gregory T. Torres

   Director

 

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement pursuant to the Power of Attorney executed by the above-named officers and directors of Civitas Solutions, Inc. and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

/s/ Bruce F. Nardella

Bruce F. Nardella

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement.   

Filed herewith

  2.1 ¥       Merger Agreement between National MENTOR Holdings, Inc., NMH Holdings, LLC, and NMH MergerSub Inc., dated as of March 22, 2006.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form S-4 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-138362) filed on November 1, 2006
  3.1         Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Civitas Solutions, Inc.   

Filed herewith

  3.2         Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of Civitas Solutions, Inc.   

Filed herewith

  4.1         Specimen Common Stock Certificate.   

Filed herewith

  4.2         Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2011, among National Mentor Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 10, 2011 (the “February 10, 2011 8-K”)
  4.3         Form of 12.50% Senior Note due 2018 (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.1).    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
  4.4         Supplemental Indenture of REM East, LLC dated August 14, 2012.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012.
  4.5         Supplemental Indenture of Illinois Mentor Community Services, LLC dated December 27, 2012.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2012
  4.6         Supplemental Indenture of REM Occazio, LLC dated February 18, 2014.   

Previously filed with Civitas Solutions, Inc. Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-196281) on May 27, 2014.

  5.1         Form of Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.   

Previously filed with Civitas Solutions, Inc. Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-196281) on July 16, 2014.

  10.1#       Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2014, among NMH Holdings, LLC, as parent guarantor, National Mentor Holdings, Inc., as borrower, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as syndication agent, Jefferies Finance LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as co documentation agents, and Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2014 (the “March 2014 10-Q”)

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  10.2         Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2014, among NMH Holdings, LLC, as parent guarantor, National Mentor Holdings, Inc., as borrower, certain subsidiaries of National Mentor Holdings, Inc., as subsidiary guarantors, and Barclays Bank, PLC, as administrative agent.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the March 2014 10-Q
  10.3         Management Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2011, among National Mentor Holdings, Inc., National Mentor Holdings, LLC, NMH Investment, LLC, Civitas Solutions, Inc., NMH Holdings, LLC and Vestar Capital Partners.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the February 10, 2011 8-K
  10.4         Form of Amended and Restated Severance and Noncompetition Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the December 2008 10-Q
  10.5         National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, Third Amendment and Restatement Adopted Effective as of December 4, 2009.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 (the “2009 10-K”)
  10.6         National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, Fourth Amendment and Restatement Adopted December 27, 2011, Effective as of January 1, 2011.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.1 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011
  10.7         National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferral Plan, Second Amendment and Restatement Adopted June 17, 2009 and Effective as of January 1, 2009.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the 2009 10-K
  10.8         NMH Investment, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form S-4/A Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-138362) filed on January 12, 2007 (the “S-4/A”)
  10.9         Amendment to NMH Investment, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008
  10.10       Second Amendment to NMH Investment, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the March 2011 10-Q
  10.11       Third Amendment to NMH Investment, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Unit Plan.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012 (the “June 2012 10-Q”)
  10.12       Form of Management Unit Subscription Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the S-4/A
  10.13       Form of Amendment to Management Unit Subscription Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the 2009 10-K

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  10.14           Form of Management Unit Subscription Agreement (Series 1 Class F Common Units).    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the March 2011 10-Q
  10.15           Form of Management Unit Subscription Agreement (Class G Common Units).    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the June 2012 10-Q
  10.16           Form of Management Unit Subscription Agreement (Class H Common Units).    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the June 2012 10-Q
  10.17           Form of Director Unit Subscription Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008
  10.18           Form of Amendment to Director Unit Subscription Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the 2009 10-K
  10.19           Form of Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement.   

Filed herewith

  10.20           Termination of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2014, by and between Gregory Torres and National Mentor Holdings, Inc.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-K filed December 18, 2013
  10.21           Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2014 by and between Edward M. Murphy and National Mentor Holdings, Inc.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-K filed December 18, 2013
  10.22           Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2014, by and between Bruce F. Nardella and National Holdings, Inc.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-K filed December 18, 2013
  10.23           The MENTOR Network Human Services and Corporate Management Incentive Compensation Plan, Fourth Amendment and Restatement dated December 16, 2013 and effective October 1, 2013.    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of National Mentor Holdings, Inc. Form 10-K filed December 18, 2013
  10.24           Civitas Solutions, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.    Filed herewith
  10.25          

Form of Management Unit Subscription Agreement (Series 2 Class F Common Units).

   Previously filed with Civitas Solutions, Inc. Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-196281) on July 16, 2014.
  10.26          

Exhibit A to National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2014.

   Previously filed with Civitas Solutions, Inc. Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-196281) on July 16, 2014.
  10.27          

Exhibit A to National Mentor Holdings, LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of July 1, 2014.

   Previously filed with Civitas Solutions, Inc. Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-196281) on July 16, 2014.
  10.28           Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and between Civitas Solutions, Inc. and NMH Investment, LLC    Filed herewith

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  10.29           Amendment to Form of Management Unit Subscription Agreement (Class H Common Units)    To be filed by amendment
  10.30           Form of Seventh Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement by and among NMH Investment, LLC, Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P., Vestar/NMH Investors, LLC and the management and director investors party thereto    To be filed by amendment
  10.31           Form of Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement by and among NMH Investment, LLC, Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P., Vestar/NMH Investors, LLC and the management and director investors party thereto    To be filed by amendment
  10.32           Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Under the Civitas Solutions, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan    To be filed by amendment
  10.33           Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Under the Civitas Solutions, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan    To be filed by amendment
  10.34           Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement Under the Civitas Solutions, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan    To be filed by amendment
  10.35           Form of Director Nominating Agreement by and between Civitas Solutions, Inc. and NMH Investment LLC    Filed herewith
  21.1             Subsidiaries of Registrant.    Previously filed with Civitas Solutions, Inc. Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-196281) on May 27, 2014.
  23.1             Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.    Filed herewith
  23.2             Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).    Previously filed with Civitas Solutions, Inc. Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-196281) on July 16, 2014.
  24.1             Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement).    Previously filed with Civitas Solutions, Inc. Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-196281) on May 27, 2014
  99.1             Consent of Patrick M. Gray to designation of director    Filed herewith

 

¥ Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
# Indicates confidential portions have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed separately with the SEC, which has been granted.

 

II-11

Exhibit 1.1

[Number of shares]

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.

Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

September [    ], 2014

B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .

M ERRILL L YNCH , P IERCE , F ENNER  & S MITH

             I NCORPORATED

UBS S ECURITIES LLC,

As Representatives of the several

  Underwriters named in Schedule I attached hereto,

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Civitas Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as NMH Holdings, Inc.) (the “ Company ”), proposes to sell [ ] shares (the “ Firm Stock ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ). In addition, NMH Investment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Selling Stockholder ”) proposes to grant to the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) named in Schedule I attached to this agreement (this “ Agreement ”) an option to purchase up to an aggregate of [ ] additional shares of the Common Stock on the terms set forth in Section 3 (the “ Option Stock ”). The Firm Stock and the Option Stock, if purchased, are hereinafter collectively called the “ Stock ”. This Agreement is to confirm the agreement concerning the purchase of the Stock from the Company and the Selling Stockholder by the Underwriters.

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-196281) relating to the Stock has (i) been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) thereunder; (ii) been filed with the Commission under the Securities Act; and (iii) become effective under the Securities Act. Copies of such registration statement and any amendment thereto have been delivered by the Company to you as the representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the Underwriters. As used in this Agreement:

(i) “ Applicable Time ” means [ ] [a.m.][p.m.] (New York City time) September [ ], 2014;


(ii) “ Effective Date ” means the date as of which the Registration Statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, was declared effective by the Commission;

(iii) “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means each “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act);

(iv) “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Stock included in the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act;

(v) “ Pricing Disclosure Package ” means, as of the Applicable Time, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, together with the information included in Schedule III hereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus filed or used by the Company on or before the Applicable Time, other than a road show that is an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus but is not required to be filed under Rule 433 under the Securities Act;

(vi) “ Prospectus ” means the final prospectus relating to the Stock, as filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; and

(vii) “ Registration Statement ” means the registration statement, as amended as of the Effective Date, relating to the offering, issuance and sale of the Stock, including any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, all exhibits to such registration statement and including the information deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of such registration statement as of the Effective Date.

Any reference to the “ most recent Preliminary Prospectus ” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement or filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act prior to or on the date hereof. Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act is herein called the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” and, after such filing, the term “ Registration Statement ” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and no proceeding or examination for such purpose has been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

(b) The Company was not at the time of initial filing of the Registration Statement and at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Stock, is not on the date hereof and will not be on the applicable Delivery Date, an “ineligible issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act).

 

2


(c) The Registration Statement conformed and will conform in all material respects on the Effective Date and on the applicable Delivery Date, and any amendment to the Registration Statement filed after the date hereof will conform in all material respects when filed, to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The most recent Preliminary Prospectus conformed, and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects when filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and on the applicable Delivery Date to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(d) The Registration Statement did not, as of the Effective Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 10(f).

(e) The Prospectus will not, as of its date or as of the applicable Delivery Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 10(f).

(f) The Pricing Disclosure Package did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 10(f).

(g) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed in Schedule IV hereto, when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed in Schedule IV hereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 10(f).

(h) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder on the date of first use, and the Company has complied with all prospectus delivery and any filing requirements applicable to such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus pursuant to the Securities Act

 

3


and rules and regulations thereunder. The Company has not made any offer relating to the Stock that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives. The Company has retained in accordance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses that were not required to be filed pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Company has taken all actions necessary so that any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act) in connection with the offering of the Stock will not be required to be filed pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(i) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized, are validly existing and in good standing as a corporation or other business entity under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization and are duly qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation or other business entity in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders’ equity, properties, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The Company and each of its subsidiaries have all power and authority necessary to own or hold its properties and to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement, except for The Mentor Network Charitable Foundation, Inc. and Network Angels, Inc., each of which are not-for-profit organizations controlled by the Company.

(j) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in each of the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization,” and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and were issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any preemptive right, resale right, right of first refusal or similar right. All of the Company’s options, warrants and other rights to purchase or exchange any securities for shares of the Company’s capital stock, if any, have been duly authorized and validly issued, conform to the description thereof contained in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and were issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws. All of the issued shares of capital stock or other ownership interest of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for liens arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2014 (the “Credit Agreement”), among NMH Holdings, LLC, as parent guarantor, National Mentor Holdings, Inc., as borrower, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as syndication agent, Jefferies Finance LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as co-documentation agents, and Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, except for such liens, encumbrances, equities or claims as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4


(k) The shares of the Stock to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly authorized and, upon payment and delivery in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, will be issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws and will be free of statutory and contractual preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and similar rights. The shares of Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholder will be sold in compliance with federal and state securities laws.

(l) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(m) The issuance and sale of the Stock, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Stock as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, impose any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, decree, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets, except, with respect to clauses (i) and (iii), conflicts, breaches, impositions, violations or defaults that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets is required for the issuance and sale of the Stock as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Stock as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, except for (i) the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings, registrations or qualifications as may be required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and applicable state securities laws and/or the bylaws and rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (the “ FINRA ”) in connection with the purchase and sale of the Stock by the Underwriters and (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings, registrations or qualifications that, if not obtained, have not or would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) The historical financial statements (including the related notes and supporting schedules) included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and present fairly in

 

5


all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown thereby at the dates and for the periods indicated and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.

(p) [Reserved.]

(q) Deloitte & Touche, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, whose report appears in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and who has delivered the initial letter referred to in Section 9(g) hereof, is an independent public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(r) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and to maintain accountability for its assets, (iii) access to the Company’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for the Company’s assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. As of the date of the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries reviewed or audited by Deloitte & Touche and the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company, there were no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls.

(s) (i) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act), (ii) such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company and its subsidiaries in the reports they file or will file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management of the Company and its subsidiaries, including their respective principal executive officers and principal financial officers, as appropriate, and (iii) such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established.

(t) Since the date of the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries reviewed or audited by Deloitte & Touche and the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company, (i) the Company has not been advised of or become aware of (A) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls that could

 

6


adversely affect the ability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or any material weaknesses in internal controls, and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of the Company and each of its subsidiaries; and (ii) there have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

(u) The section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies” set forth in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus accurately and fully describes (i) the accounting policies that the Company believes are the most important in the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and that require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments (“ Critical Accounting Policies ”); (ii) the judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of Critical Accounting Policies; and (iii) the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions and an explanation thereof.

(v) There is and has been no material failure on the part of the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith applicable to the Company or its directors or officers.

(w) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) sustained any material loss or material interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, (ii) issued or granted any securities, (iii) incurred any material liability or material obligation, direct or contingent, other than liabilities and obligations that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iv) entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business or (v) declared or paid any dividend on its capital stock; since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, there has not been (i) any change in the capital stock, partnership or limited liability interests, as applicable, or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any adverse change, or any development involving a prospective adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders’ equity, properties or business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except any change, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(x) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property owned by them and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them that are material to the conduct of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects, except for liens arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement and such liens, encumbrances and defects as are described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such

 

7


property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries. All assets held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such assets by the Company and its subsidiaries or would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(y) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have such permits, licenses, patents, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“ Permits ”) as are necessary under applicable law to own their properties and conduct their businesses in the manner described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, except for any of the foregoing that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have fulfilled and performed all of its obligations with respect to the Permits, and no event has occurred that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other impairment of the rights of the holder or any such Permits, except for any of the foregoing that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such Permits or has any reason to believe that any such Permits will not be renewed in the ordinary course.

(z) The Company and each of its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, know-how, software, systems and technology (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses. None of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice, or is otherwise actually aware, of any infringement of or conflict with the rights of any third-party with respect to any of the foregoing, which infringement or conflict, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject that would, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or would, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened by governmental authorities or others.

(bb) There are no contracts or other documents required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement or the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that are not described and, if applicable, filed as required. The statements made in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of the contracts and other documents described and, if applicable, filed, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such contracts and documents in all material respects.

 

8


(cc) The statements made in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus under the captions “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—We are subject to extensive governmental regulations, which require significant compliance expenditures, and a failure to comply with these regulations could adversely affect our business.” and “Business—Regulatory Framework,” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of statutes, rules or regulations, legal or governmental proceedings or contracts and other documents, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such statutes, rules and regulations, legal and governmental proceedings and contracts and other documents in all material respects.

(dd) Except as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries carry, or are covered by, insurance from insurers of recognized financial responsibility in such amounts and covering such risks as is reasonably adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries. All policies of insurance of the Company and its subsidiaries are in full force and effect; the Company and each of its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance; except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, there are no material claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ee) Except as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, no relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company, on the other hand, that is required to be described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus which is not so described.

(ff) Except as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent.

(gg) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (i) is in violation of its charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents), (ii) is in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant, condition or other obligation contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject, or (iii) is in violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it or its property or assets or has failed to obtain any license,

 

9


permit, certificate, franchise or other governmental authorization or permit necessary to the ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business, except in the case of clauses (i) (solely with respect to the subsidiaries of the Company that are not “significant subsidiaries” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), (ii) and (iii), to the extent any such conflict, breach, violation or default would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(hh) Except as disclosed in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, (i) there are no proceedings that are pending, or known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, orders, judgments, decrees, permits or other legal requirements of any governmental authority, including without limitation any international, foreign, national, state, provincial, regional or local authority, relating to pollution, the protection of human health or safety, the environment or natural resources, or to use, handling, storage, manufacturing, transportation, treatment, discharge, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”) in which a governmental authority is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, including any pending or proposed Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that would, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (iii) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to Environmental Laws.

(ii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, subject to permitted extensions, and have paid all taxes due, and, except as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, nor does the Company have any knowledge of any tax deficiencies that have been, or would reasonably be expected to be asserted against the Company, that would, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(jj) Except, in each case, for any such matter as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)) for which the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have any liability, whether absolute or contingent (each a “ Plan ”), has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations including ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”); (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, (A) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, excluding any events for which notice to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation is not required, (B) no failure to meet the minimum funding standard of

 

10


Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA (whether or not waived), failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code or failure to make any required contribution to a “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 4001(c)(3) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, (C) the fair market value of assets under each such Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan), (D) no lien described in Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Code has been imposed or is reasonably expected to be imposed with respect to such Plan, (E) neither the Company nor any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any person, trade, business, entity or other organization (whether or not incorporated) which is treated as a single employer with the Company or any of its subsidiaries under Section 414 of the Code) has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a multiemployer plan), and (F) no Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA or in “critical” or “endangered” status under Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA; and (iv) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service or is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

(kk) The statistical and market-related data included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable in all material respects.

(ll) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is, and as of the applicable Delivery Date and, after giving effect to the offer and sale of the Stock and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of them will be, an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” required to register as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(mm) The statements set forth in each of the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the captions “Description of Capital Stock”, “Taxation”, and “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to summarize the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate summaries of the provisions of such laws and documents in all material respects.

(nn) Except as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act.

 

11


(oo) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or the Underwriters for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock.

(pp) The Company has not sold or issued any securities that would be integrated with the offering of the Stock contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Securities Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or the interpretations thereof by the Commission.

(qq) The Company and its affiliates have not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the shares of the Stock.

(rr) The Stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution on, The New York Stock Exchange.

(ss) The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of any Delivery Date and completion of the distribution of the Stock, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to which the Representatives have consented in accordance with Section 1(i) or 6(a)(vi) and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus set forth on Schedule IV hereto.

(tt) Except as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, neither the Company nor any subsidiary has knowledge of any violation of or has received written notice from a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental agency of any violation with respect to any federal or state law relating to discrimination in the hiring, promotion or pay of employees, nor any applicable federal or state wage and hour laws, the violation of any of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(uu) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, has in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries: (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official, “foreign official” (as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”) or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act 2010, as amended, or any other applicable anti-bribery statute or regulation; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any domestic government official, foreign official or employee; and the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act 2010, and all other applicable anti-bribery statutes and regulations, and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

12


(vv) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(ww) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is (i) currently subject to or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”); or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person, or in any country or territory, that currently is the subject or target of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction whether as an underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. The Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in for the past five years, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or target of Sanctions.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Stock shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholder The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants that:

(a) Neither the Selling Stockholder nor any person acting on its behalf (other than, if applicable, the Company and the Underwriters) has used or referred to any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) relating to the Stock.

(b) Immediately prior to any Delivery Date on which the Selling Stockholder is selling shares of Stock, the Selling Stockholder will have good and marketable title to the shares of Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder on such Delivery Date, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities, community property rights, restrictions on transfer or claims.

 

13


(c) The stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder is subject to the interest of the Underwriters, and the obligations of the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by any operation of law or the occurrence of any other event.

(d) Upon payment for the Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Stock, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“ Cede ”) or such other nominee as may be designated by The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), registration of such Stock in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Stock on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (i) DTC will acquire good and marketable title to the Stock free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities, community property rights, restrictions on transfer or claims, (ii) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Stock within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”), (iii) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Stock, and (iv) an action based on an “adverse claim” (as defined in the UCC) to such securities entitlement, whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien or other theory may not be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement (assuming that the Underwriters are purchasing such Stock without notice of any adverse claim). For purposes of this representation, the Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Stock will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

(e) The Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to enter into this Agreement.

(f) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder.

(g) The sale of the Stock by the Selling Stockholder, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Selling Stockholder and the consummation by the Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of formation or operating agreement (or similar organizational documents) of the Selling Stockholder, or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, decree, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such contraventions that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

14


(h) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder is required for the sale of the Stock by the Selling Stockholder, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Selling Stockholder and the consummation by the Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings, registrations or qualifications as may be required under the Exchange Act and applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and sale of the Stock by the Underwriters.

(i) In respect of any statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Selling Stockholder specifically for use in connection with the preparation thereof, the Selling Stockholder hereby makes the same representations and warranties to each Underwriter as the Company makes to such Underwriter under Sections (1)(d), (e), (f) and (g); it being understood and agreed that the foregoing applies only to such information furnished by the Selling Stockholder to the Company, which consists of: (A) the legal name, address and the number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Selling Stockholder; and (B) the other information with respect to the Selling Stockholder (excluding percentages) which appear in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholder” (collectively, the “ Selling Stockholder Information ”).

(j) The sale of the shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company which is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

(k) The Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the shares of the Stock.

3. Purchase of the Stock by the Underwriters. On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell [ ] shares of the Firm Stock to the several Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase the number of shares of the Firm Stock set forth opposite that Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto. The respective purchase obligations of the Underwriters with respect to the Firm Stock shall be rounded among the Underwriters to avoid fractional shares, as the Representatives may determine.

On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, the Selling Stockholder grants to the

 

15


Underwriters an option to purchase up to [    ] additional shares of Option Stock. Such option is exercisable in the event that the Underwriters sell more shares of Common Stock than the number of shares of Firm Stock in the offering and as set forth in Section 5 hereof. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of shares of Option Stock (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of shares of Option Stock to be sold on such Delivery Date as the number of shares of Firm Stock set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of shares of Firm Stock.

The purchase price payable by the Underwriters for both the Firm Stock and any Option Stock is $[ ] per share.

The Company and the Selling Stockholder are not obligated to deliver any of the Firm Stock or Option Stock to be delivered on the applicable Delivery Date, except upon payment for all such Stock to be purchased on such Delivery Date as provided herein.

4. Offering of Stock by the Underwriters . Upon authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Stock, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Stock for sale upon the terms and conditions to be set forth in the Prospectus.

5. Delivery of and Payment for the Stock . Delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock shall be made at [10:00] A.M., New York City time, on the [third] full business day following the date of this Agreement or at such other date or place as shall be determined by agreement between the Representatives and the Company. This date and time are sometimes referred to as the “ Initial Delivery Date ”. Delivery of the Firm Stock shall be made to the Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives and of the respective aggregate purchase prices of the Firm Stock being sold by the Company to or upon the order of the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder. The Company shall deliver the Firm Stock through the facilities of DTC unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

The option granted in Section 3 will expire 30 days after the date of this Agreement and may be exercised in whole or from time to time in part by written notice being given to the Company and the Selling Stockholder by the Representatives; provided that if such date falls on a day that is not a business day, the option granted in Section 3 will expire on the next succeeding business day. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of shares of Option Stock as to which the option is being exercised, the names in which the shares of Option Stock are to be registered, the denominations in which the shares of Option Stock are to be issued and the date and time, as determined by the Representatives, when the shares of Option Stock are to be delivered; provided, however , that this date and time shall not be earlier than the Initial Delivery Date nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the fifth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. Each date and time the shares of Option Stock are delivered is sometimes referred to as an “ Option Stock Delivery Date ”, and the Initial Delivery Date and any Option Stock Delivery Date are sometimes each referred to as a “ Delivery Date ”.

 

16


Delivery of the Option Stock by the Selling Stockholder and payment for the Option Stock by the several Underwriters through the Representatives shall be made at [10:00] A.M., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in the preceding paragraph or at such other date or place as shall be determined by agreement between the Representatives and the Company. On each Option Stock Delivery Date, the Selling Stockholder shall deliver or cause to be delivered the Option Stock to the Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives and of the respective aggregate purchase prices of the Option Stock being sold by the Selling Stockholder to or upon the order of the Selling Stockholder of the purchase price by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Selling Stockholder. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder. The Selling Stockholder shall deliver the Option Stock through the facilities of DTC unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

6. Agreements of the Company and the Underwriters . (a) The Company agrees:

(i) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Delivery Date except as provided herein; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Stock for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding or examination for any such purpose or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to use promptly its best efforts to obtain its withdrawal.

(ii) Upon written request, to furnish promptly to each of the Representatives and to counsel for the Underwriters a signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereto filed with the Commission, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith.

(iii) To deliver promptly to the Representatives such number of the following documents as the Representatives shall reasonably request: (A) conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission and each amendment thereto (in each case excluding exhibits other than this Agreement and the computation of per share earnings), (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amended or

 

17


supplemented Prospectus and (C) each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time after the date hereof in connection with the offering or sale of the Stock or any other securities relating thereto and if at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act, to notify the Representatives and, upon their request, to file such document and to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.

(iv) To file as promptly as practicable with the Commission any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that may, in the judgment of the Company or the Representatives, be required by the Securities Act or requested by the Commission.

(v) Prior to filing with the Commission any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish a copy thereof to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters and not to file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

(vi) Not to make any offer relating to the Stock that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

(vii) To comply with all applicable requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act with respect to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. If at any time after the date hereof any events shall have occurred as a result of which any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to notify the Representatives and, upon their request, to file such document and to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that will correct such conflict, statement or omission or effect such compliance.

(viii) As soon as practicable after the Effective Date (it being understood that the Company shall have until at least 410 days or, if the fourth quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the Effective Date is the last fiscal quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, 455 days after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter), to make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to deliver to the Representatives (or make available through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering,

 

18


Analysis and Retrieval System) an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 under the Securities Act); provided that such requirements shall be deemed met by the Company’s compliance with its reporting requirements pursuant to the Exchange Act if such compliance satisfies the conditions of Rule 158 and the Company’s reports pursuant to the Exchange Act are available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.

(ix) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Stock for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of Canada and such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Stock; provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be subject.

(x) For a period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the 180th day after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), not to, directly or indirectly, (A) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or would be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or sell or grant options, rights or warrants with respect to any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, (B) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such shares of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (C) file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Stock or any other securities of the Company (other than any registration statement on Form S-8), or (D) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, and to cause each officer and director of the Company set forth on Schedule II hereto and the Selling Stockholder furnish to the Representatives, prior to the Initial Delivery Date, a letter or letters, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Lock-Up Agreements ”); notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (y) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed in this paragraph shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of

 

19


the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event, unless Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, agree to not require such extension in writing.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the shares of Common Stock to be sold hereunder; (b) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or settlement of options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock granted under stock-based compensation plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, (c) the grant by the Company of awards to employees and directors under stock-based compensation plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, or (d) the issuance of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock in connection with an acquisition, investment or other transaction by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, properties or other assets of another person or entity or in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, provided that, in the case of clause (d), the aggregate number of shares issued in all such acquisitions, investments and transactions does not exceed 5% of the outstanding common stock of the Company immediately following the consummation of the offering of the Firm Stock and any recipient of such securities shall execute and deliver to Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC a lock-up letter substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A.

(xi) If Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, in their discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a Lock-Up Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, and containing such other information as Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC may require with respect to the circumstances of the release or waiver and/or the identity of the officer(s) and/or director(s) with respect to which the release or waiver applies, through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(xii) To apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock being sold by the Company substantially in accordance with the description as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

(xiii) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(xiv) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing pay the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

 

20


(xv) [Reserved.]

(xvi) The Company and its affiliates will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that reasonably would be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the Stock.

(xvii) The Company will do and perform all things required or necessary to be done and performed under this Agreement by it prior to each Delivery Date, and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder to purchase the Stock.

(b) Each Underwriter severally agrees that such Underwriter shall not include any “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) in any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) used or referred to by such Underwriter without the prior consent of the Company (any such issuer information with respect to whose use the Company has given its consent, “ Permitted Issuer Information ”); provided that (i) no such consent shall be required with respect to any such issuer information contained in any document filed by the Company with the Commission prior to the use of such free writing prospectus, and (ii) “issuer information”, as used in this Section 6(b), shall not be deemed to include information prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter on the basis of or derived from issuer information.

7. Agreements of the Selling Stockholder . The Selling Stockholder agrees:

(a) Neither the Selling Stockholder nor any person acting on its behalf (other than, if applicable, the Company and the Underwriters) shall use or refer to any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), relating to the Stock;

(b) To deliver to the Representatives prior to the first Option Stock Delivery Date a properly completed and executed Form W-9.

(c) The Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that reasonably would be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the Stock.

(d) The Selling Stockholder will do and perform all things required or necessary to be done and performed under this Agreement by it prior to each Delivery Date, and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder to purchase the Stock.

8. Expenses . The Company agrees, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay all

 

21


expenses, costs, fees and taxes incident to and in connection with (a) the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Stock and any stamp duties or other taxes payable in that connection, and the preparation and printing of certificates for the Stock; (b) the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto; (c) the distribution of the Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, all as provided in this Agreement; (d) the production and distribution of this Agreement, any supplemental agreement among Underwriters, and any other related documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Stock; (e) any required review by FINRA of the terms of sale of the Stock (including related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters); (f) the listing of the Stock on the New York Stock Exchange and/or any other exchange; (g) the qualification of the Stock under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 6(a)(ix) and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters); (h) the investor presentations on any “road show”, undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Stock, including, without limitation, expenses associated with any electronic road show, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show; and (i) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholder under this Agreement; provided that, in the case of (e) and (g) above, fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters in an amount that is greater than $25,000, in the aggregate, shall not be covered by this Section 8; provided, further that, except as provided in this Section 8 and in Section 13, the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including the costs and expenses of their counsel, any transfer taxes on the Stock which they may sell and the expenses of advertising any offering of the Stock made by the Underwriters.

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholder may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

9. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The respective obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, when made and on each Delivery Date, of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder contained herein, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholder of their respective obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission in accordance with Section 6(a)(i). The Company shall have complied with all filing requirements applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus used or referred to after the date hereof; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceeding or examination for such purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and any request of the Commission for inclusion of additional information in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise shall have been complied with. If the Company has elected to

 

22


rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement.

(b) No Underwriter shall have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to such Delivery Date that the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Pricing Disclosure Package, or any amendment or supplement thereto, contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, is material or omits to state a fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of this Agreement, the Stock, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to counsel for the Underwriters, and the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(d) Kirkland & Ellis LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion, as counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in the form agreed upon by Kirkland & Ellis and the Representatives.

(e) The counsel for the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in the form agreed upon by Kirkland & Ellis LLP and the Representatives.

(f) The Representatives shall have received from Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Delivery Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Stock, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Disclosure Package and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(g) At the time of execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Deloitte & Touche a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the date hereof (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and (ii) stating, as of the date hereof (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, as of a date not more than three days prior to the date hereof), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters ordinarily covered by accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters in connection with registered public offerings.

 

23


(h) With respect to the letter of Deloitte & Touche referred to in the preceding paragraph and delivered to the Representatives concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ initial letter ”), the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter (the “ bring-down letter ”) of such accountants, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, (ii) stating, as of the date of the bring-down letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than three days prior to the date of the bring-down letter), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by the initial letter, and (iii) confirming in all material respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the initial letter.

(i) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated such Delivery Date, of its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer as to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement:

(i) That the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 1 are true and correct on and as of such Delivery Date, and the Company has complied with all its agreements contained herein and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Delivery Date;

(ii) That no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued; and no proceedings or examination for that purpose have been instituted or, to the knowledge of such officers, threatened;

(iii) That they have examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, in their opinion, (A) (1) the Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date, (2) the Prospectus, as of its date and on the applicable Delivery Date, and (3) the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and did not and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (except in the case of the Registration Statement, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and (B) since the Effective Date, no event has occurred that should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that has not been so set forth; and

(iv) To the effect of Section 9(l) ( provided that no representation with respect to the judgment of the Representatives need be made) and Section 9(m).

 

24


(j) The Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to the Representatives on such Delivery Date a certificate, dated such Delivery Date, signed by, or on behalf of, the Selling Stockholder, stating that the representations and warranties of the Selling Stockholder contained herein are true and correct on and as of such Delivery Date and that the Selling Stockholder has complied with all its agreements contained herein and has satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Delivery Date.

(k) [Reserved].

(l) Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, and (ii) since such date there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders’ equity, properties or business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is, individually or in the aggregate, in the judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(m) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined by the Commission in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act), and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities.

(n) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) (A) trading in securities generally on any securities exchange that has registered with the Commission under Section 6 of the Exchange Act (including the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Capital Market), or (B) trading in any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market, shall have been suspended or materially limited or the settlement of such trading generally shall have been materially disrupted or minimum prices shall have been established on any such exchange or such market by the Commission, by such exchange or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, (ii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, (iii) the United States shall have become engaged in hostilities, there

 

25


shall have been an escalation in hostilities involving the United States, there shall have been a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States, or there shall have occurred such a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions, including, without limitation, as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such) or any other calamity or crisis either within or outside the United States, as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or delivery of the Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(o) The New York Stock Exchange shall have approved the Stock for listing, subject only to official notice of issuance -and evidence of satisfactory distribution.

(p) The Lock-Up Agreements between the Representatives and the officers, directors and stockholders of the Company set forth on Schedule II, delivered to the Representatives on or before the date of this Agreement, shall be in full force and effect on such Delivery Date.

(q) On or prior to each Delivery Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

10. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Stock), to which that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, (B) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, (C) any Permitted Issuer Information used or referred to in any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) used or referred to by any Underwriter, or (D) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Stock, including any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) not constituting an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (“ Marketing Materials ”), or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration

 

26


Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information, any Marketing Materials, any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any such amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information or any Marketing Materials, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Underwriter furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information consists solely of the information specified in Section 10(f). The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to any Underwriter or to any affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person of that Underwriter.

(b) The Selling Stockholder shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Stock), to which that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information, any Marketing Materials, or any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (any such “free writing prospectus” that was prepared by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder or used or referred to by the Selling Stockholder in connection with the offering of the Stock in violation of Section 7(c) being referred to as a “Selling Stockholder Free Writing Prospectus”), or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information, any Marketing Materials, or any Selling Stockholder Free Writing Prospectus, any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each such controlling person promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Underwriter, its affiliate, directors, officers and employees or controlling persons in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage,

 

27


liability or action as such expenses are incurred, but in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Preliminary Prospectus, Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any such amendment or supplement, the Permitted Issuer Information, the Marketing Materials, or the Selling Stockholder Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information. The aggregate liability of the Selling Stockholder under Section 10(b) and Section 10(e) shall be limited to the net proceeds, after underwriting discounts but before deducting expenses, received by the Selling Stockholder from the Shares sold by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, as set forth in the Prospectus.

(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Stockholder, their respective directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company, the Selling Stockholder or any such director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Marketing Materials, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Marketing Materials, any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Underwriter furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of that Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is limited to the information set forth in Section 10(f). The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability that any Underwriter may otherwise have to the Company, the Selling Stockholder or any such director, officer, employee or controlling person.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 10 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 10, promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 10 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights and defenses) by such failure and, provided , further , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 10. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent

 

28


that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 10 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however , that the indemnified party shall have the right to employ counsel to represent jointly the indemnified party and those other indemnified parties and their respective directors, officers, employees and controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Section 10 if (i) the indemnified party and the indemnifying party shall have so mutually agreed; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party and its directors, officers, employees and controlling persons shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to them that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnified parties or their respective directors, officers, employees or controlling persons, on the one hand, and the indemnifying party, on the other hand, and representation of both sets of parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, and in any such event the fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall (x) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party, or (y) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with the consent of the indemnifying party or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 10(a) or (b) hereof, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and more than 30 days after receipt of the proposed terms of such settlement, and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request or disputed in good faith the indemnified party’s entitlement to such reimbursement prior to the date of such settlement.

 

29


(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 10 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 10(a), 10(b), 10(c) [or 10(g)] in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the offering of the Stock, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Stock purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the shares of the Stock purchased under this Agreement, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the other hand. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholder or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 10(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 10(e) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 10(e), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10(e), in no event shall (x) an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Stock exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or (y) the Selling Stockholder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds (exclusive of expenses) received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Stock sold by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement (as set forth in the Prospectus) exceeds any damages which the Selling Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of

 

30


such untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 10(e) are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The Underwriters severally confirm and the Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledge and agree that the statements regarding delivery of shares by the Underwriters set forth on the cover page of, and the concession and reallowance figures and the paragraph relating to stabilization by the Underwriters appearing under the caption “Underwriting” in, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are correct and constitute the only information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters specifically for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Marketing Materials.

11. Defaulting Underwriters.

(a) If, on any Delivery Date, any Underwriter defaults in its obligations to purchase the Stock that it has agreed to purchase under this Agreement, the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Stock by the non-defaulting Underwriters or other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Stock, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Stock on such terms. In the event that within the respective prescribed periods, the non-defaulting Underwriters notify the Company that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Stock, or the Company notifies the non-defaulting Underwriters that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Stock, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone such Delivery Date for up to seven full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any such other document or arrangement that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise, any party not listed in Schedule I hereto that, pursuant to this Section 11, purchases Stock that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Stock of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the total number of shares of the Stock that remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the total number of shares of all the

 

31


Stock, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the total number of shares of Stock that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the total number of shares of Stock that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Stock of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; provided that the non-defaulting Underwriters shall not be obligated to purchase more than 110% of the total number of shares of Stock that it agreed to purchase on such Delivery Date pursuant to the terms of Section 3.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Stock of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the total number of shares of Stock that remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the total number of shares of all the Stock, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Sections 8 and 13 and except that the provisions of Section 10 shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

12. Termination . The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be terminated by the Representatives by notice given to and received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder prior to delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock if, prior to that time, any of the events described in Sections 9(l), 9(m) and 9(n) shall have occurred or if the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under this Agreement.

13. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses . If (a) the Company and Selling Stockholder shall fail to tender the Stock for delivery to the Underwriters for any reason, or (b) the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Stock, and upon demand the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representatives. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11 by reason of the default of one or more Underwriters, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholder shall be obligated to reimburse any defaulting Underwriter on account of those expenses.

14. Research Analyst Independence . The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Underwriters’ research analysts may hold views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Company and/or the offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions. The

 

32


Company and the Selling Stockholder hereby waive and release, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company or the Selling Stockholder may have against the Underwriters with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company or the Selling Stockholder by such Underwriters’ investment banking divisions. The Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledge that each of the Underwriters is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

15. No Fiduciary Duty . The Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledge and agree that in connection with this offering, sale of the Stock or any other services the Underwriters may be deemed to be providing hereunder, notwithstanding any preexisting relationship, advisory or otherwise, between the parties or any oral representations or assurances previously or subsequently made by the Underwriters: (a) no fiduciary or agency relationship between the Company, Selling Stockholder and any other person, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, exists; (b) the Underwriters are not acting as advisors, expert or otherwise, to either the Company or the Selling Stockholder, including, without limitation, with respect to the determination of the public offering price of the Stock, and such relationship between the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, is entirely and solely commercial, based on arms-length negotiations; (c) any duties and obligations that the Underwriters may have to the Company or Selling Stockholder shall be limited to those duties and obligations specifically stated herein; and (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Company and the Selling Stockholder. The Company and the Selling Stockholder hereby waive any claims that the Company or the Selling Stockholder may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach of fiduciary duty in connection with this offering.

16. Notices, etc. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:

(a) if to the Underwriters, shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the Representatives, c/o Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration (Fax: [(646) 834-8133]), with a copy, in the case of any notice pursuant to Section 10(d), to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel, Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019; c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department (Fax: (646) 855-3073), with a copy to ECM Legal (Fax: (212) 230-8730); and c/o UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171, Attention: [ ] (Fax: [ ]);

(b) if to the Company, shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Linda De Renzo, Chief Legal Officer (E-mail:

 

33


linda.derenzo@thementornetwork.com), with a copy to Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 300 N. LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: James S. Rowe (E-mail: james.rowe@kirkland.com); and

(c) if to the Selling Stockholder, shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to Vestar Capital Partners, 500 Boylston Street, 17th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, Attention Chris A. Durbin (E-mail: cdurbin@vestarcapital.com), with a copy to Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 300 N. LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: James S. Rowe (E-mail: james.rowe@kirkland.com);

Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof. The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request, consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Underwriters by Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC on behalf of the Representatives.

17. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company, the Selling Stockholder and their respective successors. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof are for the sole benefit of only those persons, except that (a) the representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement shall also be deemed to be for the benefit of the directors, officers and employees of the Underwriters and each person or persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and (b) the indemnity agreement of the Underwriters contained in Section 10(c) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be for the benefit of the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who have signed the Registration Statement, any person controlling the Company and the Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons referred to in this Section 17, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

18. Survival. The respective indemnities, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Stock and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any person controlling any of them.

19. Definition of the Terms “Business Day”, “Affiliate” and “Subsidiary” . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) “ business day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close, and (b) “ affiliate ” and “ subsidiary ” have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflict of laws principles (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

 

34


21. Waiver of Jury Trial . The Company and the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

23. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

35


If the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters, please indicate your acceptance in the space provided for that purpose below.

 

Very truly yours,
C IVITAS S OLUTIONS , I NC .
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
NMH I NVESTMENT , LLC
B Y :  

 

 

36


Accepted:

B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .

M ERRILL L YNCH , P IERCE , F ENNER  & S MITH

                         I NCORPORATED
UBS S ECURITIES LLC
For themselves and as Representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
By:   B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .
By:  

 

  Authorized Representative
By:   M ERRILL L YNCH , P IERCE , F ENNER & S MITH
                                 I NCORPORATED
By:  

 

  Authorized Representative
By:   UBS S ECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Representative

 

37


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares of
Firm Stock

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Inc.

  

Avondale Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 


SCHEDULE II

PERSONS DELIVERING LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

Directors

Officers


SCHEDULE III

ORALLY CONVEYED PRICING INFORMATION

1.

2.


SCHEDULE IV

ISSUER FREE WRITING PROSPECTUSES – ROAD SHOW MATERIALS


EXHIBIT A

LOCK-UP LETTER AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit A-1


EXHIBIT B

Form of Press Release

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

            ,         

Civitas Solutions, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Barclays Capital Inc., the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of [ ] shares of common stock [and the other underwriters of such offering whose consent is required][is][are][waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [ ] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on             ,         , and the shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Exhibit B-1


ANNEX A

[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]

B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .

M ERRILL L YNCH , P IERCE , F ENNER  & S MITH

                          I NCORPORATED

UBS S ECURITIES LLC,

As Representatives of the several

    Underwriters

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

Public Offering of Common Stock

 ]

 ]

Dear Mr./Ms. [ ]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Civitas Solutions, Inc. (the “ Company ”) of [ ] shares of common stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter agreement dated [ ] (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [ ] with respect to [ ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC as Representatives of the Underwriters (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) hereby agree[s] (subject to the proviso below) to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [ ] (the “ Anticipated Effective Date ”), provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is expressly conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two business days before the Anticipated Effective Date. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-Up Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Yours very truly,

cc: [ Insert name of issuer ]

 

Annex A-1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Civitas Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Civitas Solutions, Inc. The date of filing of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was June 15, 2007. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name NMH Holdings, Inc.

2. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit A , which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the existing Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as heretofore amended, has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholder in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, with the adoption of the Corporation’s stockholder having been given by written consent in lieu of a meeting thereof in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Linda De Renzo, its Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Secretary, this      day of              2014.

 

By:  

 

Name:   Linda De Renzo
Title:   Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and
  Secretary


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of this corporation is Civitas Solutions, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE TWO

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, County of New Castle, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Trust Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE THREE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware General Corporation Law ”).

ARTICLE FOUR

Section 1. Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is 400,000,000 shares, consisting of:

(a) 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”); and

(b) 350,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the rights, preferences and limitations set forth below.

Section 2. Preferred Stock . Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is authorized, to provide by resolution or resolutions from time to time for the issuance, out of the authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, of all or any of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (full, limited or no voting powers), designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, that any such


series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices, (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of capital stock, (iii) entitled to such rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of capital stock, or of any other series of the same class of capital stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions, which resolution or resolutions shall be set forth on a certificate of designations filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), no vote of the holders of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a prerequisite to the designation or issuance of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of this Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class. Subject to Section 1 of this ARTICLE FOUR, the Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the certificate of designations in respect of any series of Preferred Stock, in case the number of shares of such series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

Section 3. Common Stock .

(a) Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law or this Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, all of the voting power of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock, and each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote for each share held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation in respect of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more such other series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(b) Dividends . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, and to the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equally, on a per share basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, securities or other property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

 

3


(c) Liquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed among holders of shares of Common Stock equally on a per share basis. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or entity, or a sale, lease, exchange, conveyance or other disposition of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 3(c).

(d) Conversion Rights . The Common Stock shall not be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same class of the Corporation’s capital stock.

ARTICLE FIVE

The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SIX

Section 1. Board of Directors, Number . Unless otherwise provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Delaware General Corporation Law, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Classification of Directors . Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders occurring after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation. At each annual meeting after the first annual meeting of stockholders occurring after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, each director elected to the class of directors expiring at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, removal or retirement. If the number of directors divided into classes as set forth herein is hereafter changed, any newly created directorship(s) or decrease in the number of directors shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as practicable. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the

 

4


Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) shall so provide. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to their respective classes.

Section 3. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause shall be filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or his or her earlier death, resignation, removal or retirement.

Section 4. Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, (i) prior to the Trigger Date (as defined below), any director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause, at a meeting called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class and (ii) after the Trigger Date, any director may be removed from office at any time but only with cause, at a meeting called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 5. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock . Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE SIX, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be governed by the rights of such Preferred Stock as set forth in the certificate of designations or certificates of designations governing such series.

Section 6. No Cumulative Voting . Except as may otherwise be set forth in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing the issue of one or more series of Preferred Stock, and then only with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, cumulative voting in the election of directors is specifically denied.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Section 1. Limitation of Liability .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as it now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader exculpation rights than permitted prior thereto), no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(b) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring at or prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

5


ARTICLE EIGHT

Section 1. No Action by Written Consent . From and after the first date (the “Trigger Date”) on which investment funds affiliated with Vestar Capital Partners and their respective successors and Affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) (collectively, the “Vestar Entities”) cease collectively to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) more than forty percent (40%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person; the term “control,” as used in this definition, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. “Person” means an individual, any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity. For the purpose of this Certificate of Incorporation, “beneficial ownership” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Section 2. Annual Meetings of Stockholders . Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders at any meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

Section 3. Special Meetings of Stockholders . Subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation shall be called exclusively (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or (ii) prior to the Trigger Date, by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of one or more of the Vestar Entities that own outstanding shares of Common Stock, and shall not otherwise be called by stockholders. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

6


ARTICLE NINE

Section 1. Certificate of Incorporation . The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to alter, amend, repeal or change any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and to adopt any other provision authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage or vote may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, no provision of ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE EIGHT, this ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN, ARTICLE ELEVEN and ARTICLE TWELVE may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or of the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by law, (i) prior to the Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class and (ii) from and after the Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 2. Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Any adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided a quorum is otherwise present. In addition to any other vote otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, from and after the Trigger Date, with respect to the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the stockholders, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

ARTICLE TEN

The Corporation expressly elects to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Section 1. Scope . The provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN are set forth to define, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the duties of Exempted Persons (as defined below) to the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities. “Exempted Persons” means the Vestar Entities and their respective Affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) and all of their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers and employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation.

 

7


Section 2. Competition and Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Exempted Persons shall not have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each such Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries.

Section 3. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not financially or legally able or contractually permitted to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Section 4. Amendment of this Article . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE ELEVEN in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 of ARTICLE NINE shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities of which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal. This ARTICLE ELEVEN shall not limit or eliminate any protections or defenses otherwise available to, or any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation’s bylaws, any agreement between the Corporation and such officer or director, or any applicable law.

Section 5. Deemed Notice . Any person or entity purchasing, holding or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.

ARTICLE TWELVE

Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or (iv) any

 

8


action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE TWELVE.

 

9

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of [ ], 2014)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of Civitas Solutions, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”). The registered office and/or registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”).

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may have an office or offices other than said registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate such place of meeting, either within or outside the State of Delaware, or the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 211(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 2. Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as is specified by the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as may be properly brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of ARTICLE II hereof. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the Corporation’s


notice of the meeting given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by the Secretary (solely to the extent and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.

Section 4. Notice .

(a) Timing; Contents . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written notice of each annual and special meeting of stockholders stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different than the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by the Secretary (solely to the extent and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation), to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting except as otherwise required by law.

(b) Form of Notice . All such notices shall be delivered in writing or by a form of electronic transmission if receipt thereof has been consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by facsimile telecommunication, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile. Subject to the limitations of Section 4(d) of this ARTICLE II, if given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given: (i) by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice by United States mail or facsimile transmission; and (iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or entity entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

2


(d) Notice by Electronic Delivery . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders of the Corporation given by the Corporation under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder of the Corporation to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices of meetings or of other business given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 5. List of Stockholders . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this section or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and

 

3


entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on the matter. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place by the chairman of the meeting or by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before the meeting (other than the election of directors), unless by express provisions of an applicable law or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities or of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of record of capital stock entitled to vote in the election of such directors.

Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation in respect of any series of preferred stock), each holder of record of capital stock shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder on the record date for voting for such meeting.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy executed or

 

4


transmitted in a manner permitted by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally. At each meeting of stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the Secretary or a person designated by the Secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

Section 11. Business Brought Before a Meeting of the Stockholders .

(A) Annual Meetings .

(1) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall be considered and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations and other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (i) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed or such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time the notice provided for in paragraph (A) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting of stockholders, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (A) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that there was no annual meeting in the prior year or the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the public announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, in the event

 

5


that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(2) A stockholder’s notice providing for the nomination of a person or persons for election as a director or directors of the Corporation shall set forth (a) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made (and for purposes of clauses (ii) through (ix) below, including any interests described therein held by any affiliates or associates (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) for purposes of these Bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner or by any member of such stockholder’s or beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household or Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), in each case as of the date of such stockholder’s notice, which information shall be confirmed or updated, if necessary, by such stockholder and beneficial owner (x) not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the notice of the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date for the notice of the meeting, and (y) not later than eight (8) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof to disclose such ownership as of the date that is ten (10) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (or if not practicable to provide such updated information not later than eight (8) business days before any adjournment or postponement, on the first practicable date before any such adjournment or postponement)) (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) (provided that a person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future) and owned of record by such stockholder or beneficial owner, (iii) the class or series, if any, and number of options, warrants, puts, calls, convertible securities, stock appreciation rights, or similar rights, obligations or commitments with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument, right, obligation or commitment shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation (each a “ Derivative Security ”), which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person, (iv) any agreement, arrangement, understanding, or relationship, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner or any Stockholder Associated

 

6


Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or beneficial owner or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, or that provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of any class or series or capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, (v) a description of any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit (including any performance-based fees) derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares or other securities of the Corporation, (vi) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner or any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares or other securities of the Corporation, (vii) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or such beneficial owner or such Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (viii) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Securities held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, if any, (ix) a description of all agreements, arrangements, and understandings between such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person and any other person(s) (including their name(s)) in connection with or related to the ownership or voting of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Securities, (x) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (xi) a statement as to whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to elect such stockholder’s nominees and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from the stockholders in support of such nomination and (xii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination, and (b) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (ii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee and his or her respective affiliates and associates,

 

7


or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (iii) a completed and signed questionnaire regarding the background and qualifications of such person to serve as a director, a copy of which may be obtained upon request to the Secretary of the Corporation, (iv) all information with respect to such person that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 11 of ARTICLE II if such person were a stockholder or beneficial owner, on whose behalf the nomination was made, submitting a notice providing for the nomination of a person or persons for election as a director or directors of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 11 of ARTICLE II and (v) such additional information that the Corporation may reasonably request to determine the eligibility or qualifications of such person to serve as a director or an independent director of the Corporation, or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the qualifications and/or independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee as a director. For purposes of these Bylaws, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder means (i) any “affiliate” or “associate” (as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of any stock or other securities of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder, (iii) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such Stockholder Associated Person referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above and (iv) any person acting in concert in respect of any matter involving the Corporation or its securities with either such stockholder or any beneficial owner of any stock or other securities of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder.

(3) A stockholder’s notice regarding business proposed to be brought before a meeting of stockholders other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall set forth (a) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, the information called for by clauses (a)(i) through (a)(ix) of the immediately preceding paragraph (2) (including any interests described therein held by any affiliates or associates of such stockholder or beneficial owner or by any member of such stockholder’s or beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household, in each case as of the date of such stockholder’s notice, which information shall be confirmed or updated, if necessary, by such stockholder and beneficial owner (x) not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the notice of the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date for the notice of the meeting, and (y) not later than eight (8) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof to disclose such ownership as of the date that is ten (10) business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (or if not practicable to provide such updated information not later than eight (8) business days before any adjournment or postponement, on the first practicable date before any such adjournment or postponement)), (b) a brief description of (i) the business desired to be brought before such meeting, including the text of any resolution proposed for consideration by the

 

8


stockholders, (ii) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and (iii) any material interest of such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person in such business, including a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person and any other person(s) (including the name(s) of such other person(s)) in connection with or related to the proposal of such business by the stockholder, (c) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (i) a statement as to whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner of Stockholder Associated Person intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to approve the proposal and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal and (ii) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (d) if the matter such stockholder proposes to bring before any meeting of stockholders involves an amendment to the Corporation’s Bylaws, the specific wording of such proposed amendment, (e) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business and (f) such additional information that the Corporation may reasonably request regarding such stockholder or beneficial owner or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, and/or the business that such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting. The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the special meeting given by or at the direction of the Board or by the Secretary (solely to the extent and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation). The notice of such special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by the Secretary (solely to the extent and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation) or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (a) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time the notice provided for in paragraph (B) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is delivered to the Corporation’s Secretary and on the record date for

 

9


the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting, (b) is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and (c) complies with the notice procedures set forth in subparagraph (2) of paragraph (A) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall be delivered to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of a special meeting or the public announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C) General .

(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 of ARTICLE II shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 of ARTICLE II. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 11 of this ARTICLE II, to be considered a “ qualified representative ” of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(2) For purposes of this section, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service in the United States or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11 of ARTICLE II.

 

10


(4) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to (a) affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (b) confer upon any stockholder a right to have a nominee or any proposed business included in the Corporation’s proxy statement, or (c) affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

(5) The chairman of the meeting of stockholders shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not properly made or any business was not properly brought before the meeting, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II; if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such nomination not properly made or any business not properly brought before the meeting, as the case may be, shall not be transacted.

Section 12. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 of ARTICLE II at the adjourned meeting.

Section 13. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

11


Section 14. Conduct of Meetings .

(a) Generally . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in his or her absence, by the Chairman of the Board, if any (who shall be the Executive Chair, if such an officer be elected), or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, by the President, or in the absence of the President, by the Chief Financial Officer, or in the absence of all of the foregoing, by the most senior officer of the Corporation present at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time or to recess the meeting.

(c) Inspectors of Elections . The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

 

12


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . Except as otherwise from time to time determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, an annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place (if any) as, the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 3. Regular Meetings and Special Meetings . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President (in either case, if such person is a director) or upon the written request of at least a majority of the directors then in office.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice shall be required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 4. Any such notice shall state the time and place of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) 24 hours before the meeting, if the notice is given by telephone, by delivery in person, or sent by telex, telecopy, electronic mail or similar means or (b) 5 days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 5. Chairman of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . The Board of Directors may elect from among its ranks, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, a Chairman of the Board (who shall be the Executive Chair, if such an officer be elected), who shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present and shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at such meeting (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also Chairman of the Board), and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting or is not a director, the President shall preside at such meeting (if the President is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer), and, if the President is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting then in office shall elect one of their members to so preside. A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of

 

13


Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 6. Committees . The Board of Directors (i) may designate one or more committees consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation and (ii) shall, during such period of time as any securities of the Corporation are listed on a national securities exchange, designate all committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or as required by the rules and regulations of such exchange, if applicable. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

Section 7. Committee Rules . Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 8. Telephonic and Other Meetings . Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 9. Waiver of Notice . Any director may waive notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, by a written waiver signed by the director entitled to the notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the director entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a director at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the director attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

14


Section 10. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 11. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 12. Reliance on Books and Records . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such director’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 13. Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event or events.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number, Titles . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and may consist of an Executive Chair, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that neither the Chief Executive Officer nor the President shall also hold the office of Secretary, and no officer except the Executive Chair, if any, need be a director. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of President and Secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as convenient, except that the Chief Executive Officer may appoint one or more Vice Presidents and assistant officers. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or retirement as hereinafter provided.

 

15


Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer in his or her sole discretion.

Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, retirement or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation; provided, however, that compensation of some or all executive officers may be determined by a committee established for that purpose if so authorized by the Board of Directors or as required by applicable law or any applicable rule or regulation, including any rule or regulation of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are then listed for trading.

Section 6. Executive Chair . The Executive Chair, if such an officer be elected, shall be determined by the Board of Directors and shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. Whenever the Executive Chair is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Board of Directors may designate another member of the Board of Directors or officer of the Corporation to perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the Executive Chair.

Section 7. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, he or she shall be in the general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. If the Board of Directors has not elected or appointed a President or the office of the President is otherwise vacant, and no officer otherwise functions with the powers and duties of the President, then, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall also have all the powers and duties of the President.

Section 8. The President . The President shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or as may be provided in these Bylaws. If the Board of Directors has not elected or appointed a Chief

 

16


Executive Officer or the office of Chief Executive Officer is otherwise vacant, then, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the President shall also have all the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 9. The Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge of the active management of the business of the Corporation; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Operating Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or as may be provided in these Bylaws.

Section 10. Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have the powers and duties delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or the President. One Vice President may be designated by the Board of Directors to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the President’s absence or disability.

Section 11. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Any Assistant Secretary, if there is such an officer, shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

Section 12. The Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer or President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, if there is such an officer, to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 13. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the case of a Vice President or an assistant officer, as designated from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

17


Section 14. Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

Section 15. Officers’ Bonds or Other Security . If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

Section 16. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person selected by it.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, (i) the Chairman of the Board, or the President or Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Any or all signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, whose facsimile signature has been used on or who has duly affixed a facsimile signature or signatures to any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates, whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon or who duly affixed a facsimile signature or signatures thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

Section 2. Transfers of Stock . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock record of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his, her or its attorney thereunto authorized by the power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. Certificated shares, if any, shall be transferred only upon surrender of the certificate or certificates representing such shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power. Uncertificated shares shall be transferred by delivery of a duly executed stock transfer power. Registration of transfer of any shares shall be subject to applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law with respect to the transfer of such shares. The Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue and transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

18


Section 3. Transfer Agent . The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation.

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, or of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 5. Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock of the Corporation to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such shares. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any such shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, in shares of the capital stock or in any combination thereof, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors may think conducive to the interests of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Contracts . In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

19


Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this section.

Section 5. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other Corporation held by the Corporation shall be voted (or consents in writing may be provided in respect thereof) by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any Vice President, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote (or express consent in writing) with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote or express consent with respect to such securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 6. Inspection of Books and Records . The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 7. Time Periods . Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, in applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

Section 8. Section Headings . Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without

 

20


limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation (or has ceased to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan) and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the first instance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII shall be a contract right and shall include the obligation of the Corporation to pay the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ advancement of expenses ”); provided, however, that an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same or lesser scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification . If a claim for indemnification under this Article VII (which may only be made following the final disposition of such proceeding) is not paid in full within sixty days after the Corporation has received a claim therefor by the indemnitee, or if a claim for any advancement of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full within thirty days after the Corporation has received a statement or statements requesting such amounts to be advanced (provided that the indemnitee has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this Article VII), the indemnitee shall thereupon (but not before) be

 

21


entitled to file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. It shall be a defense to any action by a director or officer for indemnification or the advancement of expenses (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advancement of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The procedure for indemnification of other employees and agents of the Corporation for whom indemnification and advancement of expenses is provided pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII shall be the same procedure set forth in this Section 2 for directors or officers of the Corporation, unless otherwise set forth in the action of the Board of Directors providing indemnification and advancement of expenses for such employees or agents of the Corporation.

Section 3. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 4. Service for Subsidiaries . Any person serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation (a “ subsidiary ” for this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 5. Reliance . Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof.

 

22


Section 6. Other Rights; Continuation of Rights to Indemnification . The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or under any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses under this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each indemnitee who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

Section 7. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 8. Savings Clause . If this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Article Nine, Section 2 of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

23

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

PROOF PROOF
NUMBER SHARES
CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
COMMON STOCK CUSIP 17887R 10 2
THIS CERTIFIES THAT:
PROOF
IS THE OWNER OF
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF $0.01 PAR VALUE EACH OF CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed or assigned. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, and to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation, as now or hereafter amended. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
DATED:
COUNTERSIGNED:
BROADRIDGE CORPORATE ISSUER SOLUTIONS, INC.
1717 ARCH ST., STE. 1300, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19103
TRANSFER AGENT
BY:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE #1
CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.
CORPORATE
SEAL
2007
DELAWARE
SECRETARY PRESIDENT
©1990 COLUMBIA FINANCIAL PRINTING CORP.


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common
TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

  Custodian  

 

  (Cust)     (Minor)
  under Uniform Gifts to Minors
  Act  

 

    (State)
 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received,                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

    
 
      

 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Shares

of the stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

 

  Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated  

 

 

 

 

  NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY STOCKHOLDER, UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE DESIGNATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO FAR AS THE SAME HAVE BEEN DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY, IF ANY, OF THE BOARD TO DIVIDE THE SHARES INTO CLASSES OR SERIES AND TO DETERMINE AND CHANGE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF ANY CLASS OR SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY OR A MEMBER FIRM OF A NATIONAL OR REGIONAL OR OTHER RECOGNIZED STOCK EXCHANGE IN CONFORMANCE WITH A SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM.

 

COLUMBIA FINANCIAL PRINTING CORP. - www.stockinformation.com

Exhibit 10.19

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of August     , 2014 between Civitas Solutions, Inc. (formerly, NMH Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [name] (“ Indemnitee ”). The obligations of the Company hereunder are guaranteed by National Mentor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, on the terms and conditions set forth on the signature page hereto.

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the parties hereto entered into an Indemnification Agreement dated [                    ] (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of the common stock of the Company (the “Initial Public Offering”), the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement;

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The By-laws and/or Certificate of Incorporation of the Company may require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation may expressly provide and the DGCL does expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;


WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P., Vestar Capital Partners V-A, L.P., and/or Vestar Capital Partners V-B, L.P. (collectively, “ Vestar ”), which Indemnitee and Vestar intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.] 1

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an officer and/or director from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . Subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or

 

1   To be included in agreements with Vestar directors.

 

2


on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement and subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if

 

3


joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on

 

4


behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum or (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee; provided that from and after the date that a Change in Control occurs, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or

 

5


Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto.

 

6


(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of Expenses is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

7


(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) .

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in

 

8


his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Vestar and/or certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c) .] 2

(d) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, i]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment

 

2  

To be included in agreements with Vestar directors.

 

9


to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, t]he Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, t]he Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity, advancement or reimbursement of Expenses or contribution in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, [provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above]; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law;

(d) for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company in each case as required under the Exchange Act or Company policy;

(e) for any judgment, fine or penalty which the Company is prohibited by applicable law from paying as indemnity;

 

10


(f) in connection with any Proceedings or claims involving the enforcement of non-compete and/or non-disclosure agreements or the non-compete and/or non-disclosure provisions of employment, severance, consulting or similar agreements the Indemnitee may be party to with the Company or the Enterprise; or

(g) for amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and for a period of six (6) years thereafter and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, except that the provisions of the Prior Agreement shall continue to apply with respect to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering.

13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below), other than Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. and its affiliates, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

 

11


(ii) Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 13(a)(i), 13(a)(iii) or 13(a)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 13(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

12


(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(c) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(e) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(f) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h) “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or

 

13


investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

 

14


(b) To the Company at:

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

313 Congress Street 6th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Telecopy:                    

[with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice to) : 3

Vestar Capital Partners

245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor

New York, NY 10167

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopy: (212) 808-4922]

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

21. Usage of Pronouns . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

3   To be included in agreements with Vestar directors.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

INDEMNITEE

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

Guarantee by National Mentor Holdings, Inc.

By its signature below, National Mentor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Mentor ”), which is a subsidiary of the Company as of the date hereof, hereby agrees to guarantee the full and prompt performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement; provided that at such time, if any, as Mentor is no longer a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, this guarantee shall terminate with respect to the Company’s obligations in respect of any claims first arising after such time (except for claims by the Indemnitee by reason of his or her Corporate Status with Mentor or its subsidiaries prior to such time).

Solely for purposes of agreeing to the guarantee set forth in the paragraph immediately above (and not for the purpose of becoming a party to this Agreement):

 

NATIONAL MENTOR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

16

Exhibit 10.24

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.

 

 

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Civitas Solutions, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders by enabling the Company to offer Eligible Individuals cash and stock-based incentives in order to attract, retain and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Company’s stockholders. The Plan is effective as of the date set forth in Article XV.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1 “ Affiliate means each of the following: (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent; (c) any corporation, trade or business (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited liability company) which is directly or indirectly controlled 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) by the Company or one of its Affiliates; (d) any trade or business (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited liability company) which directly or indirectly controls 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) of the Company; and (e) any other entity in which the Company or any of its Affiliates has a material equity interest and which is designated as an “Affiliate” by resolution of the Committee; provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Common Stock subject to any Award constitutes “service recipient stock” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code or otherwise does not subject the Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.2 “ Award means any award under the Plan of any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award. All Awards shall be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms of an Award Agreement.

2.3 “ Award Agreement means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.

2.4 “ Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “ Cause means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy, the following: (a) in the case where there is no Individual Agreement in effect


between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), termination due to a Participant’s insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude, willful misconduct, refusal to perform the Participant’s duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity or materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or an Affiliate, as determined by the Committee in its good faith discretion; or (b) in the case where there is an Individual Agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter. With respect to a Participant’s Termination of Directorship, “cause” means an act or failure to act that constitutes cause for removal of a director under applicable Delaware law.

2.6 “ Change in Control has the meaning set forth in 11.2.

2.7 “ Change in Control Price has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

2.8 “ Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to any section of the Code shall also be a reference to any successor provision and any treasury regulation promulgated thereunder.

2.9 “ Committee means any committee of the Board duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan. If no committee is duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan, the term “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan.

2.10 “ Common Stock means the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

2.11 “ Company means Civitas Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

2.12 “ Consultant means any natural person who is an advisor or consultant to the Company or its Affiliates.

2.13 “ Disability means, with respect to a Participant’s Termination, (i) “Disability” as defined in any Individual Agreement to which the Participant is a party, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or it does not define “Disability,” as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, or (iii) if not defined in the applicable Award Agreement, a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. A Disability shall only be deemed to occur at the time of the determination by the Committee of the Disability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, Disability shall mean that a Participant is disabled under Section 409A(a)(2)(C)(i) or (ii) of the Code.

2.14 “ Effective Date means the effective date of the Plan as defined in Article XV.

2.15 “ Eligible Employees means each employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2


2.16 “ Eligible Individual means an Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant who is designated by the Committee in its discretion as eligible to receive Awards subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2.17 “ Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Exchange Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.18 “ Fair Market Value means, for purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations issued thereunder, as of any date and except as provided below, the closing price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date: (a) as reported on the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded or (b) if the Common Stock is not traded, listed or otherwise reported or quoted, the Committee shall determine in good faith the Fair Market Value in whatever manner it considers appropriate taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; provided that if the Board issues Awards prior to the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value shall take into consideration the initial per share price of a share of Common Stock on the public market as determined by the Company’s underwriters.

2.19 “ Family Member means “family member” as defined in Section A.1.(a)(5) of the general instructions of Form S-8.

2.20 “ Incentive Stock Option means any Stock Option awarded to an Eligible Employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Parents (if any) under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.21 “ Individual Agreement means an employment, consulting, severance, change in control or similar agreement between a Participant and the Company or one of its Affiliates.

2.22 “ Lead Underwriter has the meaning set forth in Section 14.20.

2.23 “ Lock-Up Period has the meaning set forth in Section 14.20.

2.24 “ Non-Employee Director means a director or a member of the Board of the Company or any Affiliate who is not an active employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

2.25 “ Non-Qualified Stock Option means any Stock Option awarded under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.26 “ Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall mean the right to receive an amount in cash and/or stock equal to the difference between (x) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date such right is exercised, and (y) the aggregate exercise price of such right, otherwise than on surrender of a Stock Option.

 

3


2.27 “ Other Cash-Based Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan and payable in cash at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.28 “ Other Extraordinary Event has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

2.29 “ Other Stock-Based Award means an Award under Article X of the Plan that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including, without limitation, an Award valued by reference to an Affiliate.

2.30 “ Parent means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.31 “ Participant means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.32 “ Performance Award means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article IX hereof contingent upon achieving certain Performance Goals.

2.33 “ Performance Goals means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest and/or become exercisable or distributable based on one or more of the performance goals set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

2.34 “ Performance Period means the designated period during which the Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to the Award to which the Performance Goals relate.

2.35 “ Plan means this Civitas Solutions, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.36 “ Proceeding has the meaning set forth in Section 14.9.

2.37 “ Reference Stock Option has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

2.38 “ Registration Date means the date on which the Company first sells its Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

2.39 “ Restricted Stock means an Award of shares of Common Stock under the Plan that is subject to restrictions under Article VIII.

2.40 “ Restriction Period has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a) with respect to Restricted Stock.

2.41 “ Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act as then in effect or any successor provision.

2.42 “ Section 4.2 Event has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

 

4


2.43 “ Section 162(m) of the Code means the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and any applicable treasury regulations thereunder.

2.44 “ Section 409A of the Code means the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code and any applicable treasury regulations and other official guidance thereunder.

2.45 “ Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Reference to a specific section of the Securities Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.46 “ Stock Appreciation Right shall mean the right pursuant to an Award granted under Article VII.

2.47 “ Stock Option or Option means any option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to Eligible Individuals granted pursuant to Article VI.

2.48 “ Subsidiary means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.49 “ Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall mean the right to surrender to the Company all (or a portion) of a Stock Option in exchange for an amount in cash and/or stock equal to the difference between (i) the Fair Market Value on the date such Stock Option (or such portion thereof) is surrendered, of the Common Stock covered by such Stock Option (or such portion thereof), and (ii) the aggregate exercise price of such Stock Option (or such portion thereof).

2.50 “ Ten Percent Stockholder means a person owning stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent.

2.51 “ Termination means a Termination of Consultancy, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Employment, as applicable.

2.52 “ Termination of Consultancy means: (a) that the Consultant is no longer acting as a consultant to the Company or an Affiliate; or (b) when an entity which is retaining a Participant as a Consultant ceases to be an Affiliate unless the Participant otherwise is, or thereupon becomes, a Consultant to the Company or another Affiliate at the time the entity ceases to be an Affiliate. In the event that a Consultant becomes an Eligible Employee or a Non-Employee Director upon the termination of such Consultant’s consultancy, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, no Termination of Consultancy shall be deemed to occur until such time as such Consultant is no longer a Consultant, an Eligible Employee or a Non-Employee Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may otherwise define Termination of Consultancy in the Award Agreement or, if no rights of a Participant are reduced, may otherwise define Termination of Consultancy thereafter, provided that any such change to the definition of the term “Termination of Consultancy” does not subject the applicable Award to Section 409A of the Code.

 

5


2.53 “ Termination of Directorship means that the Non-Employee Director has ceased to be a director of the Company; except that if a Non-Employee Director becomes an Eligible Employee or a Consultant upon the termination of such Non-Employee Director’s directorship, such Non-Employee Director’s ceasing to be a director of the Company shall not be treated as a Termination of Directorship unless and until the Participant has a Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy, as the case may be.

2.54 “ Termination of Employment means: (a) a termination of employment (for reasons other than a military or personal leave of absence granted by the Company) of a Participant from the Company and its Affiliates; or (b) when an entity which is employing a Participant ceases to be an Affiliate, unless the Participant otherwise is, or thereupon becomes, employed by the Company or another Affiliate at the time the entity ceases to be an Affiliate. In the event that an Eligible Employee becomes a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director upon the termination of such Eligible Employee’s employment, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, no Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur until such time as such Eligible Employee is no longer an Eligible Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may otherwise define Termination of Employment in the Award Agreement or, if no rights of a Participant are reduced, may otherwise define Termination of Employment thereafter, provided that any such change to the definition of the term “Termination of Employment” does not subject the applicable Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.55 “ Transfer means: (a) when used as a noun, any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other disposition (including the issuance of equity in any entity), whether for value or no value and whether voluntary or involuntary (including by operation of law), and (b) when used as a verb, to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (including the issuance of equity in any entity) whether for value or for no value and whether voluntarily or involuntarily (including by operation of law). “Transferred” and “Transferable” shall have a correlative meaning.

2.56 “ Transition Period means the period beginning with the Registration Date and ending as of the earlier of: (i) the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Registration Date occurs; and (ii) the expiration of the “reliance period” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2).

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 The Committee . The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Committee.

 

6


3.2 Grants of Awards . The Committee shall have full authority to grant, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, to Eligible Individuals: (i) Stock Options, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Performance Awards; (v) Other Stock-Based Awards; and (vi) Other Cash-Based Awards. In particular, the Committee shall have the authority:

(a) to select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(b) to determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder to one or more Eligible Individuals;

(c) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(d) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the exercise or purchase price (if any), any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration thereof, or any forfeiture restrictions or waiver thereof, regarding any Award and the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion);

(e) to determine the amount of cash to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(f) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances grants of Options and other Awards under the Plan are to operate on a tandem basis and/or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by the Company outside of the Plan;

(g) to determine whether and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash, Common Stock and/or Restricted Stock under Section 6.4(d);

(h) to determine whether a Stock Option is an Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option;

(i) to determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, following the date of the acquisition of such Award;

(j) to modify, extend or renew an Award, subject to Article XII and Section 6.4(l), provided, however, that such action does not subject the Award to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant; and

(k) solely to the extent permitted by applicable law, to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances to provide loans (which may be on a recourse basis and shall bear interest at the rate the Committee shall provide) to Participants in order to exercise Options under the Plan.

 

7


3.3 Guidelines . Subject to Article XII hereof, the Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable stock exchange rules), as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement relating thereto in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special guidelines and provisions for persons who are residing in or employed in, or subject to, the taxes of, any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to comply with applicable tax and securities laws of such domestic or foreign jurisdictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action of the Committee under this Section 3.3 shall materially impair the rights of any Participant without the Participant’s consent. To the extent applicable, the Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, and with respect to Awards intended to be “performance-based,” the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Plan shall be limited, construed and interpreted in a manner so as to comply therewith.

3.4 Decisions Final . Any decision, interpretation or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Company, the Board or the Committee (or any of its members) arising out of or in connection with the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

3.5 Procedures . If the Committee is appointed, the Board shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman and the Committee shall hold meetings, subject to the By-Laws of the Company, at such times and places as it shall deem advisable, including, without limitation, by telephone conference or by written consent to the extent permitted by applicable law. A majority of the Committee members shall constitute a quorum. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the Committee members in accordance with the By-Laws of the Company, shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a vote at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.

3.6 Designation of Consultants/Liability .

(a) The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable exchange rules) may grant authority to officers to grant Awards and/or execute agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee.

(b) The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel,

 

8


consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members and any person designated pursuant to sub-section (a) above shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it.

ARTICLE IV

SHARE LIMITATION

4.1 Shares . (a) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall initially be 3,325,500 shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2) (the “ Share Reserve ”), which may be either authorized and unissued Common Stock or Common Stock held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company or both. The Share Reserve shall be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year the Plan is in effect by the least of (i) 3.0% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, (ii) a lesser amount determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan shall be 3,000,000 shares and such number shall not be subject to annual adjustment as described in the preceding sentence. With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights settled in Common Stock, upon settlement, only the number of shares of Common Stock delivered to a Participant (based on the difference between the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Appreciation Right on the date such Stock Appreciation Right is exercised and the exercise price of each Stock Appreciation Right on the date such Stock Appreciation Right was awarded) shall count against the aggregate and individual share limitations set forth under Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b). If any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other Stock-Based Awards granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying any unexercised Award shall again be available for the purpose of Awards under the Plan. If any shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock awarded under the Plan to a Participant are forfeited for any reason, the number of forfeited shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock shall again be available for purposes of Awards under the Plan. If a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right or a Limited Stock Appreciation Right is granted in tandem with an Option, such grant shall only apply once against the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan. Any Award under the Plan settled in cash shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations.

(b) Individual Participant Limitations . To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code for Awards under the Plan to qualify as “performance-based compensation,” the following individual Participant limitations shall only apply after the expiration of the Transition Period:

(i) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to any Award of Stock Options, or Stock Appreciation Rights, or shares of Restricted Stock, or Other

 

9


Stock-Based Awards for which the grant of such Award or the lapse of the relevant Restriction Period is subject to the attainment of Performance Goals in accordance with Section 8.3(a)(ii) which may be granted under the Plan during any fiscal year of the Company to any Participant shall be 3,000,000 shares per type of Award (which shall be subject to any further increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2), provided that the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for all types of Awards granted to any Participant during any fiscal year of the Company does not exceed 3,000,000 shares (which shall be subject to any further increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2). The maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to any Award of Stock Options, or Stock Appreciation Rights which may be granted under the Plan during any fiscal year of the Company to any Participant shall be 3,000,000 shares (which shall be subject to any further increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2). If a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right is granted or a Limited Stock Appreciation Right is granted in tandem with a Stock Option, it shall apply against the Participant’s individual share limitations for both Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Options.

(ii) There are no annual individual share limitations applicable to Participants on Restricted Stock or Other Stock-Based Awards for which the grant, vesting or payment (as applicable) of any such Award is not subject to the attainment of Performance Goals.

(iii) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to any Performance Award which may be granted under the Plan during any fiscal year of the Company to any Participant shall be 3,000,000 shares (which shall be subject to any further increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2) with respect to any fiscal year of the Company.

(iv) The maximum value of a cash payment made under a Performance Award which may be granted under the Plan with respect to any fiscal year of the Company to any Participant shall be $5,000,000.

(v) The individual Participant limitations set forth in this Section 4.1(b) (other than Section 4.1(b)(iii)) shall be cumulative; that is, to the extent that shares of Common Stock for which Awards are permitted to be granted to a Participant during a fiscal year are not covered by an Award to such Participant in a fiscal year, the number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards to such Participant shall automatically increase in the subsequent fiscal years during the term of the Plan until used.

(vi) For the avoidance of doubt, the limits provided in this Section 4.2(b) shall not be subject to annual increase, unless such limits are specifically amended in accordance with the terms of Article XII.

(c) Annual Non-Employee Director Award Limitation . The aggregate grant date fair value (computed as of the date of grant in accordance with applicable financial accounting rules) of all Awards granted under the Plan to any individual Non-Employee Director in any fiscal year of the Company (excluding Awards made pursuant to deferred compensation arrangements in lieu of all or a portion of cash retainers and any stock dividends payable in respect of outstanding Awards) shall not exceed $750,000.

 

10


4.2 Changes .

(a) The existence of the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board, the Committee or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, if there shall occur any such change in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification of shares that may be issued under the Plan, any recapitalization, any merger, any consolidation, any spin off, any reorganization or any partial or complete liquidation, or any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing (a “ Section 4.2 Event ”), then (i) the aggregate number and/or kind of securities that thereafter may be issued under the Plan, (ii) the number and/or kind of securities or other property (including cash) to be issued upon exercise of an outstanding Award granted under the Plan (including as a result of the assumption of the Plan and the obligations hereunder by a successor entity, as applicable), and/or (iii) the purchase price thereof, shall be appropriately adjusted to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan. In addition, subject to Section 11.1, if there shall occur any change in the capital structure or the business of the Company that is not a Section 4.2 Event (an “ Other Extraordinary Event ”), including by reason of any extraordinary dividend (whether cash or stock), any conversion, any adjustment, any issuance of any class of securities convertible or exercisable into, or exercisable for, any class of stock, or any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business, then the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall adjust any Award and make such other adjustments to the Plan to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan. Any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be consistent with the applicable Section 4.2 Event or the applicable Other Extraordinary Event, as the case may be, and in such manner as the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan. Any such adjustment determined in good faith by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and all Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. Any adjustment to, or assumption or substitution of, an Award under this Section 4.2(b) shall be intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation §1.424-1 (and any amendments thereto), to the extent applicable. Except as expressly provided in this Section 4.2 or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any Section 4.2 Event or any Other Extraordinary Event.

(c) Fractional shares of Common Stock resulting from any adjustment in Awards pursuant to Section 4.2(a) or 4.2(b) shall be aggregated until, and eliminated at, the time of exercise or payment by rounding-down for fractions less than one-half. No cash settlements shall be required with respect to fractional shares eliminated by rounding. Notice of any

 

11


adjustment shall be given by the Committee to each Participant whose Award has been adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

4.3 Minimum Purchase Price . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if authorized but previously unissued shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan, such shares shall not be issued for a consideration that is less than as permitted under applicable law.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

5.1 General Eligibility . All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.2 Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding the foregoing, only Eligible Employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Parent (if any) are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Eligibility for the grant of an Incentive Stock Option and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.3 General Requirement . The vesting and exercise of Awards granted to a prospective Eligible Individual are conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director, respectively.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1 Options . Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Each Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be of one of two types: (a) an Incentive Stock Option or (b) a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.2 Grants . The Committee shall have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee one or more Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options. The Committee shall have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non-Employee Director one or more Non-Qualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (whether because of its provisions or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Stock Option or the portion thereof which does not so qualify shall constitute a separate Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.3 Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code, or, without the consent of the Participants affected, to disqualify any Incentive Stock Option under such Section 422.

 

12


6.4 Terms of Options . Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Stock Option shall not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant; provided , that in the context of a corporate transaction (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1(a)(3)), the Board shall be authorized to issue Stock Options with a per share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant to the extent that such substitution otherwise complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 (and any amendments thereto).

(b) Stock Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, provided that no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted; and provided further that the term of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not exceed five years.

(c) Exercisability . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4, or as may be required by the terms of the Award Agreement or any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides, in its discretion, that any Stock Option is exercisable subject to certain limitations (including, without limitation, that such Stock Option is exercisable only in installments or within certain time periods), the Committee may waive such limitations on the exercisability at any time at or after the time of grant in whole or in part (including, without limitation, waiver of the installment exercise provisions or acceleration of the time at which such Stock Option may be exercised), based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion.

(d) Method of Exercise . Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 6.4(c), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price as follows: (i) in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company; (ii) solely to the extent permitted by applicable law, if the Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, and the Committee authorizes, through a procedure whereby the Participant delivers irrevocable instructions to a broker reasonably acceptable to the Committee to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the purchase price (or any portion of the purchase price not paid by another method); or (iii) on such other terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Committee (including, without limitation, with the consent of the Committee, having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Stock Option, or by payment in full or in part in the form of Common Stock owned by the Participant, based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the payment date as determined by the Committee). No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until payment therefor, as provided herein, has been made or provided for.

 

13


(e) Non-Transferability of Options . No Stock Option shall be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that a Non-Qualified Stock Option that is otherwise not Transferable pursuant to this Section is Transferable to a Family Member for no consideration in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee. A Non-Qualified Stock Option that is Transferred to a Family Member for no consideration pursuant to the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently Transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) remains subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Non-Qualified Stock Option or a permissible transferee pursuant to a Transfer after the exercise of the Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(f) Termination by Death or Disability . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, or as may be otherwise required by the terms of the Award Agreement or any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, if a Participant’s Termination is by reason of death or Disability, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s estate) at any time within a period of one (1) year from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options; provided, however, that, in the event of a Participant’s Termination by reason of Disability, if the Participant dies within such exercise period, all unexercised Stock Options held by such Participant shall thereafter be exercisable, to the extent to which they were exercisable at the time of death, for a period of one (1) year from the date of such death, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(g) Involuntary Termination Without Cause . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, or as may be otherwise required by the terms of the Award Agreement or any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, if a Participant’s Termination is by involuntary termination by the Company without Cause, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(h) Voluntary Resignation . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, or as may be otherwise required by the terms of the Award Agreement or any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, if a Participant’s Termination is voluntary (other than a voluntary termination described in Section 6.4(i)(y) hereof), all Stock Options that

 

14


are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 6.4, a voluntary Termination by the Participant shall be treated as an involuntary Termination by the Company without Cause to the extent such Termination is a termination for “Good Reason” (as that term is defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement or may be defined in the terms of any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates).

(i) Termination for Cause . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, or as may be otherwise required by the terms of the Award Agreement or any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, if a Participant’s Termination (x) is for Cause or (y) is a voluntary Termination (as provided in Section 6.4(h)) after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause, all Stock Options, whether vested or not vested, that are held by such Participant shall thereupon terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

(j) Unvested Stock Options . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or as may be otherwise required by the terms of the Award Agreement or any Individual Agreement or any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, Stock Options that are not vested as of the date of a Participant’s Termination for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

(k) Incentive Stock Option Limitations . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Stock Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(l) Form, Modification, Extension and Renewal of Stock Options . Subject to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of the Plan, Stock Options shall be evidenced by such form of agreement or grant as is approved by the Committee, and the Committee may (i) modify, extend or renew outstanding Stock Options granted under the Plan (provided that the rights of a Participant are not reduced without such Participant’s consent and provided further that such action does not subject the Stock Options to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant), and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised).

 

15


(m) Limits on Repricing . An outstanding Option may not be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Option at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Option (other than adjustments or substitutions in accordance with Section 4.2 or in connection with a Change in Control), nor may the Committee take any other action with respect to an Option that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Participant shall receive a cash payment in exchange for a cancelled Option if, at the time such Option is cancelled, the exercise price of such Option exceeds the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock underlying the Option.

(n) Deferred Delivery of Common Stock . The Committee may in its discretion permit Participants to defer delivery of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a Participant’s exercise of an Option in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, which shall be intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(o) Other Terms and Conditions . The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the Non-Qualified Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Non-Qualified Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Non-Qualified Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Option, subject to Section 14.4. Stock Options may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option (a “ Reference Stock Option ”) granted under the Plan (“ Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights ”). In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Reference Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of the grant of such Reference Stock Option.

7.2 Terms and Conditions of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights . Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, and the following:

(a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b) Term . A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right or applicable portion thereof granted with respect to a Reference Stock Option shall terminate and no longer be exercisable

 

16


upon the termination or exercise of the Reference Stock Option, except that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant, a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right granted with respect to less than the full number of shares covered by the Reference Stock Option shall not be reduced until, and then only to the extent that the exercise or termination of the Reference Stock Option causes, the number of shares covered by the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right to exceed the number of shares remaining available and unexercised under the Reference Stock Option.

(c) Exercisability . Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Reference Stock Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Article VI, and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.4(c).

(d) Method of Exercise . A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by the Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the Reference Stock Option. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in this Section 7.2. Stock Options which have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent that the related Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.

(e) Payment . Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock over the Option exercise price per share specified in the Reference Stock Option agreement multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment.

(f) Deemed Exercise of Reference Stock Option . Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, the Reference Stock Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in Article IV of the Plan on the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued under the Plan.

(g) Non-Transferability . Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be Transferable only when and to the extent that the underlying Stock Option would be Transferable under Section 6.4(e) of the Plan.

(h) Limits on Repricing . No Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Tandem Stock Appreciate Right at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Non-Tandem Stock Appreciate Right (other than adjustments or substitutions in accordance with Section 4.2 or in connection with a Change in Control), nor may the Committee take any other action with respect to a Tandem Stock Appreciate Right that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Participant shall receive a cash payment in exchange for a cancelled Tandem Stock Appreciation Right if, at the time such Tandem Stock

 

17


Appreciation Right is cancelled, the exercise price of such Tandem Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock underlying the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right.

7.3 Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights . Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may also be granted without reference to any Stock Options granted under the Plan.

7.4 Terms and Conditions of Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights . Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, and the following:

(a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b) Term . The term of each Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be fixed by the Committee, but shall not be greater than 10 years after the date the right is granted.

(c) Exercisability . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4, Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides, in its discretion, that any such right is exercisable subject to certain limitations (including, without limitation, that it is exercisable only in installments or within certain time periods), the Committee may waive such limitations on the exercisability at any time at or after grant in whole or in part (including, without limitation, waiver of the installment exercise provisions or acceleration of the time at which such right may be exercised), based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion.

(d) Method of Exercise . Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 7.4(c), Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised in whole or in part at any time in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised.

(e) Payment . Upon the exercise of a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right a Participant shall be entitled to receive, for each right exercised, up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date that the right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date that the right was awarded to the Participant.

(f) Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, and subject to the terms of any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, upon a Participant’s Termination for any

 

18


reason, Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights will remain exercisable following a Participant’s Termination on the same basis as Stock Options would be exercisable following a Participant’s Termination in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.4(f) through 6.4(j).

(g) Non-Transferability . No Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights that are otherwise not Transferable pursuant to this Section is Transferable to a Family Member for no consideration in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee.

(h) Limits on Repricing. No Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Non-Tandem Stock Appreciate Right at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Non-Tandem Stock Appreciate Right (other than adjustments or substitutions in accordance with Section 4.2 or in connection with a Change in Control), nor may the Committee take any other action with respect to a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciate Right that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Participant shall receive a cash payment in exchange for a cancelled Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right if, at the time such Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right is cancelled, the exercise price of such Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock underlying the Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right.

7.5 Limited Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Tandem and Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights either as a general Stock Appreciation Right or as a Limited Stock Appreciation Right. Limited Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or such other event as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, designate at the time of grant or thereafter. Upon the exercise of Limited Stock Appreciation Rights, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall receive in cash and/or Common Stock, as determined by the Committee, an amount equal to the amount (i) set forth in Section 7.2(e) with respect to Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights, or (ii) set forth in Section 7.4(e) with respect to Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights.

7.6 Other Terms and Conditions . The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant has failed to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right on the date of expiration of such Stock Appreciation Right, subject to Section 14.4. Stock Appreciation Rights may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, or inconsistent with the terms of any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

19


ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK

8.1 Awards of Restricted Stock . Shares of Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock shall be made, the number of shares to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 8.2), the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Restricted Stock upon the attainment of specified performance targets (including, the Performance Goals) or such other factor as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, including to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

8.2 Awards and Certificates . Eligible Individuals selected to receive Restricted Stock shall not have any right with respect to such Award, unless and until such Participant has delivered a fully executed copy of the agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award. Further, such Award shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) Purchase Price . The purchase price of Restricted Stock shall be fixed by the Committee. Subject to Section 4.3, the purchase price for shares of Restricted Stock may be zero to the extent permitted by applicable law, and, to the extent not so permitted, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

(b) Acceptance . Recipients of awards of Restricted Stock must pay whatever price (if any) the Committee has designated thereunder.

(c) Legend . Each Participant receiving Restricted Stock shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and shall, in addition to such legends required by applicable securities laws, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:

“The anticipation, alienation, attachment, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge of the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the Civitas Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and an Agreement entered into between the registered owner and the Company dated [                    ]. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.”

(d) Custody . If stock certificates are issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in

 

20


custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part.

8.3 Restrictions and Conditions . The shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

(a) Restriction Period . (i) The Participant shall not be permitted to Transfer shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan during the period or periods set by the Committee (the “ Restriction Period ”) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and such agreement shall set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the shares of Restricted Stock. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of Performance Goals pursuant to Section 8.3(a)(ii) and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award and/or waive the deferral limitations for all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award.

(ii) If the grant of shares of Restricted Stock or the lapse of restrictions is based on the attainment of Performance Goals, the Committee shall establish the objective Performance Goals and the applicable vesting percentage of the Restricted Stock applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in writing prior to the beginning of the applicable fiscal year or at such later date as otherwise determined by the Committee and while the outcome of the Performance Goals are substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions) and other similar type events or circumstances. With regard to a Restricted Stock Award that is intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent that any such provision would create impermissible discretion under Section 162(m) of the Code or otherwise violate Section 162(m) of the Code, such provision shall be of no force or effect.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Except as provided in Section 8.3(a) and this Section 8.3(b) or as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, the right to vote such shares and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of shares of Restricted Stock, the right to tender such shares. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine at the time of grant that the payment of dividends shall be deferred until, and conditioned upon, the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period.

(c) Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, and subject to the terms of any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, upon a Participant’s Termination for any

 

21


reason during the relevant Restriction Period, all Restricted Stock still subject to restriction will be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant or thereafter.

(d) Lapse of Restrictions . If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant. All legends shall be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by applicable law or other limitations imposed by the Committee.

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

9.1 Performance Awards . The Committee may grant a Performance Award to a Participant payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals. The Committee may grant Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, as well as Performance Awards that are not intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the Performance Award is payable in shares of Restricted Stock, such shares shall be transferable to the Participant only upon attainment of the relevant Performance Goal in accordance with Article VIII. If the Performance Award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant Performance Goals either in cash or in shares of Restricted Stock (based on the then current Fair Market Value of such shares), as determined by the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion. Each Performance Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form that is not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Committee may from time to time approve. With respect to Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall condition the right to payment of any Performance Award upon the attainment of objective Performance Goals established pursuant to Section 9.2(c).

9.2 Terms and Conditions . Performance Awards awarded pursuant to this Article IX shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Earning of Performance Award . At the expiration of the applicable Performance Period, the Committee shall determine the extent to which the Performance Goals established pursuant to Section 9.2(c) are achieved and the percentage of each Performance Award that has been earned.

(b) Non-Transferability . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, Performance Awards may not be Transferred during the Performance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that Performance Awards that are otherwise not Transferable pursuant to this Section is Transferable to a Family Member for no consideration in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee.

(c) Objective Performance Goals, Formulae or Standards . With respect to Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under

 

22


Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish the objective Performance Goals for the earning of Performance Awards based on a Performance Period applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in writing prior to the beginning of the applicable Performance Period or at such later date as permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code and while the outcome of the Performance Goals are substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate, if and only to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions) and other similar type events or circumstances. To the extent that any such provision would create impermissible discretion under Section 162(m) of the Code or otherwise violate Section 162(m) of the Code, such provision shall be of no force or effect, with respect to Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d) Dividends . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, amounts equal to dividends declared during the Performance Period with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock covered by a Performance Award will not be paid to the Participant; provided, however, that in no event shall any dividend be paid with respect to Common Stock covered by a Performance Award unless and until the underlying Performance Goals have been met with respect to such Performance Award.

(e) Payment . Following the Committee’s determination in accordance with Section 9.2(a), the Company shall settle Performance Awards, in such form (including, without limitation, in shares of Common Stock or in cash) as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to such Participant’s earned Performance Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, award an amount less than the earned Performance Awards and/or subject the payment of all or part of any Performance Award to additional vesting, forfeiture and deferral conditions as it deems appropriate.

(f) Termination . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, and subject to the terms of any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason during the Performance Period for a given Performance Award, the Performance Award in question will vest or be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant.

(g) Accelerated Vesting . Based on service, performance and/or such other factors or criteria, if any, as the Committee may determine, the Committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Performance Award.

ARTICLE X

OTHER STOCK-BASED AND CASH-BASED AWARDS

10.1 Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Stock-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of Common Stock, including but not limited to, shares of Common Stock awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, shares of Common Stock in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, stock equivalent units, restricted stock

 

23


units, and Awards valued by reference to book value of shares of Common Stock. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority to determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, such Awards shall be made, the number of shares of Common Stock to be awarded pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of the Awards. The Committee may also provide for the grant of Common Stock under such Awards upon the completion of a specified Performance Period.

The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Other Stock-Based Awards upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion; provided that to the extent that such Other Stock-Based Awards are intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish the objective Performance Goals for the grant or vesting of such Other Stock-Based Awards based on a Performance Period applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in writing prior to the beginning of the applicable Performance Period or at such later date as permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code and while the outcome of the Performance Goals are substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate, if and only to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions) and other similar type events or circumstances. To the extent that any such provision would create impermissible discretion under Section 162(m) of the Code or otherwise violate Section 162(m) of the Code, such provision shall be of no force or effect, with respect to Performance Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

10.2 Terms and Conditions . Other Stock-Based Awards made pursuant to this Article X shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Non-Transferability . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, shares of Common Stock subject to Awards made under this Article X may not be Transferred prior to the date on which the shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that Awards that are otherwise not Transferable pursuant to this Article X is Transferable to a Family Member for no consideration in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee.

(b) Dividends . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of Award, subject to the provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the recipient of an Award under this Article X shall not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award. For the avoidance of doubt, dividends or dividend equivalents payable on Other Stock-Based Awards subject to performance conditions shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Awards to which they relate.

 

24


(c) Vesting . Subject to the terms of any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, any Award under this Article X and any Common Stock covered by any such Award shall vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(d) Price . Common Stock issued on a bonus basis under this Article X may be issued for no cash consideration. Common Stock purchased pursuant to a purchase right awarded under this Article X shall be priced, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

10.3 Other Cash-Based Awards . The Committee may from time to time grant Other Cash-Based Awards to Eligible Individuals in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, as it shall determine in its sole discretion. Other Cash-Based Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, and if subject to vesting conditions, the Committee may accelerate the vesting of such Awards at any time in its sole discretion. The grant of an Other Cash-Based Award shall not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation thereunder.

ARTICLE XI

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

11.1 Benefits . In the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined below), and except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or in the terms of any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, a Participant’s unvested Award shall not vest automatically and a Participant’s Award shall be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee:

(a) Awards, whether or not then vested, shall be continued, assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, as determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and restrictions to which shares of Restricted Stock or any other Award granted prior to the Change in Control are subject shall not lapse upon a Change in Control and the Restricted Stock or other Award shall, where appropriate in the sole discretion of the Committee, receive the same distribution as other Common Stock on such terms as determined by the Committee; provided that the Committee may decide to award additional Restricted Stock or other Awards in lieu of any cash distribution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, any assumed or substituted Stock Option shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 (and any amendment thereto).

(b) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide for the purchase of any Awards by the Company or an Affiliate for an amount of cash equal to the excess (if any) of the Change in Control Price (as defined below) of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Awards, over the aggregate exercise price of such Awards. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Change in Control Price (as defined below) of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Awards is less than the per share exercise price of such Award, the consideration for such purchase shall be zero. For purposes hereof, “ Change in Control Price ” shall mean the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in any transaction related to a Change in Control of the Company.

 

25


(c) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, or any Other Stock-Based Award that provides for a Participant elected exercise, effective as of the date of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each such Participant shall have the right to exercise in full all of such Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any limitations on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise shall be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control, and, provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto shall be null and void.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions, of an Award at any time.

11.2 Change in Control . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement with a Participant approved by the Committee, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur if:

(a) Any “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13 and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successors thereto), other than Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. and any of its affiliates, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor thereto), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, excluding any “person” who becomes a “beneficial owner” in connection with a Business Combination (as defined in paragraph (c) below) which does not constitute a Change in Control under said paragraph (c);

(b) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in paragraph (a), (c), or (d) of this Section 11.2 or a director whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest or actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;

(c) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of outstanding voting securities

 

26


of the Company immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the company resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a company which, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the outstanding voting securities of the Company; or

(d) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a person or persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is characterized as “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, an event shall not be considered to be a Change in Control under the Plan for purposes of payment of such Award unless such event is also a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

11.3 Initial Public Offering not a Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the Plan, the occurrence of the Registration Date or any change in the composition of the Board within one year following the Registration Date shall not be considered a Change in Control.

ARTICLE XII

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN

12.1 Termination or Amendment . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may at any time, and from time to time, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan (including any amendment deemed necessary to ensure that the Company may comply with any regulatory requirement referred to in Article XIV or Section 409A of the Code), or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided herein, the rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination, may not be materially impaired without the consent of such Participant and, provided further, that without the approval of the holders of the Company’s Common Stock entitled to vote in accordance with applicable law, no amendment may be made that would (i) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of Section 4.2); (ii) increase the maximum individual Participant limitations for a fiscal year under Section 4.1(b) (except by operation of Section 4.2); (iii) change the classification of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan; (iv) decrease the minimum option price of any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (v) extend the maximum option period under Section 6.4; (vi) alter the Performance Goals for Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards as set forth in Exhibit A hereto; (vii) as provided in Sections 6.4(m), 7.2(h), and 7.4(h), award any

 

27


Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right in replacement of a canceled Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right with a higher exercise price than the replacement award; or (viii) require stockholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code or, to the extent applicable to Incentive Stock Options, Section 422 of the Code. In no event may the Plan be amended without the approval of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of Delaware to increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan, decrease the minimum exercise price of any Award, or to make any other amendment that would require stockholder approval under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) rules and regulations or the rules of any exchange or system on which the Company’s securities are listed or traded at the request of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement at any time without a Participant’s consent to comply with applicable law including Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Article IV or as otherwise specifically provided herein, no such amendment or other action by the Committee shall materially impair the rights of any holder without the holder’s consent.

ARTICLE XIII

UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but which are not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any right that is greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

ARTICLE XIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1 Legend . The Committee may require each person receiving shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Option or other Award under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for such shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on Transfer. All certificates for shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or any national securities exchange system upon whose system the Common Stock is then quoted, any applicable federal or state securities law, and any applicable corporate law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

14.2 Other Plans . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

28


14.3 No Right to Employment/Directorship/Consultancy . Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Option or other Award hereunder shall give any Participant or other employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall there be a limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy or directorship at any time except as may be expressly provided in the terms of any Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates.

14.4 Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment to be made pursuant to the Plan, or to otherwise require, prior to the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash hereunder, payment by the Participant of, any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld. Upon the vesting of Restricted Stock (or other Award that is taxable upon vesting), or upon making an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, a Participant shall pay all required withholding to the Company. Any minimum statutorily required withholding obligation with regard to any Participant may be satisfied, subject to the consent of the Committee, by reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable or by delivering shares of Common Stock already owned. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash by the Participant.

14.5 No Assignment of Benefits . No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan shall, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, the Award Agreement, by law or otherwise permitted by the Committee, be Transferable in any manner, and any attempt to Transfer any such benefit shall be void, and any such benefit shall not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person who shall be entitled to such benefit, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.

14.6 Listing and Other Conditions .

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or system sponsored by a national securities association, the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be conditioned upon such shares being listed on such exchange or system. The Company shall have no obligation to issue such shares unless and until such shares are so listed, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award with respect to such shares shall be suspended until such listing has been effected.

(b) If at any time counsel to the Company shall be of the opinion that any sale or delivery of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Option or other Award is or may in the circumstances be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company under the statutes, rules or regulations of any applicable jurisdiction, the Company shall have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to shares of Common Stock or Awards, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award shall be suspended until, in the opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery shall be lawful or will not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

 

29


(c) Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 14.6, any Award affected by such suspension which shall not then have expired or terminated shall be reinstated as to all shares available before such suspension and as to shares which would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension shall extend the term of any Award.

(d) A Participant shall be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent or approval the Company deems necessary or appropriate.

14.7 Stockholders Agreement, Award Agreement and Other Requirements . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as a condition to the receipt of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award under the Plan, to the extent required by the Committee, the Participant shall execute and deliver a stockholder’s agreement, an Award Agreement or such other documentation that shall set forth certain restrictions on transferability of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise or purchase, and such other terms as the Board or Committee shall from time to time establish. Such stockholder’s agreement or other documentation shall apply to the Common Stock acquired under the Plan and covered by such stockholder’s agreement or other documentation. The Company may require, as a condition of exercise, the Participant to become a party to any other existing stockholder agreement (or other agreement).

14.8 Governing Law . The Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

14.9 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Plan or any Award Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in respect of any thereof, shall be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware or a United States District Court located in Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and each Participant shall irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submit in any proceeding relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement, or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof (a “ Proceeding ”), to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware, the court of the United States of America located in Delaware, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, and agree that all claims in respect of any such Proceeding shall be heard and determined in such Delaware State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court, (b) consent that any such Proceeding may and shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Company and each Participant may now or thereafter have to the venue or jurisdiction of any such Proceeding in any such court or that such Proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agree not to plead or claim the same, (c) waive all right to trial by jury in any Proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement, (d) agree that service of process in any such Proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party, in the case of a Participant, at the Participant’s address shown in the books and records of the Company

 

30


or, in the case of the Company, at the Company’s principal offices, attention General Counsel, and (e) agree that nothing in the Plan shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14.10 Construction . Wherever any words are used in the Plan in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and wherever words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

14.11 Other Benefits . No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefit under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

14.12 Costs . The Company shall bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock pursuant to Awards hereunder.

14.13 No Right to Same Benefits . The provisions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and such Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years.

14.14 Death/Disability . The Committee may in its discretion require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require that the agreement of the transferee to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan.

14.15 Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act . All elections and transactions under the Plan by persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act involving shares of Common Stock are intended to comply with any applicable exemptive condition under Rule 16b-3. The Committee may establish and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business thereunder.

14.16 Section 409A of the Code . The Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, except to the extent that an Award granted under the Plan may be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code pursuant to exemption under Section 409A of the Code (including but not limited to the exemptions for Incentive Stock Options and other stock rights or the exemption for short-term deferrals) and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, whenever any provision in the Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code applies to any Award that is not exempt from Section 409A, such provision shall be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and to the

 

31


extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith, such provision shall be null and void. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A of the Code, responsibility for payment of such penalties shall rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period.

14.17 Successor and Assigns . The Plan shall be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate.

14.18 Severability of Provisions . If any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

14.19 Payments to Minors, Etc . Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipt thereof shall be deemed paid when paid to such person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Committee, the Board, the Company, its Affiliates and their employees, agents and representatives with respect thereto.

14.20 Lock-Up Agreement . As a condition to the grant of an Award, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of the Common Stock (the “ Lead Underwriter ), a Participant shall irrevocably agree not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into, derivative of, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during such period of time following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that the Lead Underwriter shall specify (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). The Participant shall further agree to sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing and agree that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Award until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

14.21 Headings and Captions . The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

 

32


14.22 Section 162(m) of the Code . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, (i) prior to the Registration Date and during the Transition Period, the provisions of the Plan requiring compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code for Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” shall only apply to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, and (ii) the provisions of the Plan requiring compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code shall not apply to Awards granted under the Plan that are not intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

14.23 Post-Transition Period . Following the Transition Period, any Award granted under the Plan that is intended to be “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, shall be subject to the approval of the material terms of the Plan by a majority of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code and the treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

14.24 Company Clawback/Recoupment of Awards . All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to deduction, forfeiture, recoupment or similar requirement in accordance with any clawback policy that may be implemented by the Company from time to time, including such policies that may be implemented after the date an Award is granted, pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law, or other agreement or arrangement with a Participant.

ARTICLE XV

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective on [ ] , 2014, which is the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XVI

TERM OF PLAN

The Plan will terminate on, and no Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after, the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date that the Plan is adopted or the date of stockholder approval, but Awards granted prior to such tenth anniversary may extend beyond that date; provided that no Award (other than a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right) that is intended to be “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be granted following the end of the Transition Period unless the Performance Goals are re-approved (or other designated Performance Goals are approved) by the stockholders no later than the end of the Transition Period.

ARTICLE XVII

NAME OF PLAN

The Plan shall be known as the “Civitas Solutions, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

 

33


EXHIBIT A

PERFORMANCE GOALS

To the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, performance goals established for purposes of Awards intended to be “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, shall be based on the attainment of certain target levels of, or a specified increase or decrease (as applicable) in one or more of the following performance goals:

 

    earnings per share;

 

    operating income;

 

    gross income;

 

    net income (before or after taxes);

 

    cash flow;

 

    gross profit;

 

    gross profit return on investment;

 

    gross margin return on investment;

 

    gross margin;

 

    operating margin;

 

    working capital;

 

    earnings before interest and taxes;

 

    earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization;

 

    return on equity;

 

    return on assets;

 

    return on capital;

 

    return on invested capital;

 

    net revenues;

 

    gross revenues;

 

    revenue growth;

 

    annual recurring revenues;

 

    recurring revenues;

 

    sales or market share;

 

    total stockholder return;

 

    economic value added;

 

    specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in all or a portion of the Company’s bank debt or other long-term or short-term public or private debt or other similar financial obligations of the Company, which may be calculated net of cash balances and/or other offsets and adjustments as may be established by the Committee in its sole discretion;

 

    the fair market value of a share of Common Stock;

 

    the growth in the value of an investment in the Common Stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends; or

 

    reduction in operating expenses.

 

A-1


With respect to Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, also exclude, or adjust to reflect, the impact of an event or occurrence that the Committee determines should be appropriately excluded or adjusted, including:

(a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items or events, and other unusual or non-recurring charges as described in Accounting Standards Codification 225-20, “Extraordinary and Unusual Items,” and/or management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing or incorporated by reference in the Company’s Form 10-K for the applicable year;

(b) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management; or

(c) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.

Performance goals may also be based upon individual participant performance goals, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. In addition, Awards that are not intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code may be based on the performance goals set forth herein or on such other performance goals as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

In addition, such performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of Company (or subsidiary, division, other operational unit, administrative department or product category of the Company) performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other corporations. With respect to Awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, but only to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code (including, without limitation, compliance with any requirements for stockholder approval), the Committee may also:

(a) designate additional business criteria on which the performance goals may be based; or

(b) adjust, modify or amend the aforementioned business criteria.

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.28

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SEPTEMBER [ ], 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

Section 1.

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 2.

 

Demand Registrations

     5   

Section 3.

 

Piggyback Registrations

     9   

Section 4.

 

Holdback Agreements

     11   

Section 5.

 

Registration Procedures

     12   

Section 6.

 

Registration Expenses

     16   

Section 7.

 

Indemnification and Contribution

     17   

Section 8.

 

Underwritten Offerings

     19   

Section 9.

 

Additional Parties; Joinder

     20   

Section 10.

 

Current Public Information

     20   

Section 11.

 

Subsidiary Public Offering

     20   

Section 12.

 

Transfer of Registrable Securities

     20   

Section 13.

 

General Provisions

     21   

 

i


CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreemen t”) is made as of September [ ], 2014, between Civitas Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and NMH Investment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”). Except as otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 1 . This Agreement shall become effective (the “ Effective Date ”) upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Holdings owns all of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Company;

WHEREAS, Holdings is contemplating causing the Company to make an initial public offering of shares of the Common Stock of the Company (the “ Initial Public Offering ”);

WHEREAS, in consideration of Holdings agreeing to undertake an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, the Company has agreed to grant to Holdings rights with respect to the registration of the Registrable Securities held by Holdings following the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.

Acquired Common ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 .

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of any holder of Registrable Securities. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .

Capital Stock ” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests or equivalents in capital stock of such corporation (whether voting or nonvoting and whether common or preferred) and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a


corporation, individual or governmental entity, any and all partnership, membership, limited liability company or other equity interests of such Person that confer on the holder thereof the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or the distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, including in each case any and all warrants, rights (including conversion and exchange rights) and options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Demand Registrations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .

End of Suspension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(ii).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Follow-On Holdback Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) .

Free Writing Prospectus ” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

Holdback Extension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) .

Holdback Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) .

Holder ” means a holder of Registrable Securities.

Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) .

Joinder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 .

Long-Form Registrations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Registrations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) .

Public Offering ” means any sale or distribution by the Company and/or holders of Registrable Securities to the public of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.

 

-2-


Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Common Stock held by Holdings as of the Effective Date; and (ii) any common Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i)  above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (a) sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) sold in compliance with Rule 144 following the consummation of the Company’s initial Public Offering, or (c) repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder; provided a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Capital Stock of the Company registered or to be registered as a class under Section 12 of the Exchange Act be registered pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Company’s election and with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, any Registrable Securities held by any Person (other than Vestar or its Affiliates) that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any other of the requirements of Rule 144 shall not be deemed to be Registrable Securities upon notice from the Company to such Person and the Company shall, at such Person’s request, instruct the Company’s transfer agent to remove the legend provided for in Section 12 .

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) .

Rule 144 ”, “ Rule 158 ”, “ Rule 405 ”, “ Rule 415 ” and “ Rule 462 ” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the same shall be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Sale of the Company ” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than any Investor and its Affiliates) in the aggregate acquires (i) Capital Stock of the Company or the surviving entity entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect directors with a majority of the voting power of the Company’s or the surviving entity’s board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s Capital Stock) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis; provided that a Public Offering shall not constitute a Sale of the Company.

Sale Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) .

Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) .

 

-3-


Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shelf Offering ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(ii) .

Shelf Offering Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(ii) .

Shelf Offering Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(ii) .

Shelf Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .

Shelf Registrable Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(ii) .

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(i) .

Short-Form Registrations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Suspension Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(ii) .

Suspension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(ii).

Suspension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(i) .

Vestar ” means Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P., Vestar/NMH Investors, LLC and any other investment fund managed by Vestar Capital Partners, Inc.

Violation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) .

WKSI ” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405.

 

-4-


Section 2. Demand Registrations .

(a) Requests for Registration . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement (“ Long-Form Registrations ”), and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement (“ Short-Form Registrations ”), if available. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2(a) are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations ”. The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities making a Demand Registration that is a Short-Form Registration may request that the registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 (a “ Shelf Registration ”) and, if the Company is a WKSI at the time any request for a Demand Registration is submitted to the Company, that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405) (an “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ”). Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and the intended method of distribution. Within ten days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and, subject to the terms of Section 2(e) , shall include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting agreement) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided that, with the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities requesting such registration, the Company may provide notice of the Demand Registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities within three business days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement. Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of the notice of Demand Registration and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such notice of Demand Registration without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Long-Form Registrations . The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Long-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses (as defined in Section 6(a) ), whether or not any such registration is consummated; provided that the aggregate offering value of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered in any Long-Form Registration must equal at least $10 million. All Long-Form Registrations shall be underwritten registrations.

(c) Short-Form Registrations . In addition to the Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 2(b) , the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses; provided that the aggregate offering value of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered in any Short-Form Registration must equal at least $10 million. Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form and if the managing underwriters (if any) agree to the use of a Short-Form Registration. After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

-5-


(d) Shelf Registrations.

(i) Subject to the availability of required financial information and the Company’s ability to use Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement, as promptly as practicable after the Company receives written notice of a request for a Shelf Registration, the Company shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act for the Shelf Registration (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after filing, and once effective, the Company shall cause such Shelf Registration Statement to remain continuously effective for such time period as is specified in such request, but for no time period longer than the period ending on the earliest of (A) the third anniversary of the date of filing of such Shelf Registration, (B) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration, and (C) the date as of which there are no longer any Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration in existence.

(ii) In the event that a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such registration statement (“ Shelf Registrable Securities ”), so long as the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect, and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection therewith; provided , that the estimated market value of the Registrable Securities to be sold in any Underwritten Takedown is at least $10 million in the aggregate. The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written request (a “ Shelf Offering Request ”) for such offering specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the holders desire to sell pursuant to such offering (the “ Shelf Offering ”). As promptly as practicable, but no later than two business days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Shelf Offering Notice ”) of such Shelf Offering Request to all other holders of Shelf Registrable Securities. The Company, subject to Sections 1(e) and 8 hereof, shall include in such Shelf Offering the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other holder of Shelf Registrable Securities that shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Offering (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder) within seven days after the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within 20 days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Request, unless a longer period is agreed to by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that made the Shelf Offering Request), use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering. Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Shelf Offering Notice without the prior written consent of

 

-6-


the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities wish to engage in an underwritten block trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, such Holders only need to notify the Company of the block trade Shelf Offering five business days prior to the day such offering is to commence (unless a longer period is agreed to by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the underwritten block trade) and the Company shall promptly notify other Holders of Registrable Securities and such other Holders of Registrable Securities must elect whether or not to participate by the next business day ( i.e. one business day prior to the day such offering is to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the underwritten block trade) and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such offering (which may close as early as three business days after the date it commences); provided that the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities shall use reasonable best efforts to work with the Company and the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the underwritten block trade.

(iv) The Company shall, at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to effect such Shelf Offering.

(e) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings . The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering any securities that are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall include in such offering prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder.

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings

(i) The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 90 days after the effective date

 

-7-


of a previous Demand Registration or a previous registration in which Registrable Securities were included pursuant to Section 3 or Shelf Offering and in which there was no reduction in the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included. The Company may postpone, for up to 90 days from the date of the request, the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement for up to 90 days from the date of the Suspension Notice (as defined herein) and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities (such period, the “ Suspension Period ”) by providing written notice to the holders of Registrable Securities if (A) the Company’s board of directors determines in its reasonable good faith judgment that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction involving the Company, (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (C) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction or (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction; provided that in such event, the holders of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to withdraw such request for a Demand Registration or underwritten Shelf Offering and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering. The Company may delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering hereunder only once in any twelve-month period; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company may in any event delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering in the case of an event described under Section 5(a)(vi) to enable it to comply with its obligations set forth in Section 5(a)(vi). The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive 60 days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in paragraph (f)(i) above or pursuant to Section 5(a)(vi) hereof (a “ Suspension Event ”), the Company shall give a notice to the holders of Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. A Holder shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined herein). Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of the Suspension Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement. The Holders may recommence

 

-8-


effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and to the Holders’ Counsel, if any, promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(iii) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(f) , the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which such Shelf Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and provide copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to resume sales, with respect to each Suspension Event; provided that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that there are no longer Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement.

(g) Selection of Underwriters . The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any Demand Registration shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering, subject to the Company’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If any Shelf Offering is an Underwritten Offering, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such Underwritten Offering shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering relating to such Shelf Offering, subject to the Company’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(h) Other Registration Rights . Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities.

Section 3. Piggyback Registrations .

(a) Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration, (ii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or similar forms or (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities), and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice (in any event within three business days after its receipt of notice of any exercise of demand registration rights other than under this Agreement) to the Holders of Registrable Securities, and, subject to the terms of Section 3(c) and Section 3(d) , shall include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after delivery of the Company’s notice.

 

-9-


(b) Piggyback Expenses . The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations, whether or not any such registration became effective.

(c) Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect. Registrable Securities beneficially owned by any officer or employee of the Company shall not be eligible to be included in any primary offering of Common Stock without the Company’s consent.

(d) Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders initially requesting such registration and the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder, and (ii) second, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

(e) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3 whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 6 .

 

-10-


Section 4. Holdback Agreements .

(a) Holders of Registrable Securities . If required by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, each holder of Registrable Securities shall enter into lock-up agreements with the managing underwriter(s) of an underwritten Public Offering in such form as agreed to by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such Public Offering. In the absence of any such lock-up agreement, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees as follows:

(i) in connection with the Company’s initial Public Offering, such Holder shall not (A) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any Capital Stock of the Company (including Capital Stock of the Company that may be deemed to be owned beneficially by such holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission) (collectively, “ Securities ”), (B) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (A) above, (C) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (A), (B) and (C) above, a “ Sale Transaction ”), or (D) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the earlier of the date on which the Company gives notice to the holders of Registrable Securities that a preliminary prospectus has been circulated for such initial Public Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for such initial Public Offering (the “ Holdback Period ”), unless the underwriters managing the Public Offering otherwise agree in writing;

(ii) in connection with all underwritten Public Offerings other than the Company’s initial Public Offering, such Holder shall not effect any Sale Transaction commencing on the earlier of the date on which the Company gives notice to the holders of Registrable Securities of the circulation of a preliminary or final prospectus for such Public Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is 90 days following the date of the final prospectus for such Public Offering (a “ Follow-On Holdback Period ”), unless the underwriters managing the Public Offering otherwise agree in writing; and

(iii) in the event that (A) the Company issues an earnings release or discloses other material information or a material event relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries occurs during the last 17 days of the Holdback Period or any Follow-On Holdback Period (as applicable) or (B) prior to the expiration of the Holdback Period or any Follow-On Holdback Period (as applicable), the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning upon the expiration of such period, then to the extent necessary for a managing or co-managing underwriter of a registered offering hereunder to comply with FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4), the Holdback Period or the Follow-On Holdback Period (as applicable) shall be extended until 18 days after the earnings release or disclosure of other material information or the occurrence of the material event, as the case may be (a “ Holdback Extension ”).

The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 4(a) until the end of such period, including any Holdback Extension.

 

-11-


(b) The Company . The Company (i) shall not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities during any Holdback Period or Follow-On Holdback Period (as extended during any Holdback Extension), and (ii) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause (A) each holder of at least one percent (1%) (on a fully-diluted basis) of its Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a Public Offering) and (B) each of its directors and executive officers to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period or Follow-On Holdback Period (as extended during any Holdback Extension), except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted, unless the underwriters managing the Public Offering otherwise agree in writing.

Section 5. Registration Procedures .

(a) Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof held by a holder of Registrable Securities requesting registration, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(i) in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

(ii) notify each holder of Registrable Securities of (A) the issuance by the Securities and Exchange Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

(iii) prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration

 

-12-


of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(iv) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(v) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller ( provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph or (B) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

(vi) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the Securities and Exchange Commission for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (C) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, subject to Section 2(f), at the request of any such seller, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(vii) use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market markers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA;

 

-13-


(viii) use reasonable best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(ix) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or reorganization);

(x) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(xi) take all reasonable actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(xii) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158.

(xiii) permit any Holder of Registrable Securities which Holder, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;

 

-14-


(xiv) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Stock included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction use reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(xv) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvi) cooperate with the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such holders may request;

(xvii) cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(xviii) use its reasonable best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters in any “road shows” or other selling efforts that may be reasonably requested by the Holders in connection with the methods of distribution for the Registrable Securities;

(xix) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its reasonable best efforts to obtain one or more cold comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request;

(xx) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its reasonable best efforts to provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature, which opinion shall be addressed to the underwriters and the holders of such Registrable Securities;

(xxi) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

 

-15-


(xxii) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold; and

(xxiii) if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its reasonable best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period throughout which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

(b) Any officer of the Company who is a holder of Registrable Securities agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she shall participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

(c) The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(d) If Holdings or Vestar or any of their respective Affiliates seek to effectuate a distribution in kind of all or part of their respective Registrable Securities to their respective direct or indirect equityholders, the Company shall, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, work with the foregoing persons to facilitate such distribution in kind in the manner reasonably requested.

Section 6. Registration Expenses .

(a) The Company’s Obligation . All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement (including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company) (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be borne as provided in this Agreement, except that the Company shall, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. Each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder shall bear and pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the securities sold for such Person’s account.

 

-16-


(b) Counsel Fees and Disbursements . In connection with each Demand Registration, each Piggyback Registration and each Shelf Offering that is an underwritten Public Offering, the Company shall reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration or participating in such Shelf Offering and disbursements of each additional counsel retained by any holder of Registrable Securities for the purpose of rendering a legal opinion on behalf of such Holder in connection with any underwritten Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering.

Section 7. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) By the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, such Holder’s officers, directors employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 7 , collectively called an “ application ”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Indemnified Party’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties.

(b) By Each Security Holder . In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such Holder shall furnish to the

 

-17-


Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

(c) Claim Procedure . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder only to the extent such failure has prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration if such Holders are indemnified parties, at the expense of the indemnifying party.

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact

 

-18-


relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the holders of Registrable Securities and their successors and assigns agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 7(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Release . No indemnifying party shall, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(f) Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival . The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

Section 8. Underwritten Offerings .

(a) Participation . No Person may participate in any offering hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters; provided that no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Each holder of Registrable Securities shall execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s) that are consistent with such Holder’s obligations under Section 4 , Section 5 and this Section 8(a) or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 4 and this Section 8(a) , the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement shall supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the underwriters created pursuant to this Section 8(a) .

(b) Price and Underwriting Discounts. In the case of an underwritten Demand Registration or Underwritten Takedown requested by Holders pursuant to this Agreement, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms of the related underwriting agreement for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering.

 

-19-


(c) Suspended Distributions . Each Person that is participating in any registration under this Agreement, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(a)(vi) , shall immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 5(a)(vi) . In the event the Company has given any such notice, the applicable time period set forth in Section  2(d)(i) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 8(b) to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 5(a)(vi) .

Section 9. Additional Parties; Joinder . Subject to the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, the Company may permit any Person who acquires Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock from the Company after the date hereof (the “ Acquired Common ”) to become a party to this Agreement and to succeed to all of the rights and obligations of a “holder of Registrable Securities” under this Agreement by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “ Joinder ”). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Person, the Common Stock acquired by such Person shall constitute Registrable Securities and such Person shall be a Holder of Registrable Securities under this Agreement with respect to the Acquired Common, and the Company shall add such Person’s name and address to the Schedule of Investors hereto and circulate such information to the parties to this Agreement.

Section 10. Current Public Information . At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as any holder or holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144. Upon request, the Company shall deliver to any holder of Restricted Securities a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

Section 11. Subsidiary Public Offering . If, after an initial Public Offering of the Capital Stock of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equity holders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to such Subsidiary, and the Company shall cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement.

Section 12. Transfer of Registrable Securities .

(a) Restrictions on Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except in the case of (i) a transfer to the Company, (ii) a transfer by Vestar or any Affiliate of Vestar to their respective limited partners or members, (iii) a Public Offering, (iv) a

 

-20-


sale pursuant to Rule 144 after the completion of the Company’s initial Public Offering or (v) a transfer in connection with a Sale of the Company, prior to transferring any Registrable Securities to any Person (including, without limitation, by operation of law), the transferring Holder shall cause the prospective transferee to execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any transfer or attempted transfer of any Registrable Securities in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Registrable Securities as the owner thereof for any purpose.

(b) Legend . Each certificate evidencing any Registrable Securities and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the transfer of any Registrable Securities (unless such Registrable Securities would no longer be Registrable Securities after such transfer) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER [    ], 2014 AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “ COMPANY ”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S STOCKHOLDERS, AS AMENDED. A COPY OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

The Company shall imprint such legend on certificates evidencing Registrable Securities outstanding prior to the date of the Agreement. The legend set forth above shall be removed from the certificates evidencing any securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities.

Section 13. General Provisions .

(a) Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would materially and adversely affect a Holder or group of holders of Registrable Securities in a manner materially different than any other Holder or group of holders of Registrable Securities (other than amendments and modifications required to implement the provisions of Section 9 ), shall be effective against such Holder or group of holders of Registrable Securities without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by the group of Holders that is materially and adversely affected thereby. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

 

-21-


(b) Remedies . The parties to this Agreement and their successors and assigns shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto and their successors and assigns agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(d) Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the holders of Registrable Securities and their respective successors and assigns (whether so expressed or not). In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities.

(f) Notices . Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; but if not, then on the next Business Day, (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three Business Days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address specified below and to any holder of Registrable Securities or to any other party subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated on Schedule of Investors hereto, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Company’s address is:

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

313 Congress Street, 6th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile:                     

 

-22-


With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attn: Sanford E. Perl, P.C.

           Mark A. Fennell, P.C.

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(g) Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period shall automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(h) Governing Law . The corporate law of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(i) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(j) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH OF THE PARTIES, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE OR ANY DELAWARE STATE COURT, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE

 

-23-


SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(k) No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each holder of Registrable Securities agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any holder of Registrable Securities or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any holder of Registrable Securities or any current or future member of any holder of Registrable Securities or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any holder of Registrable Securities or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any holder of Registrable Securities under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

(l) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(m) No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

(n) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(o) Electronic Delivery . This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail shall be treated in all manner and

 

-24-


respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(p) Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, upon the written request of the Company, each Holder of Registrable Securities shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(q) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

(r) Effective Date . This Agreement shall become effective only upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering.

*    *    *    *    *

 

-25-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

NMH INVESTMENT, LLC
By:  

 

Its:  

 


SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

NMH Investment, LLC

c/o Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P.

245 Park Avenue

41st Floor

New York, NY 10167

Attention: Chris A. Durbin, Erin Russell and General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 808-4922


EXHIBIT A

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

JOINDER

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of [ ], 2014 (as the same may hereafter be amended, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), among Civitas Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the other person named as parties therein.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement as a holder of Registrable Securities in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Rights Agreement, and the undersigned’s                      shares of Common Stock shall be included as Registrable Securities under the Registration Rights Agreement.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the      day of             ,         .

 

 

Signature of Stockholder

 

Print Name of Stockholder
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of

                                                                                         .

 

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

A-1

Exhibit 10.35

DIRECTOR NOMINATING AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR NOMINATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of September     , 2014, by and among Civitas Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and NMH Investment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ NMH Investment ”).

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant certain director nomination rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock of the Company currently held by NMH Investment, as provided further herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Board Nomination Rights.

(a) From and after the date of the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of the Company (the “ Initial Public Offering ”) and until the provisions of this Section 1 cease to be effective and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the NMH Investment Majority Holders shall have the right to nominate persons for election to the Board (each a “ Nominee ”) as follows:

(i) eight (8) of nine (9) of the directors shall be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders so long as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates continue to hold Voting Securities representing at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class;

(ii) seven (7) of nine (9) of the directors shall be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders so long as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates continue to hold Voting Securities representing at least 35% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class;

(iii) six (6) of nine (9) of the directors shall be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders so long as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates continue to hold Voting Securities representing at least 30% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class;

(iv) five (5) of nine (9) of the directors shall be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders so long as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates continue to hold Voting Securities representing at least 25% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class;

(v) four (4) of nine (9) of the directors shall be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders so long as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates continue to hold Voting Securities representing at least 20% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class;


(vi) three (3) of nine (9) of the directors shall be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders so long as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates continue to hold Voting Securities representing at least 15% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class;

(vii) two (2) of nine (9) of the directors shall be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders so long as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates continue to hold Voting Securities representing at least 10% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class; and

(viii) one (1) director shall be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders so long as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates continue to hold Voting Securities representing at least 5% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class.

(b) The authorized number of directors on the Board shall initially be nine (9). For as long as the NMH Investment Majority Holders shall have any nomination rights under this Section 1 , the Company shall not take any action to increase or reduce the size of the Board from nine (9) without the written consent of the NMH Investment Majority Holders. If the size of the Board is increased or reduced, then the number of directors the NMH Investment Majority Holders have the right to nominate at each level of ownership set forth in Section 1(a) shall increase or decrease ratably, so that it is equal to the product of (i) a ratio, which is calculated by dividing the number of directors to be nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders specified in the applicable sub-paragraph of Section 1(a) by the total number of directors then serving on the Board, multiplied by (ii) the total number of directors then serving on the Board, rounded up to the next whole number in all cases.

(c) After the NMH Investment Majority Holders cease to have any nominations rights under this Section 1 , the Board shall determine the size (i.e., number of Board seats) of the Board in accordance with the Company’s organizational documents.

(d) The representatives designated hereunder by the NMH Investment Majority Holders shall be nominated to serve as a Class I, Class II or Class III director (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation), as the case may be. The initial term of each Class I, Class II and Class III director shall expire as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Any director nominated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders hereunder to fill a vacancy on the Board shall be designated as the same class of director as the director whose termination of services as a director created such vacancy.

(e) The Company shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each director in connection with attending the meetings of the Board and any committee thereof.

(f) At every meeting of the Board, or a committee thereof, for which directors are nominated to stand for election by stockholders of the Company, the NMH Investment Majority Holders will have the right to select those persons to be nominated for election to the Board for each Retiring Director that was a prior Nominee of the NMH Investment Majority Holders in accordance with this Section 1 .

 

2


(g) If a vacancy occurs because of the death, disability, disqualification, resignation or removal of a Nominee, the NMH Investment Majority Holders shall be entitled to nominate such person’s successors in accordance with this Agreement and the Board, subject to a determination of the Board in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel that such action would not constitute a breach of its fiduciary duties or applicable law, shall fill the vacancy with such successor Nominee.

(h) If a Nominee is not nominated or elected to the Board because of the Nominee’s death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a nominee or for other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, the NMH Investment Majority Holders shall be entitled to nominate promptly another Nominee and the director position for which such Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such nomination.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at such time as NMH Investment, Vestar and Vestar’s Affiliates hold Voting Securities representing less than 5% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding Voting Securities, voting as a single class, the rights of NMH Investment under this Section 1 shall terminate automatically and cease to have any further force and effect.

2. Company Obligations.

(a) The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to assure that (i) each Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees for each election of directors and (ii) each Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board, and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of members of the Board.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to cause to be nominated for election to the Board or recommend to the stockholders the election of any Nominee (i) who fails to submit to the Company on a timely basis such questionnaires as the Company may reasonably require of its directors generally and such other information as the Company may reasonably request in connection with the preparation of its filings under the Securities Laws or (ii) if the Board or the Nominating Committee determines in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel, that such action would constitute a breach of its fiduciary duties, applicable law or the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements or violate the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of either (i) or (ii) above, the Company shall promptly notify the NMH Investment Majority Holders of the occurrence of such event and permit the NMH Investment Majority Holders to provide an alternate Nominee sufficiently in advance of any Board action, meeting of the stockholders called or written action of stockholders with respect to such election of Nominees and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform its obligations under Section 2(a) with respect to such alternate Nominee ( provided that if the Company provides at least 45 days advance notice of the occurrence of any such event such alternative Nominee must be designated by the NMH Investment Majority Holders not less than 30 days in advance of any Board action, notice of meeting of the stockholders or written action

 

3


of stockholders with respect to such election of Nominees). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform its obligations under Section 2(a) with respect to such alternate Nominee, provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to postpone, reschedule or delay any scheduled meeting of the stockholders with respect to such election of Nominees.

(c) At any time a vacancy occurs because of the death, disability, resignation or removal of a Nominee, then the Board, or any committee thereof, shall not fill such vacancy until the earliest to occur of (i) the NMH Investment Majority Holders have nominated a successor Nominee and the Board has filled the vacancy and appointed such successor Nominee, (ii) the NMH Investment Majority Holders fail to nominate a successor Nominee within 60 Business Days after receiving notification of the vacancy from the Company, and (iii) the NMH Investment Majority Holders have specifically waived their rights under this Section 2(c) .

3. Definitions.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to vote a majority of the securities having voting power for the election of directors (or other Persons acting in similar capacities) of such Person or otherwise to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries).

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as the same may be amended from time to time.

Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

NMH Investment ” has the meaning given such term in the preamble.

NMH Investors ” means each of NMH Investment, Vestar and any Affiliate of Vestar that acquires Voting Securities after the date hereof.

NMH Investment Majority Holders ” means the NMH Investors holding a majority in voting power of all of the Voting Securities held by NMH Investors collectively.

Nominating Committee ” means the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board.

 

4


Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Retiring Director ” means any director whose term expires at the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

Vestar ” means, collectively, Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. and Vestar/NMH Investors, LLC and any investment fund affiliated with Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P. that at any time acquires Common Stock and executes a counterpart of this Agreement or otherwise agrees to be bound by this Agreement.

Voting Securities ” means capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

4. Amendment and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

5. Assignment. This Agreement is not assignable to any third party, except that NMH Investment may assign all or any portion of its rights hereunder to one or more Affiliates of NMH Investment and/or Vestar and any such Affiliate will be entitled to the rights granted hereunder, provided that (i) the Company is given written notice of said transfer or assignment identifying the name of such Affiliate, (ii) such Affiliate assumes in writing the obligations of NMH Investment under this Agreement, and (iii) such Affiliate holds Voting Securities.

6. Benefit of Parties . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. The parties hereto expressly agree that Vestar is intended to be a third party beneficiary of Sections 1 and 2. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.

7. Headings . Headings are for ease of reference only and shall not form a part of this Agreement.

8. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

5


9. Jurisdiction . Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 16, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.

10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any other writing signed by authorized representatives of each of the parties after the date hereof that specifically references this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

12. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective on the date of the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. An executed copy or counterpart hereof delivered by facsimile shall be deemed an original instrument.

13. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

14. Further Assurances . The parties hereto shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

15. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

6


16. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party or to the Company shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

If to the Company :

Civitas Solutions, Inc.

313 Congress Street, 6th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile:                     

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Sanford E. Perl, P.C. and Mark A. Fennell, P.C.

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

If to NMH Investment :

c/o Vestar Capital Partners V, L.P.

245 Park Avenue

41st Floor

New York, NY 10167

Attention: Chris A. Durbin, Erin Russell and General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 808-4922

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Sanford E. Perl, P.C. and Mark A. Fennell, P.C.

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

or to such other address or telecopier number as such party or the Company may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties and the Company. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this Section 16 during regular business hours.

17. Enforcement. The parties hereto covenant and agree that the disinterested members of the Board or the disinterested members of any Board committee so designated by the Board have the right to enforce, waive or take any other action with respect to this Agreement on behalf of the Company.

*            *             *            *            *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement on the day and year first above-written.

 

CIVITAS SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
NMH INVESTMENT, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-196281 of our report dated May 27, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Civitas Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NMH Holdings, Inc.) and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 26, 2014

Exhibit 99.1

Consent of Director Nominee

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Civitas Solutions, Inc., and any amendments and supplements thereto, as a nominee to the board of directors of Civitas Solutions, Inc. and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

/s/ Patrick M. Gray
Patrick M. Gray
Date: August 20, 2014